•

FANUC Series ot -MODEL D

•
FANUC Series ot Mate-MODEL D

CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION)

(Volume 3 of 3)

B-64303EN-1/01
 • No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form.
• All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice.

The products in this manual are controlled based on Japan's "Foreign Exchange and
Foreign Trade Law". The export from Japan may be subject to an export license by the
government of Japan.
Further, re-export to another country may be subject to the license of the government of
the country from where the product is re-exported. Furthermore , the product may also be
controlled by re-export regulations of the United States government.
Should you wish to export or re-export these products, please contact FANUC for advice.

In this manual we have tried as much as possible to describe all the various matters.
However, we cannot describe all the matters which must not be done, or which cannot be
done, because there are so many possibilities.
Therefore, matters which are not especially described as possible in this manual should be
reoarded as "impossible".
B-64303EN-1/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Volume 1 of 3
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE 5-1
PREFACE p-1
1 AX..IS CONTROL 1
1.1 CONTROLLED AXiS 2
1.2 SETTING EACH AXIS 4
1.2.1 Name of Axes 4
1.2.2 Increment System 7
1.2.3 Specifying the Rotation Axis 10
1.2.4 Controlled Axes Detach 14
1.2.5 Outputting the Movement State of an Axis 19
1.2.6 Mirror Image 20
1.2.7 Follow-up 23
1.2.8 Servo off/Mechanical Handle Feed 25
1.2.9 Position Switch 28
1.3 ERROR COMPENSATION 31
1.3.1 Stored Pitch Error Compensation 31
1.3.2 Backlash Compensation 40
1.3.3 Smooth Backlash 43
1.3.4 Simple Straightness Compensation (M Series) .47
1.3.5 Gradient Compensation 52
1.3.6 Bi-directional Pitch Error Compensation 57
1.3.7 Differences between Pitch Error Compensation, Simple Straightness
Compensation, and Gradient Compensation (Reference) 65
1.4 SETTINGS RELATED TO SERVO-CONTROLLED AXES 67
1.4.1 Parameters Related to Servo 68
1.4.2 Absolute Position Detection 76
1.4.3 FSSB Setting 84
1.4.3.1 Series Oi-D-dedicated setting 84
1.4.3.2 Series Oi-C-comp atible setting 105
1.4.4 Temporary Absolute Coordinate Setting 123
1.5 SETTINGS RELATED WITH COORDINATE SYSTEMS 126
1.5.1 Machine Coordinate System 126
1.5.2 Workpiece Coordinate System/Addition of Workpiece Coordinate System Pair 129
1.5.2.1 Workpiece coordin ate system 129
1.5.2.2 Workpiece coordinate system preset... 132
1.5.2.3 Adding workpiece coordinate systems (G54.1 or G54) (M series) 134
1.5.2.4 Automatic coord inate system setting 136
1.5.2.5 Workpiece coord inate system shift (T series) 137
1.5.2.6 Each axis workpiece coordinate system preset signals 143
1.5.3 Local Coordinate System 149
1.5.4 Rotary Axis Roll Over 152
1.6 AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL 155
1.6.1 Axis Configuration for Axis Synchronous Control... 156
1.6.2 Synchronization Establishment 159

c-l
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN -1/01

1.6.3 Automatic Setting for Grid Position Matching 162

1.6.4 Synchronization Error Check 163
1.6.5 Methods of Alarm Recovery by Synchroni zation Error Check 164
1.6.6 Axis Synchronous Control Torque Difference Alarm 166
1.6.7 Automatic Slave Axis Parameter Setting 168
1.7 TANDEM CONTROL 186
1.8 ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL 196
1.9 ELECTRONIC GEAR BOX (M SERIES) 210
1.9.1 Electronic Gear Box (M Series) 210

2 PREPARATIONS FOR OPERATION 235

2.1 EMERGENCY STOP 236
2.2 CNC READY SIGNALS 238
2.3 OVERTRAVEL CHECK 239
2.3.1 Overtravel Signals 239
2.3.2 Stored Stroke Check 1 242
2.3.3 Stored Stroke Check 2, 3 250
2.3.4 Checking the Stored Stroke Limit during the Time from Power-on to
the Reference Position Establishment 258
2.3.5 Stroke Limit External Setting (M Series) 26 1
2.3.6 Chuck and Tail Stock Barrier (T Series) 262
2.3.7 Stroke Limit Check Before Move 275
2.4 ALARM SIGNALS 279
2.5 START LOCK / INTERLOCK ; 280
2.6 MODE SELECTION 286
2 .7 STATUS OUTPUT SiGNAL 293
2.8 VRDY OFF ALARM IGNORE SiGNAL 295
2.9 UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TORQUE DETECTION FUNCTION 297
2.10 MACHINING CONDITION SELECTION FUNCTION 309
2.11 MALFUNCTION PREVENT FUNCTIONS 315
2.12 OPERATOR ERROR PREVENT FUNCTIONS 318

3 MAN UAL OPERATION 331

3.1 JOG FEEDIINCREMENTAL FEED 332
3.2 MANUAL HANDLE FEED 340
3.3 MANUAL HANDLE INTERRUPT 352
3.4 I/O Link ( MANUAL HANDLE INTERFACE 358
3.5 MANUAL HANDLE RETRACE 363

4 REFERENCE POSITION ESTABLISHMENT 387

4 .1 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 388
4.2 REFERENCE POSITION SETIING WITHOUT DOG 414
4.3 AUTOMATIC REFERENCE POSITION RETURN AND RETURN FROM
THE REFERENCE POSITION 424
4.4 2ND REFERENCE POSITION RETURN / 3RD, 4TH REFERENCE
POSITION RETURN 430
4.5 REFERENCE POSITION SETTING WITH MECHANICAL STOPPER .434
4.6 DISTANCE COOED LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE 440
c-2
B-64303EN -1/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

4.7 LINEAR SCALE WITH DISTANCE-CODED REFERENCE MARKS

(SERIAL) 455
4.8 EXTENDED FUNCTION OF THE DISTANCE CODED LINEAR SCALE
INTERFACE 467
4.8.1 Reference Position Established by the GOO Command .468
4.8.2 Reference Position Establishment by Jog Feed .473
4.9 CORRESPONDENCE OF ROTARY SCALE WITHOUT ROTARY DATA. 478
4.9.1 Setting Method by Rotary Axis Type and Movable Range 479
4.9.2 In the Case of a Rotary Axis B Type whose Movable Range is under One
Rotation 480
4.9.3 In the Case of a Rotary Axis B Type whose Movable Range is over One
Rotation 488
4.9.4 In the Case ofa Rotary Axis A Type .491
4.9.5 Method of Using Heidenhain Rotary Scale RCN223, 723 and 220 .492

5 AUTOMATIC OPERATION 495

5.1 CYCLE START/FEED HOLD 496
5.2 RESET AND REWiND 501
5.3 TESTING A PROGRAM 505
5.3.1 Machine Lock 505
5.3.2 Dry Run 507
5.3.3 Single Block 510
5.4 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON/OFF 512
5.5 OPTIONAL BLOCK SKIP/ADDITION OF OPTIONAL BLOCK SKIP 514
5.6 SEQUENCE NUMBER COMPARISON AND STOP 517
5.7 PROGRAM RESTART 518
5.8 EXACT STOP / EXACT STOP MODE / TAPPING MODE /
CUTTING MODE 525
5.9 RETRACTION FOR RIGID TAPPING (M SERIES) 527
5.10 DNC OPERATION 534
5.11 MANUAL INTERVENTION AND RETURN 537
5.12 DIRECT OPERATION BY C LANGUAGE EXECUTOR 540

6 INTERPOLATION FUNCTION 541

6.1 POSiTIONING 542
6.2 SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (M SERIES) 544
6.3 LINEAR INTERPOLATION 548
6.4 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 551
6.5 THREADING 556
6.5.1 Threading 556
6.5.2 Threading Cycle Retract (Canned Cycle) (T Series) 562
6.5.3 Threading Cycle Retract (Multiple Repetitive Canned Cycle) (T Series) 567
6.5.4 Variable Lead Threading (T Series) 572
6.5.5 Continuous Threading (T Series) 573
6.6 HELICAL INTERPOLATION 574
6.7 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (T SERIES) 576
6.8 CYLINDRICAL INTERPOLATION 580
6.8.1 Cylindrical Interpolation 580

c-3
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN-1/01

6.9 POLYGON TURNING (T SERIES) 583

6.9.1 Polygon Turning 584
6.9.2 Polygon Turning with Two Spindles 593
6.10 NORMAL DIRECTION CONTROL (M SERIES) 615
6.11 LINEAR INTERPOLATION (G28, G30, G53) 619
6.12 GENERAL PURPOSE RETRACT 621

7 FEEDRATE CONTROUACCELERATION AND DECELERATION

CONTROL 627
7.1 FEEDRATE CONTROL 628
7.1.1 Rapid Traverse Rate 628
7.1.2 Cutting Feedrate Clamp 631
7.1.3 Feed Per Minute 632
7.1.4 Feed Per Revolution/Manual Feed Per Revolution 634
7.1.5 One-digit F Code Feed (M Series) 636
7.1.6 Inverse Time Feed (M Series) 640
7.1.7 Override 641
7.1.7.1 Rapid traverse override 641
7.1.7.2 Feedrateoverride 646
7.1.7.3 Override cancel 648
7.1.8 Automatic Comer Override (M Series) 649
7.1.8.1 Inner comer automatic override (G62) 649
7.1.8.2 Internal circular cutting feedrate change 651
7.1.9 External Deceleration 655
7.1.10 Acceleration-Based Speed Control in Circular Interp.olation 661
7.1.11 High Precision and High Speed Functions (Advanced Preview Control
(T Series)/AI Advanced Preview Control (M Series)/AI Contour Control
(M Series)) 663
7.1.12 Speed Command Extension in Least Input Increment C 694
7.2 ACCELERATION/DECELERATION CONTROL. 698
7.2.1 Automatic Acceleration/Deceleration 698
7.2.1.1 Automatic acceleration/deceleration 698
7.2.1.2 Rapid traverse block overlap 703
7.2.2 Rapid Traverse Bell-shaped Acceleration/Deceleration 705
7.2.3 Linear AccelerationlDeceleration after Cutting Feed Interpolation 709
7.2.4 Bell-Shaped Acceleration/Deceleration after Cutting Feed Interpolation
(M Series) 712
7.2.5 Comer Control. 715
7.2.5.1 In-position check signal 715
7.2.5.2 In-position check 717
7.2.5.3 In-position check independently offeed/rapid traverse 719
7.2.6 Feed Forward in Rapid Traverse 722

8 2-PATH CONTROL 723

8.1 2-PATH CONTROL 724
8.1.1 CNC Data Display, Setup, and Input/Output 730
8.1.2 2-path Functions 730
8.1.3 Cautions on 2-path Control 733
8.2 WAITING M CODES 741
8.3 PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK 745
8.4 BALANCE CUTTING 757

c-4
B-64303EN-1/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

8.5 SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AND COMPOSITE CONTROL. 760

8.5.1 Synchronous Control 763
8.5.2 Composite Control 770
8.5.3 Hypothetical Cs Axis Control 812
8.6 SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL 817
8.7 SYNCHRONOUS, COMPOSITE, AND SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL BY
PROGRAM COMMAND 835
8.8 PATH SPINDLE CONTROL 838
8.9 MEMORY COMMON TO PATHS 850
8.10 PATH SINGLE BLOCK CHECK FUNCTION 855
8.11 PATH SELECTION/DISPLAY OF OPTIONAL PATH NAMES 857

9 AUXILIARY FUNCTION 859

9.1 AUXILIARY FUNCTION/2ND AUXILIARY FUNCTION 860
9.2 AUXILIARY FUNCTION LOCK 876
9.3 MULTIPLE M COMMANDS IN A SINGLE BLOCK 878
9.4 HIGH-SPEED M/SIT/B INTERFACE 881

Volume 2 of 3
10 SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION 885
10.1 SPINDLE SPEED FUNCTION (S CODE OUTPUT) 886
10.2 DESIGNATION OF SPINDLE AXES 887
10.3 SPINDLE SERIAL OUTPUT 892
10.4 SPINDLE ANALOG OUTPUT 904
10.5 SERIAL/ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL 908
10.6 SPINDLE SPEED CONTROL 913
10.7 SPINDLE OUTPUT CONTROL BY THE PMC 945
10.8 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL 953
10.9 ACTUAL SPINDLE SPEED OUTPUT (T SERIES) 964
10.10 SPINDLE POSITIONING (T SERIES) 965
10.11 Cs CONTOUR CONTROL. 1008
10.11.1 Cs Contour Control 1008
10.11.2 Cs Contour Control Torque Limit Skip 1034
10.11.3 Cs Contour Control Axis Coordinate Establishment.. 1038
10.12 MULTI-SPINDLE CONTROL 1047
10.13 RIGID TAPPiNG 1070
10.13.1 Connection Among Spindle, Spindle Motor, and Position Coder. 1073
10.13.2 Rigid Tapping Specification 1078
10.13.3 Commands for Feed Per Minute and Feed Per Revolution 1080
10.13.4 Acceleration/Deceleration after Interpolation 1081
10.13.5 Override · 1083
10.13.6 Reference Position Retum 1086
10.13.7 FSIO/11 Format Command 1087
10.13.8 Multi Spindle Control. 1089
10.13.9 Rigid Tapping with Spindle of Another Path (T Series (2-ptah Control)) 1090
10.13.10 Optimum Acceleration/Deceleration for Rigid Tapping 1096
10.13.11 Notes 1105
c-5
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN-1/01

10.13.12 Diagnosis Display 1106

10.13.13 Command Forrnat 1111
10.13.14 Position Control Loop Gain Parameter Switching 1115
10.13.15 Signal. 1117
10.13.15.1 Signals for the rigid tapping function 1117
10.13.15.2 Signals related to S code output.. 1118
10.13.15.3 Signals related to gear switching 1119
10.13.15.4 Signals related to the addition of multi spindle control... 1120
10.13.15.5 Notes on interface with the PMC 1124
10.13.16 Timing Charts for Rigid Tapping Specification 1127
10.13.16.1 When M29 is specified before G84/G74 1128
10.13.16.2 M29 and G84/G74 are specified in the same block 1132
10.13.16.3 Specifying G84/G74 for rigid tapping by parameters 1136
10.13.16.4 When M29 is specified before G84/G88 1140
10.13.16.5 M29 and G84/G88 are specified in the same block 1142
10.13.16.6 Specifying G84/G88 for rigid tapping by parameters 1144
10.13.16.7 Timing of the M code for unclamping (T series) 1146
10.13.16.8 Timing to cancel rigid tapping mode 1146
10.13.17 Parameter 1148
10.13.18 Notes 1175
10.14 SPINDLE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL. 1179
10.15 SPINDLE ORIENTATION 1204
10.16 SPINDLE OUTPUT SWITCHING 1208
10.17 SIMPLE SPINDLE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL (M SERIES) 1210
10.18 SPINDLE SPEED FLUCTUATION DETECTION (T SERIES) 1225
10.19 SPINDLE CONTROL WITH SERVO MOTOR 1236
10.19.1 Spindle Control with Servo Motor 1239
10.19.2 Spindle Indexing Function 1265
10.19.3 Rigid Tapping with Servo Motor 1273
10.19.4 Feed per Revolution 1280
10.19.5 Spindle Output Control with PMC 1282

11 TOOL FUNCTIONS 1283

11.1 TOOL FUNCTIONS OF T SERIES 1284
11.1.1 Tool Offset 1285
11.1.2 Tool Geometry Offset and Tool Wear Offset... 1286
11.1.3 Offset 1287
11.1.4 Automatic Alteration of Tool Position Compensation (T Function) 1296
11.2 TOOL FUNCTIONS OF M SERIES 1301
11.2.1 Tool Compensation Memory 1302
11.3 TOOL COMPENSATION 1310
11.3.1 Cutter Compensation (M Series) and Tool Nose Radius Compensation
(T Series) 1310
11.3.2 Tool Length Compensation 1321
11.3.3 Tool Length Compensation Shift Types 1324
11.4 TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT 1330

12 PROGRAM COMMAND 1351

12.1 DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMING/POCKET CALCULATOR TYPE
DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMING 1352

c-6
B-64303EN-1/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

12.2 G CODE SySTEM 1354

12.2.1 G Code List in the Lathe System 1354
12.2.2 G Code List in the Machining Center System 1357
12.3 PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 1362
12.4 PART PROGRAM STORAGE SIZE / NUMBER OF REGISTERABLE
PROGRAMS 1365
12.5 INCH/METRIC CONVERSION 1367
12.6 CUSTOM MACRO 1373
12.6.1 Custom Macro 1373
12.6.2 Interruption Type Custom Macro 1395
12.7 CANNED CYCLE FOR DRILLING 1399
12.8 CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES) / MULTIPLE REPETITIVE CANNED
CYCLE (T SERIES) 1418
12.9 IN-FEED CONTROL (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) (M SERIES) 1430
12.10 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) 1432
12.11 MIRROR IMAGE FOR DOUBLE TURRET (T SERIES) 1438
12.12 INDEX TABLE INDEXING (M SERIES) 1442
12.13 SCALING (M SERIES) 1455
12.14 COORDINATE SYSTEM ROTATION 1465
12.15 MACRO COMPILER/MACRO EXECUTER 1467
12.16 OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING
(M SERIES) 1468
12.17 CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING (T SERIES) 1469
12.18 DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING (T SERIES) 1472
12.19 PATTERN DATA INPUT 1475

13 DISPLAY/SET/EDIT 1493
13.1 DiSPLAy/SET 1494
13.1.1 Run Hour and Parts Count Display 1494
13.1.2 Software Operator's Panel 1500
13.1.3 8-Level Data Protection Function 1511
13.1.4 Touch Panel Control., 1520
13.1.5 External Touch Panel Interface 1526
13.1.6 Parameter Check Sum Function 1531
13.1.7 Touch Panel Check Signal 1543
13.1.8 CNC Screen Dual Display 1546
13.1.9 Speed Display Function of a Milling Tool with Servo Motor 1549
13.1.10 Screen Switching by Mode 1554
13.1.11 Screen Switching at Path Switching 1558
13.1.12 Screen erasure function and automatic screen erasure function 1559
13.1.13 Screen Hard Copy Function 1561
13.2 EDIT 1566
13.2.1 Memory Protection Keys 1566
13.2.2 Memory Protection Signal For CNC Parameter.. 1568
13.2.3 MDI Key Setting 1570
13.2.4 Compact-Type MDI Key Input Function 1571
13.3 TWO PATH DISPLAY AND EDIT 1573
13.3.1 Two Path Display 1573

c-7
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN-1/01

13.3.2 Simultaneous Two Path Program Editing 1576

14 INPUT/OUTPUT OF DATA 1579

14.1 READER/PUNCHER INTERFACE 1580
14.2 EXTERNAL I/O DEVICE CONTROL 1593

15 MEASUREMENT 1599
15.1 TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMEN T (M SERIES) 1600
15.2 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT (M SERIES) /
AUTOMATIC TOOL OFFSET (T SERIES) 1601
15.3 SKIP FUNCTION 1611
15.3.1 Skip Function 1611
15.3.2 High-speed Skip Signal 1620
15.3.3 Multi-step Skip 1626
15.3.4 Torque Limit Skip Function 1635
15.4 COMPENSATION VALUE INPUT 1642
15.4.1 Input of tool offset value measured (T Series) 1642
15.4.2 Input of Tool Offset Value Measured B (T Series) 1644
15.4.3 Workpiece Origin Offset Measurement Value Direct Input... 1662

Volume 3 of 3
16 PMC CONTROL FUNCTION 1665
16.1 PMC AXIS CONTROL 1666
16.1.1 PMC Axis Control : 1666
16.2 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT. 1759
16.3 EXTENDED EXTERNAL MACHINE ZERO POINT SHIFT 1775
16.4 EXTERNAL WORKPIECE NUMBER SEARCH 1779
16.5 EXTERNAL KEY INPUT 1782
16.6 ONE TOUCH MACRO CALL 1788

17 EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION 1797

17.1 EMBEDDED ETHERNET PORT AND PCMCIA ETHERNET CARD 1798
17.2 SETIING UP THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION 1800
17.2.1 Setting of the FOCAS2IEthernet Function 1800
]7.2. l ,] Operation on the FOCAS2/Ethemet setting screen 180 1
]7.2. ].2 Example of setting the FOCAS2 /Ethemet function 1804
17.2.2 Setting of the FTP File Transfer Function 1805
]7.2.2.1 Operation on the FTP file transfer setting screen 1805
]7.2.2.2 Related NC parameters 18 10
]7.2.2.3 Example of setting the FTP file transfer function 1812
17.2.3 Setting Up the DNSIDHCP Function 1813
17.2.3.1 Setting up DNS ]813
17.2.3.2 Setting up DHCP 18]4
17.2.3.3 Related NC parameters 18]8
17.3 SWITCHING BETWEEN THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET DEVICES 1819
17.4 RESTART OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET 1820
17.5 MAINTENANCE SCREEN FOR EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION .1821
17.6 LOG SCREEN OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION 1826

c-8
B-64303EN-1/01 TABLE OF CONTENTS

18 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION 1829

18.1 SERVO WARNING INTERFACE 1830
18.2 SPINDLE WARNING INTERFACE 1831

APPENDIX
A INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC 1835
A.1 LIST OF ADDRESSES 1836
A.2 LIST OF SiGNALS 1873
. A.2.1 List of Signals (In Order of Functions) 1873
A.2.2 List of Signals (In Order of Symbols) 1895
A.2.3 List of Signals (In Order of Addresses) 1913

B DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C 1931

B.1 SETTING UNIT 1933
B.1.1 Differences in Specifications 1933
B.1.2 Differences in Signals 1933
B.1.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1933
B.2 STORED PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION 1934
B.2.1 Differences in Specifications 1934
B.2.2 Differences in Signals 1934
B.2.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1934
B.3 WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM 1935
B.3.1 Differences in Specifications 1935
B.3.2 Differences in Signals 1935
B.3.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1935
B.4 LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM 1936
BA.1 Differences in Specifications 1936
BA.2 Differences in Signals 1937
BA.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1937
B.5 AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL 1938
B.5.1 Differences in Specifications 1938
B.5.2 Differences in Signals 1943
B.5.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1943
B.6 ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL 1944
B.6.1 Differences in Specifications 1944
B.6.2 Differences in Signals 1945
B.6.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1945
8.7 STORED STROKE CHECK 1946
B.7.1 Differences in Specifications 1946
B.7.2 Differences in Signals 1947
B.7.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1947
B.8 CHUCKITAIL STOCK BARRIER (T SERIES) 1948
B.8.1 Differences in Specifications 1948
B.8.2 Differences in Signals 1948
B.8.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1948
B.9 MACHINING CONDITION SELECTION FUNCTION 1949
B.9.1 Differences in Specifications 1949
B.9.2 Differences in Signals 1950
B.9.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1950
c-9
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN-1/01

B.10 MANUAL HANDLE FEED 1951

B.I0.1 Differences in Specification s 1951
B.IO.2 Differences in Signals : 1953
B.I0.3 Di fferences in Diagnosis Display 1953
B.11 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 1954
B.II .1 Differences in Specifications 1954
B.ll.2 Differences in Signals 1956
B.ll.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1956
B.12 RESET AND REWIND 1957
B.12.1 Differences in Specifications 1957
B.12.2 Differences in Signals 1957
B.12.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1957
B.13 SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (M SERIES) 1958
B.13.1 Differences in Specifications 1958
B.13.2 Differences in Signals 1958
B.13.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1958
B.14 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF 1959
B.14.1 Differences in Specifications 1959
B.14.2 Differences in Signals 1959
B.14.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1959
B.15 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 1960
B.15.1 Differences in Specifications 1960
B.15.2 Differences in Signals 1960
B.15.3 Differences in Diagnosi s Display 1960
B.16 THREADING CYCLE RETRACT (CANNED CUTIING CYCLEI
MULTIPLE REPETITIVE CANNED CUTIING CYCLE) (T SERIES) 1961
B.16.1 Differences in Specifications 1961
B.16.2 Differences in Signals 1961
B.16.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1961
B.17 HELICAL INTERPOLATION 1962
B.17.1 Differences in Specifications 1962
B.17.2 Differences in Signals 1962
B.17.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1962
B.18 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (T SERIES) 1963
B.18.1 Differences in Specifications 1963
B.18.2 Differences in Signals 1964
B.18.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1964
B.19 ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (T SERIES)/AI ADVANCED
PREVIEW CONTROL (M SERIES)/AI CONTOUR CONTROL
(M SERIES) 1965
B.19.1 Differences in Specifications 1965
B.19.2 Differences in Signals 1967
B.19.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1967
B.20 WAITING M CODES (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1968
B.20.1 Differences in Specifications 1968
B.20.2 Differences in Signals 1968
B.20.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1968

c-IO
B·64303EN-1/01 TA8LE OF CONTENTS

8.21 PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1969

B.21.1 Differences in Specifications 1969
B.21.2 Differences in Signals 1969
B.21.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1969
8 .22 SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AND COMPOSITE CONTROL
(T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1970
B.22.1 Differences in Specifications 1970
B.22.2 Differences in Signals 1974
B.22.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1974
8.23 SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1975
B.23.1 Differences in Specifications 1975
B.23 .2 Differences in Signals 1976
B.23.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1976
8.24 AUXILIARY FUNCTION/2ND AUXILIARY FUNCTION 1977
B.24.1 Differences in Specifications 1977
B.24.2 Differences in Signals 1977
B.24.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1977
8.25 SERIAL/ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL 1978
B.25.1 Differences in Specifications 1978
B.25.2 Differences in Signals 1978
B.25.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1978
8.26 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL 1979
B.26.1 Differences in Specifications 1979
B.26.2 Differences in Signals 1979
B.26.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1979
8.27 SPINDLE POSITIONING (T SERIES) 1980
B.27. 1 Differences in Specifications 1980
B.27.2 Differences in Signals 1980
B.27.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1981
8.28 Cs CONTOUR CONTROL 1982
B.28.1 Differences in Specifications 1982
B.28.2 Differences in Signals 1982
B.28.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1982
8 .29 MULTI-SPINDLE CONTROL 1983
B.29.1 Differences in Specifications 1983
B.29.2 Differences in Signals 1983
B.29.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1983
8.30 TOOL FUNCTIONS 1984
B.30.1 Differences in Specifications 1984
B.30.2 Differences in Signals 1985
B.30.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1985
8 .31 TOOL COMPENSATION MEMORY 1986
B.31.1 Differences in Specifications 1986
B.31.2 Differences in Signals 1987
B.31.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1987
8.32 Y AXIS OFFSET (T SERIES) 1988
B.32.1 Differences in Specifications 1988
B.32.2 Differences in Signals 1988
B.32.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1988

c- l l
TA8LE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN- 1/01

8.33 CUTTER COMPENSATION/TOOL NOSE RADIUS COMPENSATION .. 1989

B.33.1 Differences in Specifications 1989
B.33.2 Differences in Signals 1996
B.33.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1996
8 .34 CUSTOM MACRO 1997
B.34.1 Differen ces in Specifications 1997
B.34.2 Differences in Signals 1999
B.34.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 1999
B.34.4 MIscellaneous 1999
8.35 INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO 2000
B.35.1 Differences in Specifications 2000
B.35.2 Differences in Signals 2000
B.35.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2000
8.36 CANNED CYCLE FOR DRILLING 2001
B.36.1 Differences in Specifications 2001
B.36.2 Differences in Signals 2003
B.36.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2003
8.37 CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES)/MULTIPLE REPETITIVE CANNED CYCLE
(T SERIES) 2004
B.37.1 Differences in Specifications 2004
B.37.2 Differences in Signals 2004
B.37.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2004
8.38 CANNED GRINDING CyCLE 2005
B.38.1 Differenc es in Specifications 2005
B.38.2 Differences in Signals 2006
B.38.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display ; 2006
8 .39 MULTIPLE RESPECTIVE CANNED CYCLE FOR TURNING (T SERIES)
........................ ................................ ....................................................... .. 2007
B.39.1 Differences in Specifications 2007
B.39.2 Differences in Signals 20 11
B.39.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2011
8.40 OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING
(M SERIES) 2012
BAO.l Differences in Specifications 2012
BAO.2 Differences in Signals 20 12
BAO.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2012
8.41 CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING (T SERIES) 2013
BA1.1 Differences in Specifications 2013
BA1 .2 Differences in Signals 2013
BA1.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 20 13
8.42 DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING (T SERIES) 2014
BA2 .1 Differences in Specifications 2014
BA2. 2 Differences in Signals 2014
BA2.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2014
8.43 RUN HOUR AND PARTS COUNT DISPLAY 2015
BA3.1 Differences in Specifications 20 15
BA3.2 Differences in Signals 2015
BA3.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2015

c-12
B-64303EN- 1/01 TA8LE OF CONTENTS

8.44 SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION AND AUTOMATIC SCREEN ERASURE

FUNCTION 2016
B.44.1 Differences in Specifications 2016
B.44.2 Differences in Signals 20 16
B.44.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 20 16
8.45 MEMORY PROTECTION SIGNAL FOR CNC PARAMETER. 2017
B.45.1 Differences in Specifications 2017
B.45.2 Differences in Signals 20 17
B.45.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2017
8.46 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT (M SERIES)!
AUTOMATIC TOOL OFFSET (T SERIES) 2018
B.46.1 Automatic Tool Length Measurement (M Series) 2018
B.46.1.1 Differences in Specifications 2018
B.46.1.2 Differences in Signals 20 19
B.46.1.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2019
B.46.2 Automatic Tool Offset (T Series) 2020
B.46.2.1 Differences in Specifications 2020
B.46.2.2 Differences in Signals 202 1
B.46.2.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 202 1
8.47 SKIP FUNCTION 2022
B.47.1 Differences in Specifications 2022
B.47.2 Differences in Signals 2024
B.47.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2024
8.48 INPUT OF TOOL OFFSET VALUE MEASURED 8 (T SERIES) 2025
BA8.1 Differences in Specifications 2025
B.48.2 Differences in Signals 2025
B.48.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2026
8.49 PMC AXIS CONTROL 2027
B.49.1 Differences in Specifications 2027
BA9.2 Differences in Signals 2032
BA9.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2032
8 .50 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT 2033
B.50.1 Differences in Specifications 2033
B.50.2 Differences in Signals 2035
B.50.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2035
8.51 SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH 2036
B.51.1 Differences in Specifications 2036
B.51.2 Differences in Signals 2036
B.51.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2036
8.52 IN-POSITION CHECK 2037
B.52.1 Differences in Specifications 2037
B.52.2 Differences in Signals 2037
B.52.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2037
8 .53 DATA SERVER FUNCTION 2038
B.53.1 Differences in Specifications 2038
B.53.2 Differences in Signals 2038
B.53.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2038

c-13
TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64303EN-1/01

B.54 POWER MATE CNC MANAGER 2039

B.54.1 Differences in Specifications 2039
B.54.2 Differences in Signals 2039
B.54.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2039
B.55 PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER INPUT (G10) ; 2040
B.55.1 Differences in Specifications 2040
B.55.2 Differences in Signals 2040
B.55.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2040
B.56 EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALL (M198) 2041
B.56.1 Differences in Specifications 2041
B.56.2 Differences in Signals 2041
B.56.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display 2041

c-14
B-64303EN-1101 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

16 PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Chapter 16, "PMC CONTROL FUNCTION", consists of the
following section s:

16.1 PMC AXIS CONTROL. 1666

16.2 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT 1759
16.3 EXTENDED EXTERNAL MACHINE ZERO POINT
SHIFT 1775
16.4 EXTERNAL WORKPIECE NUMBER SEARCH 1779
16.5 EXTERNAL KEY INPUT 1782
16.6 ONE TOUCH MACRO CALL 1788

- 1665 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

16.1 PMC AXIS CONTROL

16.1.1 PMC Axis Control

Overview
The PMC can directly control any given axis, independent of the CNC.
An axis can be controlled by signals alone without using an NC
program. For example, by specifying an amount of travel, feedrate,
and so forth from the PMC, a movement can be made along an axis
independently of other axes operated under CNC control. This enables
the control of turrets, pallets, index tables and other peripheral devices
using any given axes of the CNC.
Whether the CNC or PMC controls an axis is determined by the input
signal provided for that particular axis.

Table 16.1.1 (a) Commands that can be executed by PMC axis control
Rapid traverse
Cuttino feed - feed per minute
Cuttino feed - feed per revolution
Skip - feed per minute
Dwell
Reference position return
Continuous feed
1st to 4th reference position return
External pulse synchronization - Position code
External pulse synchronization - 1st to 3rd manual handle (The 3rd manual
handle is only for the M series.)
Feedrate control
Torque control
Auxiliary function, Auxiliary function 2, Auxiliary function 3
Selection of the machine coordinate system
Cuttino feed - sec/block

- 1666 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Explanation
Under PMC axis control, various types of control are exercised using
signals.
To specify operation with the commands (see Table 16.1.1 (a)) that
can be executed by PMC axis control, on the PMC side, four groups
of input/outpu t signals are provided for each path: group A, group B,
group C, and group D.
Each of these groups of input/output signals used with PMC axis
control serves as the unit of PMC axis control. Which axis is to be
controlled by each group must be set in parameter No. 8010
beforehand.
One group may be able to be assigned to multiple axes so that the
same operation can be performed on the multiple axes. (Supplement 2)
By specifying multiple groups at the same time, multiple axes can be
controlled independently. (Supplement 3)

PMC CNC
01100
a axis control
Group A command - - . Group A ~ ....
13 axis control
Group B command - - . Group B
y axis control

Group C command - - . Group C oaxis control

Group D command - - . Group 0 I e axis control

(Supplement 1) The relationships between groups and axes are set in parameter No. 8010.
(Supplement 2) Multiple axes can be specified as with group C.
(Supplement 3) Group A and group B can be specified independently.

Fig.16.1.1 (a) Concept of PMC axis control

- 1667 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

The addresses of the signals are shown in Table 16.1.1 (b) "Allocation
of group-by-group signals" below.

Table 16.1.1 (b) Allocation of qrouc-bv-aroup siqnals

Group-bV-Qroup slqnal Input siqnal address Output siqnal address
G142 to G149 , G150.5, F130 to F132, F142,
Group A
G150 .0,1,6,7 F129.5.7
G154 to G161 , G162.5 , F133 to F135, F145,
Group B
G150 .0,1,6,7 F129.5.7
G166 to G173 , G174.5, F136 to F138, F148,
Group C
G150.0 ,1,6,7 F129.5.7
G178 to G185 , G186.5, F139 to F141, F151,
Group D
G150.0 ,1,6,7 F129.5.7

The names of input/output signals related to PMC axis control include

lowercase letter "g". An example is "gil of axis control read signal
EBUFg (described later). Signal EBUFg is not present, but signals
EBUFA, EBUFB, EBUFC, and EBUFD, in which "g" is replaced with
A, B, C, and D, are present actually . These signals belong to group
A, group B, group C, and group D. That is, EBUFg is the collective
name ofEBUFA, EBUFB, EBUFC, and EBUFD.

- 1668 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Basic procedure
(1) Set parameter No. 8010 for each axi s to specify which group (A,
B, C, or D) to select.
To synchronize multiple axes through axis movement in one
group, set the same conditions for the parameter settings (such as
the rapid traverse rate, acceleration/deceleration time constant,
diameter/radius, straight line axis/rotation axis) related to the
feedrate .
(2) To enable direct PMC axis control, set each control axis selection
signal (EAX I to EAX5), that corresponds to an axis to be
controlled, to 1.
(3) Determine the operation.
The axis control command signals (ECOg to EC6g) specify the
type of operation. The axis control feedrate signals (EIFOg to
EIFI5g) specify the feedrate. The axis control data signals
(EIDOg to EID31g) specify the moving distance and other data .
These signals, together with block stop prohibition signal
EMSBKg (described later) , determine one complete operation,
which is tantamount to one block executed during
CNC-controlled automatic operation. These signals may be
collectively called the axis control block data signals. (Refer to
Table 16.1.1 (c), "List of signals determining data , tantamount to
one block for PMC axis control".)

Table 16.1.1 (c) List of signals determining data, tantamount to one

block for PMC axis control
Generic name Signal name Symbol Data type
Block stop prohibition EMSBKg Bit
signal
Axis control Axis control command ECOg to EC6g Byte
block data siqnal
signals Axis control feed rate EIFOg to EIF15g Word
signal
Axis control data signal EIDOg to EID31g 2-word

(4) When the data governing a complete operation (one block) is

determined, reverse the logical state of the axis control command
read signal EBUFg (i.e., from "0" to "I" or vice versa). Note
that, for this to occur, axis control command read completion
signal EBSYg must be in the same logical state as EBUFg.
(5) The CNC is capable of storing axis control functions from the
PMC in its buffer so that multiple operations can be performed in
series, under the control of the PMC. This allows the CNC to
accept a new command block from the PMC during the
execution of another block if the buffer has free space.
The Fig. 16.1.1 (b), "Buffering under PMC axis control"
illustrates an example in which command [1] is being executed,
commands [2] and [3] are stored in the buffers, and command [4]
has been issued (the axis control block data signal is set).

- 1669 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Setting of the axis

PMC Commands control block data signal CNC's buffers

+
LJ I I
Block 1 Command [1]
+ [3] Input buffer

Block 2
+ Command [2]
+
Block 3
+ Command [3] [2]
I
Waiting buffer

Block 4 + Command [4]

+
Block 5
+ Command [5] [1] I I
Executing buffer

Block n
I
Fig. 16.1.1 (b) Buffering under PMC axis control

- 1670 -
B·64303EN -1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

When the execution of command [1] is completed:

Command [2] is transferred from the waiting buffer to the executing
buffer;
Command [3] is transferred from the input buffer to the waiting
buffer;
and
Command [4] is transferred to the input bu ffer as the command
block (axis control block data signal).
After the reception of command [4] by the input buffer, the PMC can
issue command [5] to the CNC (the axis control block data signal is
set).
The timing chart for the command operation is shown below. (Table
16.1.1 d, "Timin chart of command 0 eration"

Command block [5]

(Input)

EBUFg
(Input)
(5)
Not specifiable

EBSYg
(Output)

Input buffer

Waiting buffer ___ --In~_ [2] U [3]

Executing buffer
-----_...... [1] U [2]
Beginning End of Beginning
of execution execution of execution
Table 16.1.1 (d) Timing chart of command operation

(1), (2), (3), (4), (5) : A new block cannot be issued during these
intervals (while EBUFg and EBSY g are in different logical states). In
interval (4), the buffer is in the "full" state .

The status of the CNC buffer can be determined by the exclusi ve OR

of the axis control command read signal EBUFg, input from the PMC,
and axis control command read completion signal EBSYg, output
from the CNC. (Table 16.1.1 (e), "Buffering status in PMC axis
control")

- 1671 -
16.PMC CONTROL FU NCTION B-64303EN -1/01

Table 16.1.1 (e) Buffering status in PMC axis control

Exclusive
EBUFg EBSYg OR CNC buffer status
(XOR)
a a a The previous block has already been read into the
1 1 GNG buffer. The PMG can issue the next block.
a 1 The previous block has not yet been read
completely. It is just being read or waiting for the
GNG buffer to become available . Do not issue the
1
1 a next block , nor reverse the logical state of EBUFg .
Reversing the EBUFg state invalidates any block
that has been already issued.

(5) Repeat steps (3) and (4) until all the blocks have been issued.
When the final block has been issued, set control axis selection
signals EAX I to EAX5 to "0". Before setting these signals to "0",
however, check that the blocks stored in the CNC's input, waiting,
and executing buffers have all been executed. Setting the signals
to "0" while a block is being executed, or while a block remains
in any of these buffers , results in the issue of a PIS alarm. This
alarm PS0139 suspends the current block execution and
invalidates the blocks stored in the input and waiting buffers.
To ensure no block is being executed, or that there are no blocks
remaining in the input or waiting buffer, check that control axis
selection status signal *EAXSL is set to "0".
For those axes that are always subject to PMC control, such as
those controlling turrets, pallets, and ATCs, ensure that the
EAXI to EAX5 signals are always set to "1''. There is no need to
set these signals to "0" after issuing commands from the PMC to
the CNC. When all command blocks have been executed (there
are no blocks remaining to be executed) , the CNC automatically
stops execution.
(6) When control axis selection signals EAX1 to EAX5 are set from
"1" to "0", control is returned to the CNC.

- 1672 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Command
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Overview of commands
As described in step (3) in the basic procedure, one PMC axis control
command block is represented by the axis control block data signals.

PMC axis control enables the commands indicated in Table 16.1.1 (f),
"Command list" to be specified.

In Table 16.1.1 (t), "Command list":

"Command" represents the axis control command signals (ECOg to
EC6g).
"Data 1" represents the axis control feedrate signals (EIFOg to
EIFI5g).
"Data 2" represents the axis control data signals (EIDOg to EID31g).

Table 16.1.1 (f) Command list

No. Command Operation Data 1 Data 2 Description
Rapid
Total moving The same operation as "GOO" of the CNC
(1) OOh Rapid traverse traverse rate
distance is performed.
(NOTE)
Cutting feed - feed per Cutting Total moving The same operation as "G94 G01" of the
(2) 01h
minute feed rate distance CNC is performed.

Cutting feed - feed per Feedrate per Total moving The same operation as "G95 G01" of the
(3) 02h
revolution revolution distance CNC is performed.

Cutting Total moving The same operation as "G31 G01" of the

(4) 03h Skip - feed per minute
feedrate distance CNC is performed.
The same operation as "G04" of the CNC
(5) 04h Dwell --- Dwell time
is performed.
After a rapid traverse movement is made in
the reference position return direction set
Reference position
(6) 05h
return
-- --- by bit 5 (ZMlx) of parameter NO.1 006, the
same operation as manual reference
position return of the CNC is performed.
A continuous feed operation is performed
along a controlled axis in a certain
Continuous Feed direction
(7) 06h Continuous feed direction.
feedrate (EID31g only)
The same operation as continuous feed in
the JOG mode of the CNC is performed.
Rapid The same operation as reference position
First reference position
(8) 07h
return
traverse rate --- return from an intermediate position done
(NOTE) with "G28" of the CNC is performed.
Rapid The same operation as reference position
Second reference
(9) 08h
position return
traverse rate --- return from an intermediate position done
(NOTE) with "G30 P2" of the CNC is performed.
Rapid The same operation as reference position
Third reference position
(10) 09h
return
traverse rate --- return from an intermediate position done
(NOTE) with "G30 P3" of the CNC is performed.
Rapid The same operation as reference position
Fourth reference
(11) OAh
position return
traverse rate --- return from an intermediate position done
(NOTE) with G30 P4" the CNC is performed.

- 1673 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

No. Command Operation Data 1 Data 2 Description

External pulse
Synchronous operation with the position
(12) OSh synchronization - Pulse weight -
coder is performed .
position coder
External pulse
Synchronous operat ion with the first
(13) OOh synchronization - first Pulse weight -- manual handle is performed.
manual handle
External pulse
Synchronous operation with the second
(14) OEh synchronization - Pulse weight -- manual handle is performed .
second manual handle
External pulse
Synchronous operation with the third
(15) OFh synchronization - third Pulse weight --- manual handle is performed. (M series)
manual handle
Speed
specified by Continuous feed operation based on a
(16) 10h Speed command
speed
--- speed command is performed .
command
Maximum Continuous feed operation based on torque
(17) 11h Torque control Torque data
feedrate control is performed.
Auxiliary function The same operation as an auxiliary
(18) 12h Auxiliary function 1 -- code function of the CNC is performed .
Auxiliary function The same operation as an auxiliary
(19) 14h Auxiliary function 2 -
code function of the CNC is performed .
Auxiliary function The same operation as an auxiliary
(20) 15h Auxiliary function 3 -
code function of the CNC is performed .
Rapid
Machine coordinate Machine The same operation as "G53" of the CNC
(21) 20h traverse rate
system selection coordinate is performed .
(NOTE)

Cutting feed - sec/block Cutting feed Total moving Cutting feed is performed according to a
(22) 21h
specificat ion time distance specified period of time.

NOTE
The rapid traverse rate is valid only when bit 0
(RPD) of parameter No. 8002 is set to 1.

- 1674 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Details of commands
A detailed description of each command is provided below. The
parenthesized number following each command title represents the
value of the axis control command signals ECOg to EC6g.

(1) Rapid traverse ( OOh )

This command performs the same operation as "GOO" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOq to EC6q G143.0 to 6 Rapid traverse command (OOh)
EIFOq to EIF15q G144,145 Rapid traverse rate
EIDOq to EID31q G146 to 149 Total moving distance

Rapid traverse rate

With bit 0 (RPD) of parameter No. 8002, whether the same rapid
traverse rate as set in the parameter (No. 1420) of the CNC is used or
the feedrate of the PMC axis interface set by EIFOg to EIF15g is used
independently of the CNC can be chosen.
When bit 0 (RPD) of parameter No. 8002 is set to 1, set a rapid
traverse rate with a binary code.

[Unit of data]
Unit of data
Unit
IS-A to IS-C
Linear I
Metric machine 1 mm/min
axis IInch machine 0.1 inch/min
Rotation axis 1 deg/min

NOTE
When bit 0 (CMI) of parameter No. 11850 is 0, the
rapid traverse rate set by EIFOg to EIF15g is
always represented in millimeters.

[Valid data range] 1 to 65535

Total moving distance

Set an incremental travel amount in the input system unit of the axis
with a binary code.

[Unit of data] Least input increment of the applied aXIS (Refer to the standard
parameter setting table (A))

[Valid data range]

IS-B to IS-C
-999999999 to 999999999 (9-digit)

For diameter specification based on bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No.

1006, whether to specify a radius value or diameter value can be
chosen using bit 1 (CDI) of parameter No. 8005.

- 1675 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

When bit 0 (RPD) of parameter No. 8002 is set to 1 (to use the PMC
axis interface for rapid traverse rate selection), the rapid traverse rate
unit is 1 mmlmin if bit 2 (RIO) of parameter No. 8005 is set to 0; the
rapid traverse rate unit is 10 mmlmin if bit 2 (R10) of parameter No.
8005 is set to 1.

With bit 2 (aVE) of parameter No. 8001, select a dry run signal and
manual rapid traverse selection signal to be used. The table below
. d'ica t es th ereIa tiIOnshi1)S b et ween th e bit
III I an d signa
si Is.
Parameter aVE Manual rapid traverse
Dry run signal
(No.8001 #2) selection signal
0 DRN<G046.7> RT<G019.7>
1 EDRN<G150.7> ERT<G150.6>

When the dry run signal DRN/EDRN is set to 1, the feedrate is as

indicated below
Manual rapid When rapid traverse is specified
traverse selection
RDE(No.8001 #3)=0 RDE(No.8001 #3)=1
signal (RTorERT)
Dry run feedrate x*JV
0 Rapid traverse
(NOTE)
1 Rapid traverse Rapid traverse

NOTE
When bit 1 (JOV) of parameter No. 1402 is set to
1, the manual feed rate override signal * JV is not
applied, but the dry run feed rate is just applied.

Related parameters
Parameter DIAx (No.1 006#3)
Parameter JOV (No. 1402#1)
Parameter (No. 1420)
Parameter aVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter RDE (No.8001#3)
Parameter RPD (No.8002#0)
Parameter CDI (No.8005#1)
Parameter RIO (No.8005#2)
Related signals
Manual rapid traverse selection signal RT <GO19.7>
Dry run signal DRN<G046.7>
Manual rapid traverse selection signal (for PMC axis control) ERT
<G150.6>
Dry run signal (for PMC axis control) EDRN <G150.7>

- 1676-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(2) Cutting feed - feed per minute ( 01h )

This command performs the same operation as "G94 GO 1" of the
CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal address
Signal abbreviation Data
(group 1)
ECOq to EC6q G143.0 to 6 Cuttino feed - feed minute (01h)
EIFOq to EIF15q G144,145 Cuttinq feedrate
EIDOq to EID31q G146 to 149 Total movinq distance

Cutting feed rate

Set a feedrate along the axis with a binary code.
A set feedrate can be increased by a factor of 10 with bit 3 (FlO) of
parameter No. 8002.

When bit 4 (EFD) of parameter No. 8006 is set to 1, the unit of

feedrate data increases by a factor of 100.
Moreover, the feedrate unit can be changed using a combination of bit
4 (PF1) of parameter No. 8002 and bit 5 (PF2) of parameter No. 8002.

[Unit of data] When the parameter FlO (No.8002#3) is set to O.

Unit of data
Unit
IS-A IS-B IS-C
I
Linear Metric input 10 1 0.1 mm/min
axis I Inch input 0.1 0.01 0.001 inch/min
Rotation axis 10 1 0.1 dec/min

When the parameter FlO (No.8002#3) is set to 1.

Unit of data
Unit
IS-A IS-B IS-C
I
Linear Metric input 100 10 1 mm/min
axis I Inch input 1 0.1 0.01 inch/min
Rotation axis 100 10 1 dec/min

[Valid data range] 1 to 65535

it.
CAUTION
1 When 0 is specified, the buffering state remains
unchanged and no axis movement takes place. In
such a case, perform a reset operation with the
reset signal ECLRg.
2 Clamping to the cutting feedrate (parameter No.
1430) is disabled.

Total moving distance

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

- 1677 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

With bit 2 (aVE) of parameter No. 8001, select a dry run signal and
manual rapid traverse selection signal to be used. The table below
IIIdiica t es th ere IatiIonshiI )S b et ween th e bit
° I an d signa
siznal s.
Parameter aVE Manual rapid traverse
Dry run signal
(No.8001#2) selection sianal
0 DRN<G046.7> RT<G019.7>
1 EDRN<G150.7> ERT<G150.6>

When the dry run signal DRN/EDRN is set to 1, the feedrate is as

indicated below.
Unlike rapid traverse, the feedrate does not depend on the value of bit
3 (RDE) of parameter No. 8001.
Manual rapid traverse selection signal When cutting feed is
(RT I ERT) specified
0 Dry run speed x *JV (Note)
1 Cuttino feed

NOTE
When bit 1 (JOV) of parameter No. 1402 is set to
1, the manual feed rate override signal *JV is not
applied, but the dry run feedrate is just applied.

Related parameters
Parameter DIAx (No.1006#3)
Parameter JOV (No.1402#1)
Parameter aVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter FlO (No.8002#3)
Parameter PFI (No.8002#4)
Parameter PF2 (No.8002#5)
Parameter CDI (No.8005#1)
Parameter EFD (No.8006#4)

Related signals
Manual rapid traverse selection signal RT <GOI9 .7>
Dry run signal DRN<G046.7>
Manual rapid traverse selection signal (for PMC axis control) ERT
<GI50.6>
Dry run signal (for PMC axis control) EDRN <GI50.7>

- 1678 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(3) Cutting feed - feed per revolution ( 02h )

This command performs the same operation as "G95 GOI" of the
CNC.
Set the amount of feed along the axis per spindle revolution.
The feedrate per spindle revolution depends on whether the M series
or T series is used.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
Cutting feed - feed per revolution
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6
command (02h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Feedrate per revolution
EIDOQ to EID31Q G146 to 149 Total moving distance

Feedrate per revolution

<For the T series>
[Unit of data] The table indicates the unit of data depending on the setting of bits 6
FRl) and bit 7 (FR2) of parameter No. 8002.
Parameter Metric input Inch input Rotation axis
FR2 FR1 (mm/rev) (inch/rev) (deg/rev)
1 1
0.0001 0.000001 0.0001
0 0
0 1 0.001 0.00001 0.001
1 0 0.01 0.0001 0.01

[Valid data range] I to 65535

However, data within the ranges indicated below must be specified.)
Valid data range
Unit
IS-Ato IS-C
Linear I Metric input 0.0001 to 500.0000 mm/rev
axis I Inch input 0.000001 to 9.999999 inch/rev
Rotation axis 0.0001 to 500.0000 deg/rev

<For M series>
[Unit of data] The table indicates the unit of data depending on the setting of bits 6
FRl) and bit 7 (FR2) of parameter No. 8002.
Parameter Metric input Inch input Rotation axis
FR2 FR1 (mm/rev) (inch/rev) (deg/rev)
1 1
0.01 0.0001 0.01
0 0
0 1 0.1 0.001 0.1
1 0 1 0.01 1

- 1679 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

[Valid data range] 1 to 65535

However, data within the ranges indicated below must be specified.)
Valid data ranae
Unit
IS-A to IS-C
Linear I Metric input 0.01 to 500.00 mm/rev
axis I Inch input 0.0001 to 9.9999 inch/rev
Rotation axis 0.01 to 500.00 dec/rev

~ CAUTION
1 A set feedrate can be increased by a factor of 10
or 100 by setting bit 6 (FR1) and bit 7 (FR2) of
parameter No. 8002.
2 The feed rate is clamped to a value not exceeding
the setting of parameter No. 8022.
3 Override is enabled. Dry run depends on the value
of bit 3 (ORR) of parameter No. 8005.

Total moving distance

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

Dry run operation follows the specifications of cutting feed - feed per
minute.

Related parameters
Parameter DRR(No.8005#3)
Parameter (No.8022)
Others follow the specifications of the cutting feed - feed per
minute.
Related signals
Same as for cutting feed - feed per minute

(4) Skip - feed per minute ( 03h )

Skip
This command performs the same operation as "G31 GOI" of the
CNC.
High-speed skip is disabled.

This skip signal is valid for an axis assigned to a path from path 1 to
path 2.
For an axis assigned to path 1, ESKIP (X004.6) is valid.
For an axis assigned to path 2, ESKIP#2(X013.6) is valid.

- 1680-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
EGOQ to EG6Q G143.0 to 6 Skip command (03h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Cuttino feed rate
EIDOQ to EID31Q G146 to 149 Total movinq distance

Cutting feedrate
The specifications of the cutting feed command (ECOg to EC6g: Olh)
are applicable.

CAUTION
Feedrate override and dry run are disabled.

Total moving distance

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

(5) Dwell ( 04h )

This command performs the same operation as "G04" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
EGOQ to EG6Q G143.0 to 6 Dwell command (04h)
EIDOQ to EID31Q G146 to 149 Dwell time

Dwell time
Set a dwell time with a bina
Valid data ran e
1 to 9999999

When diameter specification is selected with bit 3 (DIAx) of

parameter No. 1006, whether to specify a radius value or diameter
value for dwell operation can be specified using bit 1 (CDI) of
parameter No. 8005.

When the increment system is IS-C, the dwell time can be set to a
least input increment of 0.1 msec with bit 1 (DWE) of parameter No.
8002.

Related parameters
Parameter DIAx (No. 1006#3)
Parameter DWE (No.8002#1)
Parameter CDI (No.8005#1)

- 1681 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(6) Reference position return ( OSh )

This command performs the same operation as manual reference
position return of the CNC after rapid traverse in the reference
position return direction set by bit 5 (ZMIx) of parameter No. 1006.

Reference position setting without DOG

If bit 1 (DLZx) of parameter No. 1005 for the function for setting the
reference position without dogs is set for each axis, and reference
position return operation is not performed even once after the power is
turned on, a reference position return operation (positioning at a grid
closest to the current position) can be performed without using the
reference position return deceleration signal when a movement
(positioning at a location near the reference position) is made in the
direction set for each axis with the continuous feed command (ECOg
to EC6g: 06h) and the reference position return command (ECOg to
EC6g: 05h) is specified.
At the time of positioning at a location near the reference position, the
machine needs to be moved in the reference position return direction
at such a feedrate that the servo position deviation exceeds the value
set in parameter No. 1836.
The direction from a neighborhood point to a grid is set by bit 5
(ZMIx) of parameter No. 1006.
If the reference position return command (ECOg to EC6g: 05h) is
issued after reference position establishment, a high-speed reference
position return operation is performed, regardless of the reference
position return direction set by bit 5 (ZMIx) of parameter No. 1006.
Specify this command after canceling tool radius compensation and
tool length compensation.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
Reference position return command
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6
(05h)

Related parameters
Parameter DLZx (No.1005#1)
Parameter ZMIx (No.1 006#5)
Parameter (No. 1836)

- 1682 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(7) Continuous feed ( 06h )

This command performs a continuous feed operation along a
controlled axis in a certain direction.
This command performs the same operation as continuous feed in the
JOG mode of the CNC.

Continuous feed is performed until a reset. At this time, the remaining

amount of travel is 0 at all times.

By setting the reset signal ECLRg to 1, the command can be ended. At

this time, the servo motor is decelerated to a stop, the axis moving
signal EGENg is set to 0, and the control axis selection status signal
*EAXSL is also set to O.
Before specifying the next command, check that the control axis
selection status signal *EAXSL is set to O.
Until the control axis selection status signal *EAXSL is set to 0,
ensure that the reset signal ECLRg continues to be set to 1.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (aroup 1)
ECOa to EC6a G143.0 to 6 Continuous feed command (06h)
EIFOa to EIF15q G144,145 Continuous feedrate
EID31g G149.7 Feed direction (specified with EID31g
only)

Continuous feedrate
A feedrate along an axis is set in the same way as for cutting feed
- feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g: Olh). A feedrate change can be
made during continuous feed.
If a feedrate (EIFOg to EIF15g) is set, and the logical state of the
axis control command read signal EBUFg is reversed, a new
continuous feedrate is set.
This command is not buffered. So, the axis control command read
completion signal EBSYg need not be checked when this
command is specified usually.
A set feedrate can be increased by a factor of 10 with bit 3 (F 10)
of parameter No. 8002. Moreover, a set feedrate can be increased
by a factor of up to 200 with bit 2 (JFM) of parameter No. 8004.

~ CAUTION
A maximum feedrate applicable when override is
applied differs from a maximum feed rate
applicable when override is canceled. Maximum
feedrate data in the two cases is indicated below.

- 1683 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

M aximum feedrate (when an override of 254% is applied)

IS-8 IS-C
Metric input 'inch input Metric input Inch input
(mm/min) (inch/min) (mm/min) (inch/min)
1 times 166458 1664.58 16645 166.45
10 times 1664589 16645.89 166458 1664.58
200 times 19660500 196605.00 1966050 19660.50
(NOTE 1)

M aximum feedrate (when override is canceled)

IS-8 IS-C
Metric input Inch input Metric input Inch input
(mm/min) (inch/min) (mm/min) (inch/min)
1 times 65535 655.35 6553 65.53
10 times 655350 6553.5 65535 655.35
200 times 13107000 131070 1310700 13107
(NOTE 1)

NOTE
1 A feedrate increased by a factor of 200 is valid
only when the continuous feed command (ECOg to
EC6g: 06h) is used.
2 The actual feedrate may not be displayed
correctly, dependinq on the feedrate.
Feed direction
Specify the direction of continuous feed with the signal EID3lg.
0: Positive direction
1: Negative direction
The signals EIDOg to EID30g are undefined.
If the logical state of the axis control command read signal
EBUFg is reversed during axis movement, the feedrate (EIFOg to
EIF15g) is changed to a newly set value.

Dry run operation follows the specifications of cutting feed - feed per
minute.

Related parameters
Parameter JOV (No.1402#1)
Parameter OVE (No.800l#2)
Parameter FlO (No.8002#3)
Parameter JFM (No.8004#2)
Related signals
Same as for cutting feed - feed per minute

- 1684 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(8) First reference position return ( 07h )

This command performs the same operation as reference position
return from an intermediate position done with "G28" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 First reference position return
command (07h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Rapid traverse rate

Rapid traverse rate

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.
When the first reference position return command is specified, the
manual rapid traverse rate set by parameter No. 1424 is used if manual
reference position return operation is not performed even once after
the power is turned on.

NOTE
If bit 1 (DLZ) of parameter No. 1005 is set to enable
the function for setting the reference position without
dogs for each axis, and reference position return
operation is not performed even once after the
power is turned on, the alarm (PS0090) is issued
when the first reference position return command
(ECOQ to EC6Q: 07h) is specified.

Dry run operation follows the specifications of rapid traverse.

Related parameters
Parameter DLZx (No. 1005#1)
Parameter (No.1240)
Parameter JOV (No.1402#1)
Parameter (No. 1420)
Parameter (No.1424)
Parameter OVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter RDE (No.800l#3)
Parameter RPD (No.8002#0)
Related signals
Same as for rapid traverse

- 1685 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(9) Second reference position return ( OSh )

This command performs the same operation as reference position
return from an intermediate position done with "G28 P2" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 Second reference position return
command (08h)
EIFOg to EIF15g G144,145 Rapid traverse rate

Rapid traverse rate

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

Related parameters
Parameter DLZx (No.1005#l)
Parameter (No.l241)
Parameter JOV (No.l402#1)
Parameter (No. 1420)
Parameter OVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter RDE (No.8001#3)
Parameter RPD (No.8002#0)
Related signals
Same as for rapid traverse

(10) Third reference position return ( 09h )

This command performs the same operation as reference position
return from an intermediate position done with "G28 P3" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 Third reference position return
command (09h)
EIFOg to EIF15g G144,145 Rapid traverse rate

Rapid traverse rate

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

Related parameters
Parameter DLZx (No.1005#l)
Parameter (No. 1242)
Parameter JOV (No. 1402#1)
Parameter (No. 1420)
Parameter OVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter RDE (No.8001#3)
Parameter RPD (No.8002#0)
Related signals
Same as for rapid traverse

- 1686 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(11) Fourth reference position return ( OAh )

This command performs the same operation as reference position
return from an intermediate position done with "G28 P4" of the CNC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 Fourth reference position return
command (OAh)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Rapid traverse rate

Rapid traverse rate

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

Related parameters
Parameter DLZx (No. 1005#1)
Parameter (No.1243)
Parameter JOV (No.1402#1)
Parameter (No.1420)
Parameter aVE (No.8001#2)
Parameter RDE (No.8001#3)
Parameter RPD (No.8002#0)
Related signals
Same as for rapid traverse

(12) External pulse synchronization - position coder ( OSh )

This command performs a synchronous operation with the position
coder. Using position coder of the serial spindle is also available.
When a negative external pulse value is specified, a movement is
made in the opposite direction.
The remaining amount of travel is 0 at all times.
If a manual handle interrupt operation is performed for the same axis,
an amount of travel based on external pulses added to manual handle
interrupt pulses results.

By setting the reset signal ECLRg to 1, the command can be ended. At

this time, the servo motor is decelerated to a stop, the axis moving
signal EGENg is set to 0, and the control axis selection status signal
*EAXSL is also set to O.
Before specifying the next command, check that the control axis
selection status signal *EAXSL is set to O.
Until the control axis selection status signal *EAXSL is set to 0,
ensure that the reset signal ECLRg continues to be set to 1.

- 1687 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g External pulse synchronization -
G143.0 to 6
position coder command (08h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Pulse weiqht
Spindle number of the serial
EIDOg to EID7g G146 spindle to be synchronized
(common to the system) (*1)
..
* 1: ThIS data IS set only dunng synchronization with the position
coder of the serial spindle.

The position coder to be synchronized depends on the parameter

h
se tt 109, as sown b eow.
1
ESY EOS Command
Valid position coder
(No.8007#3) (No.8019#O) of G146
Position coder (not a serial
a 0/1 Not required
spindle)
Position coder of the first
1 a Not required spindle belonging to path 1
(*2)
Position coder of an arbitrary
1 1 Required
spindle (specified bv G146)
*2: This can be specified for the servo axis belonging to path 1.

Pulse weight
Set an external pulse weight.
When setting a we ight value, use the higher bits (EIF8g to
EIF15g) to specify the integer part of an external pulse weight,
and use the lower bits (EIFOg to EIF7g) to specify the fractional
part.
The valid range is ±1/256 to ±127.
With EIFOg to EIF7g for the fractional part, specify a weight in
steps of 1/256.

Example)
For 0.5: EIFOg to EIF7g = 80h (=80h/lOOh=128 / 256 = 0.5)
For 0.2: EIFOg to EIF7g=33h (=33h/100h= 51 /256' • 0.2)

When a negative weight value is set, a movement is made along

the axis in the opposite direction.
If a new pulse weight is set and the logical state of the axis control
command read signal EBUFg is reversed during axis movement
based on external pulse synchronization, a movement is made
along the axis according to the new pulse weight.
This command is not buffered. So, the axis control command read
completion signal EBSYg need not be checked when this
command is specified usually.

- 1688 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Spindle number of a serial spindle to be synchronized (for

synchronization with the position coder of a serial spindle)
The serial spindle to be synchronized is set with a spindle
number common to the system.
The valid range extends from I to the maximum number of
control axes. If the spindle number falls outside the range,
external pulse synchronization is disabled.

Example)
When the spindle (serial spindle) of each path is assigned as
shown below

Spindle number common Path number + Spindle number

to the system in the path
First spindle (S1) First spindle in path 1 (S11)
Second spindle (S2) Second spindle in path 1 (S12)
Third spindle (S3) Third spindle in path 1 (S13)

Spindle S3
Spindle S1 Spindle S2
(S21)
(S11) (S12)

NOTE
1 The spindle number to be set does not depend on
the path and is common to the system.
2 If the set serial spindle is not present, external
pulse synchronization is disabled.
3 Be sure to set EID8g to EID31g (G147 to G149 for
crovo A) to O.

Related parameters
Parameter DIAx(No.l 006#3)
Parameter (No.1424)
Parameter CDI(No.8005#1)
Parameter ESY(No.8007#3)
Parameter EOS(No.80 I 9#0)

,6. CAUTION
The feedrate is clamped to the manual rapid
traverse rate for each axis (parameter No. 1424).

- 1689 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN -1/01

NOTE
For diameter specification based on bit 3 (DIAx) of
parameter No. 1006, whether to specify a radius
value or diameter value can be chosen using bit 1
(COl) of parameter No. 8005. At this time, set the
same value with bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No.
1006 for all axes that belong to the same group.

(13) External pulse synchronization - first manual handle ( ODh )

(14) External pulse synchronization - second manual handle (OEh )
(15) External pulse synchronization - third manual handle ( OFh ) (M series)
Each of these commands performs a synchronous operation with a
manual handle.

When a negative external pulse value is specified, a movement is

made in the opposite direction.
The remaining amount of travel is 0 at all times.
If a manual handle interrupt operation is performed for the same axis,
an amount of travel based on external pulses added to manual handle
interrupt pulses results. A parameter-set magnification is invalid.

By setting the reset signal ECLRg to I, each of these commands can

be ended. At this time, the servo motor is decelerated to a stop, the
axis moving signal EGENg is set to 0, and the control axis selection
status signal *EAXSL is also set to O.
Before specifying the next command, check that the control axis
selection status signal *EAXSL is set to O.
Until the control axis selection status signal *EAXSL is set to 0,
ensure that the reset signal ECLRg continues to be set to 1.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143 .0 to 6 External pulse synchronization -
manua l handle command
(ODh for the first manual handle)
(OEh for the second manual handle)
(OFh for the third manual handle)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144 ,145 Pulse weiqht

Pulse weight
The specifications of the external pulse synchronization - position
coder command (ECOg to EC6g: OBh) are applicable .

Related parameters
Same as for external pulse synchronization - position coder

it. CAUTION
The feed rate is clamped to the manual rapid
traverse rate for each axis (parameter No. 1424).

- 1690-
B-64303EN-1/0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

NOTE
For diameter specification based on bit 3 (DIAx) of
parameter NO.1 006, whether to specify a radius
value or diameter value can be chosen using bit 1
(COl) of parameter No. 8005. At this time, set the
same value with bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No.
1006 for all axes that belong to the same qroup.

(16) Speed command ( 10h )

This command performs a continuous feed operation based on a speed
command.

By using bit 0 (ROTx) of parameter No. 1006, set a rotation axis as a

controlled axis for which this command is executed.
The continuous feed command (ECOg to EC6g: 06h) exercises
position control. However, the speed command (ECOg to EC6g: IOh)
can exercise speed control on the servo motor to dynamically change
the speed during continuous feed. So, this command is suited, for
example, to an application where a servo motor drives a rotary tool.
With parameter No. 8028, a time constant for linear acceleration/
deceleration can be set for each axis.

When bit 2 (VCP) of parameter No. 8007 is 0, the coordinates are

updated during a feed by the speed command. (The speed command
ofPMC axis control conforms to the FSlO/ll specification.)
When bit 2 (VCP) of parameter No. 8007 is 1, the speed command of
PMC axis control conforms to the FSOi-C specification. In this case,
the speed command is determined by bit 4 (EVP) of parameter No.
8005.
When the FSOi-C specification is selected (bit 2 (VCP) of parameter
No. 8007 is 1) and speed control is selected (bit 4 (EVP) of parameter
No. 8005 is 0), the coordinates are not updated.
When the FSOi-C specification is selected (bit 2 (VCP) of parameter
No. 8007 is 1) and position control is selected (bit 4 (EVP) of
parameter No. 8005 is 1), the coordinates are updated.

By setting the reset signal ECLRg to 1, this command can be ended.

At this time, the servo motor is decelerated to a stop, and the axis
moving signal EGENg is set to O. Before specifying the next
command, check that the axis moving signal EGENg is set to O.
Until the axis moving signal EGENg is set to 0, ensure that the reset
signal ECLRg continues to be set to 1.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (Qroup 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 Speed command (10h)
EIFOo to EIF150 G144,145 Continuous feedrate

- 1691 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Continuous fcedrate
Set the speed of the servo motor with a binary code.
Set a positive value when the servo motor rotates in the forward
direction. Set a negative value (two's complement) when the servo
motor rotates in the reverse direction .
If a new servo motor speed is set as a feedrate, and the logical state of
the axis control command read signal EBUFg is reversed, the servo
motor is accelerated or decelerated to the new speed.

Related parameters
Parameter (No.S02S)

NOTE
1 The following feedrate error can occur:
Gear

•
(a)
(a) With the speed command based on PMC axis control, a servo motor speed is
specified as a feedrate. So, in order to specify a feedrate for an axis when a
gear is used between the axis and servo motor, the desired feedrate for the
axis needs to be converted to a servo motor speed. A feedrate must be
specified using an integer, so that when it is converted to a servo motor speed,
a rounding error can occur.
(b) The minimum unit of feedrate is given by the expression below. An integer
must be specified . No finer value may be specified.
Fmin =P 71000 (mm/min)
A calculation is made according to IS-B.
Fmin: Minimum feedrate unit
P : Number of pulses per revolution of a detector for speed feedback
A speed is specified according to the expression below.
F =N x P 71000 (mm/min)
A calculation is made according to IS-B.
F : Speed command (integer)
N : Servo motor speed (min")
P : Number of pulses per revolution of a detector for speed feedback
2 In the speed command mode, a speed after acceleration/deceleration is specified
for the servo control section. At this time, a position control loop gain is invalid.
3 Machine lock is disabled for the seed command.

- 1692 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Speed command and position control

The PMC axis can be moved at a constant speed by performing the
speed specification ofPMC axis control through position loop control,
that is, outputting the command pulses corresponding to a rotation
speed to servo position control instead of outputting rotation speed
data to the amplifier.
Set the FSOi-C specification (set bit 2 (VCP) of parameter No . 8007 to
1) and specify either speed loop control or position loop control is
used for speed specification of PMC axis control using bit 4 (EVP) of
parameter No . 8005.
In speed specification, even for position control (bit 4 (EVP) of
parameter No. 8005 is 1), only the speed specification parameter (No .
8028) and the linear acceleration/deceleration expanded parameters
for PMC axis control speed command continuous feed (bit 0 (PTC) of
parameter 12730 set to 1 and parameters No. 12731 to 12738) are
used for acceleration/deceleration and normal acceleration/
deceleration is not performed.
For position control (bit 4 (EVP) of parameter No. 8005 is 1), override
is enabled.
Set parameter No. 8040 for each axis to the amount of travel per
revolution of the motor in terms of the minimum travel unit and
convert speed commands to position commands using this value.
As shown in the following block diagram, rotation speed data is not
output to the amplifier and the command pulses corresponding to a
rotation speed are output to servo position control.

Command Position Servo Motor

pulse control amplifier
Detector

Block diagram

Related parameters
Parameter EVP(No.8005#4)
Parameter VCP(No.8007#2)
Parameter (No.8040)
Parameter PTC(No.12730)
Parameter (No.12731)
Parameter (No. 12732)
Parameter (No. 12733)
Parameter (No. 12734)
Parameter (No.12735)
Parameter (No. 12736)
Parameter (No. 12737)
Parameter (No. 12738)

NOTE
1 The control axis to be controlled needs to be set
as a rotation axis in bit 0 (ROTx) of parameter No.
1006.
- 1693 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

NOTE
2 When the FSOi-C specification (bit 2 (VCP) of
parameter No. 8007 is 1) and speed control (bit 4
(EVP) of parameter 8005 is 0) are specified,
coordinates are not updated.
After execution, the following signal is set to 0 and
the position is lost.
- Reference position establishment signal
ZRFx<F120>
After execution, establish the reference position.
3 When the FSOi-C specification (bit 2 (VCP) of
parameter No. 8007 is 1) and position control (bit 4
(EVP) of parameter 8005 is 1) are specified,
coordinates are updated.
4 Only when the FSOi-C specification (bit 2 (VCP) of
parameter No. 8007 is 1) and position control (bit 4
(EVP) of parameter 8005 is 1) are specified,
feedrate override is enabled.

(17) Torque control ( 11h )

This command performs a continuous feed operation based on torque
control.

With this command, position control on a PMC control axis can be

switched to torque-based control. The servo motor outputs torque
exactly as specified by the NC.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOQ to EC6Q G143.0 to 6 Torque control command (11h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Maximum feedrate
EIDOQ to EID31Q G146 to 149 Torque data

Maximum feedrate
Specify a maximum feedrate during torque control by using the unit
. -I
mm.
When there is no torque generation target or the feedrate exceeds the
specified value during torque control, the alarm (SV0422) is issued.
When updating the maximum feedrate during torque control set in the
torque control mode, set new data on the signals and reverse the
logical state of the axis control command completion signal EBUFg.

Valid data ran e

1 to +32767

NOTE
When a linear motor is used, the unit of data is
em/min.

- 1694-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Torque data
Specify torque data.
Specify a positive value when the torque direction is positive. Specify
a negative value when the torque direction is negative.
When updating the torque data set in the torque control mode, set new
data on the signals and reverse the logical state of the axis control
command completion signal EBUFg.

Valid data ran e Unit

-999999999 to +999999999 0.00001 Nm

NOTE
When a linear motor is used, the unit of data is
0.001 N.

(1) Switching from position control to torque control

a. Torque control axis setting
Using bit 7 (TRQMx) of parameter No. 2007, set whether an
axis is to be placed under torque control. Moreover, for an axis
to be placed under torque control, set the torque constant
parameter (No. 2105). The standard value of the motor is
automatically set in this parameter when the power is turned
on after setting bit 1 (OGPR) of parameter No. 2000 to o.
b. Position management in the torque control mode
Whether to perform follow-up operation in the torque control
mode can be chosen using bit 4 (TQF) of parameter No. 1803.
If follow-up operation is performed (with bit 4 (TQF) of
parameter No. 1803 set to 1), position control is exercised,
regardless of whether the torque control mode is set.
If follow-up operation is not performed (with bit 4 (TQF) of
parameter No. 1803 set to 0), the operation depends on
whether to update the error counter (bit 1 (TRE) of parameter
No. 1805).
If the error counter is updated (with bit 1 (TRE) of parameter
No. 1805 set to 0), the alarm (SY0423) is issued when the
value of the error counter exceeds the value set in parameter
No. 1885. At the time of switching back to position control,
follow-up operation is performed.
If the error counter is not updated (with bit 1 (TRE) of
parameter No. 1805 set to 1), no errors are accumulated, so
that no servo alarm is issued. However, when the maximum
allowable speed is exceeded, the alarm (SY0422) is issued.
When this setting is selected, a reference position return
operation is required to switch back to position control.

Except when bit 4 (TQF) of parameter No. 1803 is set to 0,

and bit 1 (TRE) of parameter No. 1805 is se to 1, the CNC
always exercises position control even in the torque control
mode. So, no reference position return operation needs to be
performed even at the time of switching from torque control to
position control.
- 1695 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

c. Movement direction and speed in the torqu e control mode

In the torque control mode, the output of torque specified by
the axis control data signals EIDOg to EID 3l g is attempted.
However , when there is no torque generation target or the
output has not reached the specified torque data yet, a
mov ement is made in the same direction as in the case of
position control according to the +/- sign of torque data. When
the mo ve speed exceeds the specified value, the alarm
(SY0422) is issued.
d. Timing of switching to torque control
Switching to the torque control mode from another mode
occurs when the position deviation is decreased to within the
in-position width.
e. In the torque control mode , the torque control mode signal
TRQMx is set to 1. (For details of this signal, see "Signal
detail" .)

(2) Switching from torque control to position control

(Torque control mode cancellation)
When any of the follo wing conditions occurs, the torque
control mode ends:
1) When the reset signal ECLRg is set to 1
2) When a servo alarm is issued
3) When an OT alarm is issued with an axis placed under
torque control
4) At the time of emergency stop
5) When servo-off occurs due to the servo-off signal
ESOFg
a. Timing of torque control cancellation
The cancellation of torque control based on PMC axis control
depends on whether to perform follow-up operation as
determined by bit 4 (TQF) of parameter No . 1803.
If follow-up operation is performed (with bit 4 (TQF) of
parameter No . 1803 set to 1), the torque control mode signal
TRQMx is set to 0 to return to position control immediately
when a cancellation condition occurs. The execution then
stops when the position deviation is decreased to within the
in-position width.
If follow-up operation is not performed (with bit 4 (TQF) of
parameter No. 1803 set to 1), the torque control mode signal
TRQMx is set to 0 when a cancellation condition occurs. If the
error counter is updated (with bit 1 (TRE) of parameter No .
1805 set to 0) , the control mode is switched back to position
control when the position deviation is decreased to below the
value of the cancellation limit parameter (No . 1886) after the
start of follow-up operation. The execution then ends when the
position deviation is decreased to within the in-position width.
If the error counter is not updated (bit 1 (TRE) of parameter
No . 1805 is set to 1), a reference position return operation
must be once performed to return to position control.

- 1696-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

b. Command after cancellation

After the torque control mode is canceled, the control mode is
switched to normal position control. In the torque control
mode, position is controlled, so that machine coordinates are
not shifted. However, a shift occurs between the workpiece
coordinates and machine coordinates, so that the shift amount
needs to be canceled, for example, by setting a workpiece
coordinate system.
The table below indicates the operations dependent on the settings of
bit 4 (TQF) of parameter No. 1803 and bit 1 (TRE) of parameter No.
1805.

TQF TRE Position Reference

Operation in TRQ mode
(No.1803#4) (No.1805#1 ) control oosftlon return(*)
1 0/1 0 Position control is exercised. Not required
0 0 0 The alarm (SV0423) is issued Not required
when the error counter exceeds
the value of parameter No. 1885.
0 1 - No SV alarm is issued. When the Required
maximum allowable speed is
exceeded, however, the alarm
(SV0422) is issued.
(*) Whether reference position return operation is required or not
when the control mode has been switched from torque control
back to position control

~ CAUTION
~ CAUTION
1 If a movement is made along a torque control axis
in the torque control mode, set bit 4 (TQF) of
parameter No. 1803 for follow-up operation to 1.
2 If a movement has been made along a torque
control axis when torque control is canceled, a
mechanical shock occurs at the time of return to
position control. As a greater speed is used, a
larger shock occurs. So, decelerate to a maximum
allowable extent or stop before canceling torque
control.
3 When specifying torque control after completion of
manual reference position return, set the feed
direction selection signal to 0 or switch to a mode
other than the manual reference position return
mode beforehand.
4 When the control axis selection signal EAXx is
switched in the torque control mode, the alarm
(SV0139) is issued. Before switching the control
axis selection signal EAXx, cancel the torque
control mode.

- 1697 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Lh CAUTION
5 In the torque control mode, do not detach a
controlled axis withthe control axis detach signal
DTCHx or a setting parameter.
6 When servo-off occurs, the torque control mode is
canceled. However, the torque control state
remains to be set. So, be sure to set the reset
signal ECLRg to 1.
7 Machine lock is disabled for the torque control
command.

Related parameters
Parameter TQF (No.1803#4)
Parameter TRE (No.1805#1)
Parameter (No.1885)
Parameter (No.1886)
Related signals
Control axis detach signal DTCHx <G 124>

(18) Auxiliary function 1 ( 12h )

(19) Auxiliary function 2 ( 14h )
(20) Auxiliary function 3 ( 15h )
Each of these commands performs the same operation as an auxiliary
function (M code Function) of the CNC.
Axis control block data
Signal
Signal
address Data
abbreviation
(group 1)
ECOg to EC6g G143.0 to 6 Auxiliary function command
(12h for the auxiliary function 1 command)
(14h for the auxiliary function 2 command)
(15h for the auxiliary function 3 command)
EIDOg to EID15g G146 to 147 Auxiliary function code

Auxiliary function code

Specify an auxiliary function code to be sent to the PMC with a binary
code.
With bit 6 (AUX) of parameter No. 8001, specify a I-byte or 2-byte
code on the signals EIDOg to EID15g.
Related parameters
Parameter AUX(No.800l#6)
Related signals
Auxiliary function completion signal EFINg <G142.0>
Auxiliary function strobe signal EMFg <F 131.0> (for auxiliary
function 1)
Auxiliary function strobe signal EMF2g <F131.2> (for auxiliary
function 2)
Auxiliary function strobe signal EMF3g <F131.3> (for auxiliary
function 3)
Auxiliary function code signals EMllg to EM48g <F132, F142>

- 1698 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(21) Machine coordinate system selection ( 20h )

This command performs the same operation as "G53" of the CNC.

This command performs rapid traverse in the absolute mode to a

specified position in the machine coordinate system. So, this
command can be used to move the tool to a specified machine-specific
position such as a tool change position.

NOTE
1 When using this command with the T series,
cancel tool offset and tool-nose radius
compensation beforehand.
2 When using this command with the M series,
cancel tool radius compensation, tool length
compensation, and tool offset beforehand.
3 Before this command can be specified, a machine
coordinate system must be set. So, a manual
reference position return operation or reference
position return operation based on G28 needs to
be performed at least once after the power is
turned on. When an absolute-position detector is
attached, machine position data is stored, so that
a reference position return operation is
unnecessary after the power is turned on.
4 This command can be specified regardless of the
setting (bit 0 (NWZ) of parameter No. 8136) of the
workpiece coordinate system.
5 This command can be specified even if the
workpiece coordinate system is not set (bit 0
(NWZ) of parameter No. 8136 is 1).

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (aroup 1)
ECOgto EC6g G143.0 to 6 Machine coordinate system
selection (20h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q G144,145 Rapid traverse rate
EIDOQ to EID31Q G146 to 149 Machine coordinate

Rapid traverse rate

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

Machine coordinate
For a linear axis, specify a machine coordinate in the input unit for the
axis as an absolute value with a binary code.
Exam le: For absolute "10000"
1.0000 10.000
25.400 0.3937

- 1699 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

For a rotation axis, a move direction can be selected with a parameter.

Set bit 0 (ROAx) of parameter No. 1008 to 1 to enable the rollover
function. Then, select the sign of a specified value or the shortcut
direction with bit 1 (RABx) of parameter No. 1008. Additionally, the
amount of travel per revolution needs to be set in parameter No. 1260.

Related parameters
Parameter ROTx (No. 1006#0)
Parameter ROAx (No.1008#0)
Parameter RABx (No. 1008#1)
Parameter (No. 1260)

(22) Cutting feed-sec/block ( 21h )

This command performs cutting feed according to a specified period
of time.

Axis control block data

Signal Signal address
Data
abbreviation (group 1)
ECOg to EC6g 8143.0 to 6 Cutting feed - sec/block command
(21h)
EIFOQ to EIF15Q 8144,145 Cuttino feed time
EIDOQ to EID31Q 8146 to 149 Total rnovlno distance

Cutting feed time

Specify a period of time required for ending a block.
[Unit of data] 0.1sec
[Valid data range] 1 to 32767

Total moving distance

The specifications of the rapid traverse command (ECOg to EC6g:
OOh) are applicable.

NOTE
Dry run and override are disabled, but the tool
stops with an override of 0%.

Related parameters and related signals

Basically same as for cutting feed -feed per minute

Notes on the commands

. Display of the remaining amount of travel
When the continuous feed command (ECOg to EC6g: 06h) and the
external pulse synchronization commands (ECOg to EC6g: OBh, ODh
to OFh) are specified, the remaining amount of travel indicates 0 at all
times.

- 1700 -
B-64303EN -1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

• Command buffering
The continuous feed command (ECOg to EC6g: 06h) and the external
pulse synchronization commands (ECOg to EC6g: OBh, ODh to OFh)
are not buffered. So, the axis control command read completion signal
EBSY g need not be checked at usual command specification time.
When the continuous feed command (ECOg to EC6g : 06h) is specified,
the feedrate is changed to a specified value by specifying a value with
EIFg and reversing EBUFg. (However, the direction remains
unchanged. )

• Acceleration/deceleration
The valid acceleration/deceleration type varies from one command to
another.
See Table 16.1.1 (g), "Valid acceleration/deceleration types (for each
command)".

Table 16.1.1 (g) Valid acceleration/deceleration types (for each

command)
Com- Acceleration/
Operation
mand deceleration type
OOh Rapid traverse The settings of rapid
05h Reference position return traverse parameters of
07h 1st reference position return exponential type, linear
08h 2nd reference position return type after interpolation,
09h 3rd reference position return and bell-shaped type
OAh 4th reference position return after interpolation used
20h Machine coordinate system selection with the NC are valid .
The settings of cutting
parameters of
01h Cutting feed - feed per minute
exponential type, linear
02h Cutting feed - feed per revolution
type after interpolation,
03h Skip
and bell-shaped type
06h Continuous feed
after interpolation used
External pulse
with the NC are valid.
OSh -Position coder
However, when a value
OOh -1st manual handle
is set in parameter No.
OEh -2nd manual handle
8030 and No. 8031,
OFh -3rd manual handle
these settings are valid
21h Cutting feed - sec / block
instead of parameter No.
No. 1622 and NO.1623.
Set linear-type
10h Speed command parameters (No.8028
and No.8032).

• Immediate commands
The commands listed below are not buffered. The commands are
referred to as immediate commands .

(1) Continuous feed(ECOg to EC6g : 06h)

(2) External pulse synchronization - Position coder (ECOg to EC6g :
OBh)
(3) External pulse synchronization - 1st manual handle (ECOg to
EC6g: ODh)

- 1701 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(4) External pulse synchronization - 2nd manual handle (ECOg to

EC6g: OEh)
(5) External pulse synchronization - 3rd manual handle (ECOg to
EC6g: OFh)
(6) Speed command(ECOg to EC6g : IOh)
(7) Torque control (ECOg to EC6g : Ilh)

When an immediate command is prepared and the axis control

command read signal EBUFg is reversed during execution of the same
type of command, the command being executed is terminated, and the
next command is executed immediately.
Suppose, for example, that when continuous feed is being executed at
100 mm/min, another continuous feed command with only the
feedrate changed to 300 mm/min is specified and the axis control
command read signal EBUFg is reversed. The feedrate changes to 300
mm/min.

To end an immediate command, input the reset signal ECLRg.

When specifying a command other than the immediate commands, set
the reset signal ECLRg to 1 and check that the command is terminated,
then reverse EBUFg.
(If both of the block being executed and a block being prepared are
immediate commands, but the types of commands differ from each
other, set the reset signal ECLRg to 1 once.)

- 1702 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

_§.~_g_~_~_L _
Signal list (PMC axis control)

Number Symbol Signal name

(1) EAX1 to EAX5 Controlled axis selection siqnals
(2) ECOg to EC6g Axis control command siqnals
(3) EIFOq to EIF15q Axis control feed rate siqnals
(4) EIDOq to EID31q Axis control data siqnals
(5) EBUFq Axis control command read siqnal
(6) EBSYq Axis control command read completion signal
(7) ECLRQ Reset siqnal
(8) ESTPQ Axis control temporary stop siqnal
(9) ESBKq Block stop siqnal
(10) EMSBKq Block stop disable siqnal
(11) EM11Q to EM48Q Auxiliary function code signals
(12) EMFQ Auxiliary function strobe signal
(13) EMF2Q Auxiliary function 2 strobe signal
(14) EMF3Q Auxiliary function 3 strobe signal
(15) EFINQ Auxiliary function completion signal
(16) ESOFQ Servo-off siqnal
(17) EMBUFQ Bufferinq disable signal
(18) *EAXSL Control axis selection status siqnal
(19) EINPQ In-position signal
(20) ECKZQ Following zero checking slqnal
(21) EIALg Alarm signal
(22) EGENg Axis moving signal
(23) EDENg Auxiliary function executinq siqnal
(24) EOTNg Negative-direction overtravel siqnal
(25) EOTPg Positive-direction overtravel sional
(26) *EFOVO to *EFOV7 Feedrate override sicnals
(27) EOVC Override cancellation sicnal
(28) EROV1, EROV2 Rapid traverse override siqnals
(29) EDRN Drv run sional
(30) ERT Manual rapid traverse selection siqnal
(31) EOVO Override 0% sicnal
(32) ESKIP Skip siqnal
(33) EADEN1 to EADEN5 Distribution completion siqnals
(34) EABUFq Buffer full sional
(35) EACNT1 to EACNT5 Controllinq siqnals
(36) ELCKZq Accumulated zero check siqnal
(37) TRQM1 to TRQM5 Torque control mode siqnal

- 1703 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Signal list (Related signals)

Number Symbol Signal name

(1) *+ED1 to *+ED5 External deceleration signal 1
*- ED1 to *- ED5
(2) *+ED21 to *+ED25 External deceleration signal 2
*- ED21 to *- ED25
(3) *+ED31 to *+ED35 External deceleration signal 3
*- ED31 to *- ED35
(4) *HROV 1% rapid traverse override select sianal
(5) HROVO to 6 1% rapid traverse override siqnals
(6) *FHROV 0.1 % rapid traverse override select sianal
(7) FHROO to 9 0.1 % rapid traverse override siqnals
(8) ROV1,2 Rapid traverse override slqnals
(9) ZP1 First reference position return completion
signal
(10) ZP2 Second reference position return completion
siqnal
(11 ) ZP3 Third reference position return completion
signal
(12) ZP4 Fourth reference position return completion
siqnal
(13) NDCAL1 to NDCAL5 AlB phase detector disconnection alarm
ignore signal

Signal Detail
Each signal is detailed below.
"<>" in the title of each signal indicates a signal address.

- 1704-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Signal Detail (PMC axis control)

(1) Controlled axis selection signals EAX1 to EAX5 <G0136.0 to G136.4>

[Classification] Input signal, axis-by-axis signal
[Function] Exercises PMC axis control.
[Function] When the signal is set to "1", PMC axis control becomes valid.
When the signal is set to "0", PMC axis control becomes invalid.
Changing the setting of the control axis selection signal is possible
only when control axis selection status signal *EAXSL is set to "0".
Changing the setting when *EAXSL is set to "1" results in the issue of
an alarm PS0139. Alarm signal EIALg is set to "1". When the
parameter NCC (No. 8001#5), is set to "0", a command issued from
the CNC is executed while the control axis selection signal is set to
"1" and signal *EAXSL is set to "0". When the parameter is set to "1",
the same attempt results in the issue of an alarm PSO 139.
If the control axis selection signal is set to "1" while the CNC is
currently executing a command, an alarm is generated.
While *EAXSL is set to "0", the status of alarm signal EIALg does
not change to 1 when the control axis selection signal is set to 1 and
an alarm PS0139 is generated. In this case, the axis can be controlled
from the PMC, even when the CNC is in the alarm status.

NOTE
After setting control axis selection signals EAX1 to
EAX5 to 1, it takes at least 8 msec before the
PMC can issue commands to the CNC.

(2}Axis control command signals

ECOg to EC6g<G143.0 to 6, G155.0 to 6, G167.0 to 6, G179.0 to 6>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] One of the axis control block data signals
[Operation] Specifies a type of command with 7 bits.
For the meaning of each command, see Table 16.1.1 (f), "Command
list".

(3}Axis control feed rate signals

EIFOg to EIF15g <G144 to 145, G156 to 157, G168 to 169, G180 to 181>
[Classification] Input signal, Group-by-group signal
[Function] One of the axis control block data signals
[Operation] Two-byte command interface area
Each command has a different function. For details, see Table 16.1.1
(f), "Command list".

- 1705 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(4)Axis control data signals

EIDOg to EID31g <G146 to 149, G158 to 161, G170 to 173, G182 to 185>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] One of the axis control block data signals
[Operation] Four-byte conunand interface area
Each conunand has a different function. For details, see Table 16.1.1
(f), "Command list".

(5) Axis control command read signal EBUFg <G142.7, G154.7, G166.7, G178.7>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Directs the CNC to read a block of command data for PMC axis
control.
[Operation] For the operation and procedure applicable when the level of this
signal is changed from 0 to I or from I to 0, see Table 16.1.1 (d),
"Timing chart of conunand operation" and Table 16.1.1 (e),
"Buffering status in PMC axis control".

(6) Axis control command read completion signal EBSYg <F130.7, F133.7, F136.7, F139.7>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Notifies the system that the CNC has read a block of conunand data
for PMC axis control and has stored the block in the input buffer.
[Operation] For the operation and procedure applicable when the level of this
signal is changed from 0 to I or from I to 0, see Table 16.1.1 (d),
"Timing chart of conunand operation" and Table 16.1.1 (e),
"Buffering status in PMC axis control".

(7) Reset signal ECLRg <G142.6, G154.6, G166.6, G178.6>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Resets a PMC axis control conunand.
[Operation] Resets the corresponding PMC-controlled axis.
When this signal is set to "I", the following is performed:
(1) When the tool is moving along the axis: decelerates and stops the
tool.
(2) When the tool is dwelling: Stops the operation.
(3) When an auxiliary function is being executed: Stops the
operation.
Simultaneously, all buffered conunands are canceled. Any control
conunand is ignored while this signal is set to "I".

The continuous feed conunand (ECOg to EC6g: 06h) and external

pulse synchronization conunand (ECOg to EC6g: OBh, ODh to OFh)
can be terminated by setting reset signal ECLRg to "I". When these
conunands are terminated, the servo motor decelerates and stops, the
axis moving signal EGENg is set to "0", and the controlled axis
selection status signal *EAXSL is set to "0".
Confirm that the controlled axis selection status signal *EAXSL has
been set to "0" before issuing the next conunand. Do not set reset
signal ECLRg to "0" until the controlled axis selection status signal
*EAXSL has been set to "0".

- 1706 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

The speed command (ECOg to EC6g: 10h) can also be terminated by

setting the reset signal ECLRg to "1". When this command is
terminated, the servo motor decelerates and stops, and the axis moving
signal EGENg is set to "0". Confirm that the axis moving signal
EGENg has been set to "0" before issuing the next command. Do
not attempt to set the reset signal ECLRg to "0" until the axis moving
signal EGENg has been set to "0".

(8) Axis control temporary stop signal ESTPg <G142.5, G154.5, G166.5, G178.5>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Temporarily stops a movement before the execution of a block is
completed.
[Operation] When this signal is set to "1", the following is performed:
(1) When the tool is moving along the axis: Decelerates and stops
the tool.
(2) When the tool is in dwell: Stops the operation.
(3) When an auxiliary function is being executed: Stops the
operation when auxiliary function completion signal EFINg is
input.
The stopped operation can be restarted by setting this signal to "0".

(9) Block stop signal ESBKg <G142.3, G154.3, G166.3, G178.3>

(10)Block stop disable signal EMSBKg <G143.7,G155.7, G167.7, G179.7>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Enables a stop for each command block, or disables a stop for each
block.
[Operation] When block stop signal ESBKg is set to "I" during the execution of a
command issued from the PMC, axis control is stopped after the block
being executed is completed. When this signal is set to "0", the
buffered command is executed. Block stop signal ESBKg is disabled
when block stop disable signal EMSBKg is set to "1" for the block.
Table 16.1.1 (h), "Timing chart of block stop related signals" shows
the timing chart of command operation.

- 1707 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

IESBK9 More than 8 msec

I(input)
I!Command block
(input)

EBUFg
(input)

EBSYg
I(o ut put)
I
linput buffer
!

IWaiting buffer _ _ _..-.1[1] LJ [2]

I
IExecut ing buffer
,! ----------------" [1]

Table 16.1.1 (h) Timing chart of block stop related signals

--------- - - - -
(11) Auxiliary function code signals
EM11g to EM48g <F132 to F142, F135 to F145, F138 to F148, F141 to F151>
[Classification] Output signal

(12) Auxiliary function strobe signal EMFg <F131.0, F134.0, F137.0, F140.0>
[Classification] Output signal

(13) Auxiliary function 2 strobe signal EMF2g <F131.2, F134.2, F137.2, F140.2>
[Classification] Output signal
-------_...-- - - --- - - - - ----------- - ---------------------------- - - --------..----------- - - - - -----
(14) Auxiliary function 3 strobe signal EMF3g <F131.3, F134.3, F137.3, F140.3>
[Classification] Output signal

- 1708-
B-64303EN-1I01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(15) Auxiliary function completion signal EFINg <G142.0, G154.0, G166.0, G178.0>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Completes an auxiliary function
[Operation] When an auxiliary function command (ECOg to EC6g : l2h) is issued
by the PMC, the auxiliary function code is specified in a byte (using
signals EIDOg to EID7g) or two bytes (using signals EIDOg to
EID15g), depending on the setting of bit 6 (AUX) of parameter No.
8001.
The CNC sends the auxiliary function code specified in signals EIDOg
to EID7g and EID8g to EID15g to auxiliary function code signals
EMllg to EM28g and EM3lg to EM48g and awaits the auxiliary
function completion signal EFINg. When the auxiliary function
completion signal EFINg is returned, the CNC starts executing the
next block.
The timings for sending the auxiliary function code signals and
auxiliary function strobe signal, as well as for receiving the auxiliary
function completion signal, are the same as those for the auxiliary
functions (M functions) under the control of the CNC. See "Auxiliary
function executing signal" for details.

(16) Servo-off signal ESOFg <G142.4, G154.4, G166.4, G178.4>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Changes the servo-off state.
[Operation] When this signal is set to "1", the servo motor for the corresponding
PMC-controlled axis is turned off (servo-off state). When this signal is
set to "0", the servo motor is turned on.
When a torque control command (ECOg to EC6g: llh) is specified ,
entering the servo-off state cancels torque control mode, but the
torque control state remains set. In such a case, set reset signal ECLRg
to "1".

- 1709 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(17) Buffering disable signal EMBUFg <G142.2, G154.2, G166.2, G178.2>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Changes the buffering disabled state.
[Operation] When this signal is set to "I", commands from the PMC are not read
while the executing , waiting , or input buffer contains a block. If this
signal is set to "I" when any of these buffers contain a block, that
block is executed but subsequent commands are read only when the
buffers are all empty.
To discriminate the buffering disabled condition, the CNC outputs the
axis control command read completion signal (EBSYg) only when a
command is read when all buffers are empty.
Table 16.1.1 (i), "Timing chart of buffering related signals" shows the
timing chart of command operation.

IEMBUF9 ~
!(input)
!Command block [1] [2]
!(input) ~ I ~ I
i
IEBUFg
~
/\
~,j \'"
j(input)

Icommand 11 1..0
!disabled
iEBSYg
!(output)

[lnput buffer
!
If 1 I
\ ~ I

!Waiting buffer I I I
1[1]
I
II
iExecuting buffer
Beginning of executron End
. 1[2]
.
Beginning of execution

Table 16.1.1 (i) Timing chart of buffering related signals

Buffering is disabled , regardless of the buffering disable signal

EMBUFg, for the following commands:
(1) Skip-feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g : 03h)
(2) Reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 05h)
(3) 1st reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 07h)
(4) 2nd reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 08h)
(5) 3rd reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 09h)
(6) 4th reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : OAh)
(7) Machine coordinate system selection (ECOg to EC6g : 20h)

- 1710-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

---- --- - - - --
(18) Controlled axis selection status signal *EAXSL <F129.7>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates whether PMC axis control is being exercised.
[Operation] When this signal is set to "0", controlled axis selection signals EAXI
to EAX5 can be changed.
This signal is set to "1" in the following cases:
(1) When the tool is moving along a PMC-controlled axis
(2) When a block is being read into a buffer
(3) When the servo-off signal ESOFg is set to "1"
When this signal is set to "1", controlled axis selection signals EAX I
to EAX5 cannot be changed. Any attempt to change these signal s
results in the output of an alarm PSO 139.
If an attempt to change signals EAX I to EAX5 is made when
servo-off signal ESOFg is "1", an alarm PSOl39 occurs and cannot be
released simply by setting reset signal ECLRg to "I". In such a case ,
restore signals EAXI to EAX5 or set servo-off signal ESOFg to "0"
before setting reset signal ECLRg to "1". When a command is issued
for any of the groups A to 0 with PMC axis control, signal *EAX SL
is set to "1" to disable axis selection. Thu s, chan ging signals EAXI to
EAX5 result s in the output of an alarm PS0139. For groups for which
commands are not issued, however, axis selection is enabled if
parameter DSL (No. 8004#5) is set accordingly.
- - ---- ----- -------- - -- - - - - - --- ---- - ----- - -- - -- - ---- ---------------- - -- - -- - - - - -
(19) In-position signal EINPg <F130.0, F133.0, F136.0, F139.0>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the in-position state.
[Operation] This signal is set to "1" when the corresponding PMC-controlled axis
is in the in-position state.
When the tool is decelerated, in-position check is performed to disable
the next command until the tool enters the in-position area. The
in-position check, however, can be skipped using bit 6 (NCI) of
parameter No. 8004 to reduce the cycle time.

NOTE
When the axis is fed at a very low speed, the in
-oosition signal might turn to "1".

(20) Following zero checking signal ECKZg <F130.1, F133.1, F136.1, F139.1> .
[Cla ssification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the following zero state.
[Operation] This signal is set to "1" when following zero check or in-position
check is being performed for the corresponding PMC-controlled axis.
The following zero state means that theaccelerationldeceleration
delay amount is zero.

-1711-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(21) Alarm signal EIALg <F130.2, F133.2, F136.2, F139.2>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the alarm state related to PMC axis control.
[Operation] This signal is set to" 1" when a servo alarm, overtravel alarm, or alarm
PS0130 or PS0139 occurs for the corresponding PMC-controlled axis.
This signal is set to "0" when the reset signal ECLRg is set to "1" after
the alarm is released, as described below.
Servo alarm
Eliminate the cause of the alarm, then reset the CNC.
Overtravel alarm
Move the tool into the area within the stored stroke limit, then
reset the CNC.
The following commands can be used to move the tool into the
area within the stored stroke limit during an overtravel alarm:
(1) Rapid traverse (ECOg to EC6g : OOh)
(2) Cutting feed - feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g : Olh)
(3) Cutting feed - feed per rotation(ECOgto EC6g : 02h)
(4) Continuous feed (ECOg to EC6g : 06h)
(5) External pulse synchroniz ation - first manual handle (ECOg
to EC6g : ODh)
(6) External pulse synchronization - second manual handle
(ECOg to EC6g : OEh)
(7) External pulse synchronization - third manual handle (ECOg
to EC6g : OFh)
Alarm (PS0130, PS0139)
Reset the CNC.
See "Alarms and messages" for details.

Reset signal ECLRg cannot be used to reset the CNC in the above
cases. Use the reset button on the setting panel, external reset signal
ERS, or emergency stop signal *ESP.

Even if an alarm occurs on an axis not related to the group, alarm

signal EIALx does not generally change from 0 to 1.

- 1712 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(22) Axis moving signal EGENg <F130.4, F133.4, F136.4, F139.4>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the state of movement on an axis.
[Operation] This signal is set to "I" when the tool is moving along the
corresponding PMC-controlled axis according to commands such as
rapid traverse (ECOg to EC6g : OOh) and cutting feed (ECOg to EC6g :
Olh).
When the dwell command (ECOg to EC6g: 04h) is specified, this
signal remains to be set to o.

NOTE
This signal is set to "0" when distribution for the
axis is completed (the signal is set to "0" during
deceleration ).
------------------- - - - - ----------_._ - - ----- - - - -- -- - - - --------- - --- ----- - -- - -- - ------------------------- - -- - - -- - - -------
(23) Auxiliary function executing signal EDENg <F130.3, F133.3, F136.3, F139.3>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicate s the state of auxiliary function execution .
[Operation] When an auxilia ry function (ECOg to EC6g: 12h) is specified by the
PMC, this signal is set to "I" during the period from when auxiliary
function codes EIDOg to EIDI5g are sent to auxiliary function code
signals EMlig to EM48g until the auxiliary function completion
signal EFINg is returned.
Table 16.1.1 0) , "Timing chart of auxiliary function related signal s"
shows the timing chart of command operation .
TMF and TFIN in the table are set in parameter No. 3010 and
No.3011.

Command block Auxiliary function command Next command

(input)

EM11g to EM48g
(output)

EMFg, EMF2g, EMF3g

(output)

EFINg
(input)

EDENg
(output)

Table 16.1.1 m Timing chart of auxiliary function related signals

- 1713 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(24) Negative-direction overtravel signal EOTNg <F130.6, F133.6, F136.6, F139.6>

(25) Positive-direction overtravel signal EOTPg <F130.5, F133.5, F136.5, F139.5>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the overtravel state.
[Operation] These signals are set to "1" when an overtravel alarm is detected.
When the stroke limit in the negative direct ion is exceeded, signal
EOTN g is set to "1". When the stroke limit in the positive direction is
exceeded, signal EOTPg is set to "1''. Simultaneously, alarm signal
EIALg is set to "I".
These signals are set to "0" when the overtravel alarm is released and
reset signal ECLRg is set to "I ''. See "Alarm signal EIALg" for details
of how to release an overtravel alarm.

(26) Feedrate override signals *EFOVOg to *EFOV7g <G151 (, G163, G175, G187»
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Applies cutting override.
[Operation] Like the CNC's feedrate override signals *FYOto *FY4, these signals
can be used to select the override for the cutting feedrate, in steps of
1% from 0 to 254%, independently of the CNC using the parameter
OYE (No. 800 1#2).
These signals form an eight-bit binary code and correspond to the
override value as follows:
7

Override value = ~]i x Vil%

i=O

Vi = 0 when signal *EFOYi is 1

Vi = 1 when signal *EFOYi is 0
That is, each signal has the following significance :
*EFOY7 = 128%, *EFOY3 = 8% ,
*EFOY6 64%, *EFOY2 = 4% ,
*EFOY5 = 32%, *EFOYI = 2% ,
*EFOY4 16%, *EFOYO = 1%
When all signals are set to "0", the override is regarded as being 0%,
as well as when all signals are" I".

-1714-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(27) Override cancellation signal EOVCg <G150.5 (G162.5, G174.5, G186.5»

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Disables override.
[Operation] When override is enabled, independently of the CNC, by setting the
parameter OVE (No. 8001#2), setting this signal to "1" fixes the
cutting feed override to 100%. This signal does not affect the rapid
traverse override.
Bit 5 (IFV) of parameter No. 8005 is used to determine whether these
signals are path-by-path signals or group-by-group signals.
When the IFV parameter is set to 0, these signals are path-by-path
signals. When the IFV parameter is set to 1, these signals are
group-by-group signals.

(28) Rapid traverse override signals EROV1, EROV2 <Gn150.0,1 >

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Applies rapid traverse override.
[Operation] These signals can be used to select the override for the rapid traverse
rate, independently of the CNC, by setting of the parameter OVE (No.
8001#2)
Rapid traverse override slqnals Override value
EROV2 EROV1
0 0 100%
0 1 50%
1 0 25%
1 1 FO
FO is the minimum feedrate specified with parameter No. 1421.

(29) Dry run signal EDRN <G150.7>

(30) Manual rapid traverse selection signal ERT <G150.6>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Applies dry run, or chooses whether to apply dry run.
[Operation] These signals can be used to perform dry run or manual rapid traverse,
independently of the CNC, by setting the parameter OVE (No.
8001#2). When the dry run signal EDRN is set to "1", the specified
rapid traverse rate and cutting feedrate are ignored and the tool moves
at the dry run speed (set in parameter No. 1410) multiplied by the
specified override. Parameter RDE (No. 8001#3) can be used to
specify whether to enable or disable dry run for rapid traverse.
When the manual rapid traverse selection signal ERT is set to "1"
during dry run, the tool moves at the rapid traverse rate for rapid
traverse and at the maximum jog feedrate for cutting feed. When the
signal is set to "0", the tool moves at the jog feedrate. When the dry
run signal EDRN is set to "0", the specified rapid traverse rate or
cutting fIeedrate IS restore d
Manual rapid traverse Command from PMC
select signal At rapid traverse At Cutting feed
1 Rapid traverse rate Cutting feedrate
0 Dry run feed JV * Dry run feed rate JV
* Can also be set to the rapid traverse rate with the parameter RDE
(No. 8001#3).

- 1715 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(31) Override 0% signal EOVO <F129.5>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates whether the override value is 0%.
[Operation] This signal is set to "1" when the feedrate override is 0%.

(32) Skip signal ESKIP<X004.6>, ESKlp#2<X013.6>

[Classification] Direct input signal
[Function] Applies skip.
[Operation] When this signal is set to "1" during execution of the skip cutting
command, the block being executed is immediately stopped and the
next block is executed. This signal is unique during PMC axis control.
Parameter SKE (No. 8001#7) can be used to select whether to use
signal SKIP, which is the common skip signal for the PMC and CNC,
or PMC-specific skip signal ESKIP.

This skip signal is valid for those axes that are assigned to path 1 to
path 2.
For those axes that are assigned to path 1, ESKIP (X004 .6) is valid.
For those axes that are assigned to path 2, ESKIp#2 (X013.6) is valid.

(33) Distribution completion signals EADEN1 to EADEN5<F112.0 to 4>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the state of distribution based on PMC axis control.
[Operation] These signals are set to "0" when the tool is moving with a command
from the PMC. The signals are set to "1" when the tool is 'not moving,
except when it is stopped by an axis control temporary stop signal
ESTPg during the execution of a move command.

(34) Bufferfull signal EABUFg <F131.1, F134.1, F137.1, F140.1>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates the PMC axis control command buffering state.
[Operation] When the group input buffer holds a command block, this signal is set
to 1. When no command is buffered, this signal is set to O.

(35) Controlling signals EACNT1 to EACNT5<F182.0 to 4>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates that PMC axis control is being exercised.
[Operation] When the control axis selection status signal *EAXSL is set to 1, the
bit signal corresponding to an axis being controlled is set to 1.
A bit signal is set to 1 also when the servo-off signal ESOFg is set to
1.

- 1716 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(36) Accumulated zero check signal

ElCKZg <G142.1, G154.1, G166.1, G178.1>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Makes an accumulated zero check.
[Operation] Setting this signal to 1 causes an accumulated zero check between
blocks to be made at a subsequent cutting feed command. The
accumulated zero state means that the acceleration/deceleration delay
amount is zero.
(1) Cutting feed - feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g: Olh)
(2) Cutting feed -feed per rotation (ECOg to EC6g: 02h)
(3) Cutting feed - sec/block (ECOg to EC6g : 21h)
This signal can be used, for example, with the chopping function.

(37) Torque control mode signal

TRQM1 to TRQMS <F190>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Indicates an axis in the torque control mode.
[Operation] When this signal is set to 1, which axis is placed in the torque control
mode by the torque control command (ECOg to EC6g: l l h) based on
PMC axis control is indicated.

- 1717-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Signal detail (Related signals)

The signals related to PMC axis control are detailed below.
The [Function] field and [Operation] field provide descriptions related
to PMC axis control. For the general functions of the signals, see the
description of each signal.

(1) External deceleration signals 1 *+ED1 to *+ED5<G118.0 to 4>, *-ED1 to *-ED5<G120.0 to 4>
(2) External deceleration signals 2 *+ED21 to *+ED25<G101.0 to 4>, *-ED21 to *-ED25<G103.0 to 4>
(3) External deceleration signals 3 *+ED31 to *+ED35<G107.0 to 4>, *-ED31 to *-ED35<G109.0 to 4>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Decelerates the movement along a specified axis to a parameter-set
feedrate.
[Operation] While a signal is set to 0 for an axis, the feedrate along the axis in the
specified direction can be forcibly decelerated to a certain feedrate
(external deceleration feedrate) set by a parameter (dependent on the
type of command).
If the feedrate is lower than the external deceleration feedrate,
however, the specified feedrate continues to be used.
The feedrate for other axes with these signals not set to 0 is not
affected.
For details, refer to the Item, "External Deceleration Function."
A signal is available for each controlled axis and for each direction.
Each signal name includes the sign + or - for direction indication, and
the number at the end of each signal name indicates a controlled axis
number. These signals are shared by the CNC.

* ~ED y~

z
1: Feed along the first axis is decelerated.
2: Feed along the second axis is decelerated.

5: Feed along the fifth axis is decelerated.

y
None: Follows external deceleration setting 1.
2: Follows external deceleration setting 2.
3: Follows external deceleration setting 3.

~
+: Feed in the positive direction is decelerated.
Feed in the negative direction is decelerated.

When any of the following axis control command is specified while

the parameter EDC (No. 8005#0) is held at 1, the external deceleration
function becomes effective:
(1) Rapid traverse (ECOgto EC6g: OOh)
(2) Cutting feed - feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g : 01h)
(3) Reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 05h)
(4) Continuous feed (ECOg to EC6g : 06h)
(5) First reference position return (ECOg to EC6g: 07h)
(6) Second reference position return (ECOgto EC6g : 08h)
- 1718-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

(7) Third reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : 09h)

(8) Fourth reference position return (ECOg to EC6g : OAh)
(9) Machine coordinate system selection (ECOg to EC6g : 20h)
(10) Cutting feed - sec/block (ECOg to EC6g : 21h)

For each command above, the external deceleration feedrate settings

for axis-by-axis rapid traverse (parameter No. 1427, No . 1441, and No .
1444) are valid.
To cutting feed - feed per minute (ECOg to EC6g: 01h) and cutting
feed - seclblock (ECOg to EC6g: 21h) as well, the settings for rapid
traverse are applied instead of the external deceleration feedrate
settings for cutting feed (parameter No. 1426, No. 1440, and No .
1443).

(4) 1% rapid traverse override select signal *HROV <G96.7>

[Classification] Input signal
._ - - -- -- --_...------ ---- - --- ---- ----- - - _...._-- -------- - - - -- - -----
(5) 1% rapid traverse override signal HROVO to 6 <G96.0 to 6>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Enables override to be applied in steps of 1%. Shared by the CNC.
[Operation] If the 1% rapid traverse override select signal *HROY <0 96.7> is set
to 1 when bit 2 (OYE) of parameter No. 8001 is set to 0, rapid traverse
override can be specified in steps of 1% by using the 1% rapid
traverse override signals HROYO to HROY6 <0 96.0 to 6>.

(6) 0.1% rapid traverse override select signal *FHROV <G353.7>

[Classification] Input signal

(7) 0.1% rapid traverse override signal FHROO to 9 <G352.0 to 7, G353.0 to1>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] An override can be applied in steps of 0.1%. This signal is used with
the CNC as well.
[Operation] If bit 2 (OYE) of parameter No. 8001 is set to 0, the 0.1 % rapid
traverse override signals FHROO to FHR09 <0 352.0 to 7, 0353.0 to
1> enable a rapid traverse override to be specified in steps of 0.1 %
when the 1% rapid traverse override select signal *HROY <0 96.7>
and the 0.1% rapid traverse override select signal *FHROY <0 353.7>
are set to 1.

-1719-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

(8) Rapid traverse override signal ROV1 <G14.0>, ROV2 <G14.1>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Overrides the rapid traverse rate. Shared by the CNC.
[Operation] This signal is a two-bit code signal, and sets an override value as
indicated below.

Rapid traverse override signal Override value

ROV2 ROV1
0 0 100%
0 1 50%
1 0 25%
1 1 FO (parameter (No.1421))

(9) First reference position return completion signals ZP1 to ZP5 <F94.0 to 4>
(10) Second reference position return completion signals ZP21 to ZP25 <F96.0 to 4>
(11) Third reference position return completion signals ZP31 to ZP35 <F98.0 to 4>
(12) Fourth reference position return completion signals ZP41 to ZP45 <F100.0 to 4>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Posts that the tool is at the reference position on a controlled axis.
Shared by the CNC.
[Operation] The number at the end of a signal name indicates the number of a
controlled axis.
Each of these signals is set to 1 when reference position return is
completed, and the tool enters the in-position area .
Each of these signals is set to 0 when a movement is made from the
reference position, an emergence stop occurs, or a servo alarm is
issued.

(13) AlB phase detector disconnection alarm ignore signal

NDCAL1 to NDCAL5 <G202.0 to 4»
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Does not output the AlB phase detector hard disconnection alarm.
[Operation] While this signal is set to 1, the AlB phase detector hard disconnection
alarm is not output during speed specification based on PMC axis
control. Table 16.1.1 (k), "Timing chart of AlB phase detector
disconnection alarm ignore signal" shows a timing chart.

AlB phase detector

disconnection alarm
ignore parameter
J
HNG (No.2017#4)

NDCALx
(input)
Even if hard disconnection
alarm is issued, servo soft
does not notify NC.

Hard disconnection ___I.,. 1 _

.,.
Occurs at high speed Reset by ALR

Table 16.1.1 (k) Timing chartof AlB phase detector disconnection alarm
ignore signal

- 1720-
B·64303EN·1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

NOTE
1 Change the level of this signal from 1 to 0 before
switching from a speed command to a position
command.
2 After switching from a speed command to a
position command , be sure to perform a manual
reference position return operation before making
a movement on the axis.
3 This function cannot be used when an
absolute-position detector is attached.
4 To enable this signal, set bit 4 of parameter No.
2017 to 1.

-1721-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Signal address
- Signals for PMC axis control
DI~CNC
The signals below are direct signals for PMC axis control.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
X004
II ESKIP I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
X013
I I
IESKIP#21
PMC ~CNC

The signals are listed below.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G136
II I EAX5#1 I EAX4#1 I EAX3#1 I EAX2#1 I EAX1#1 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1136
II I EAX5#2 I EAX4#2 I EAX3#21 EAX2#21 EAX1#21
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G200
II I EASIP5 I EASIP4 I EASIP3 I EASIP2 I EASIP1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1200 II I EASIP13I EASIP12I EASIP11 I EASIP10 I EASIP9 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G202 II INDCAL5 INDCAL4! NDCAL3 \ NDCAL2 \ NDCAL1 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1202
II INDCAL13INDCAL12INDCAL11INDCAL101 NDCAL91

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G150
II EDRN#1
#7
ERT#1
#6
EOVC#1
#5 #4 #3 #2
EROV2#1
#1
EROV1#1
#0
G151
II *EFOV7#1 I *EFOV6#1 I *EFOV5#1 I *EFOV4#1 I *EFOV3#1 I *EFOV2#1 I *EFOV1#1 I *EFOVO#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1150
II EDRN#2
#7
ERT#2
#6
EOVC#2
#5 #4 #3 #2
EROV2#2
#1
EROV1#2
#0
G1151 II *EFOV7#2 I *EFOV6#2 I *EFOV5#2 I *EFOV4#2 I *EFOV3#2 I *EFOV2#2 I *EFOV1#2 I *EFOVO#2 I

- 1722 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUN cnon

The signals in groups A to D of the first path are shown below .

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G142
II EBUFA#1 ECLRA#1 ESTPA#1 ESOFA#1 ESBKA#1 IEMBUFA#1 IELCKZA#1 I E'FINA#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G143 II EMSBKA#1 I EC6A#1 EC5A#1 EC4A#1 EC3A#1 EC2A#1 EC1A#1 ECOA#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G144 II EIF7A#1 EIF6A#1 EIF5A#1 EIF4A#1 EIF3A#1 EIF2A#1 EIF1A#1 EIFOA#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G145 II EIF15A#1 EIF14A#1 EIF13A#1 EIF12A#1 EIF11A#1 EIF10A#1 EIF9A#1 EIF8A#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II
0..,
G146
II EID7A#1 EID6A#1 EID5A#1 EID4A#1 EID3A#1 EID2A#1 EID1A#1 EID7A#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
..,
co
0
c
"0
G147 II E1D15A#1 EID14A#1 EID13A#1 EID12A#1 EID11A#1 EID10A#1 EID9A#1 EID8A#1
}:- #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G148
II EID23A#1 EID22A#1 EID21A#1 EID20A#1 EID19A#1 EID18A#1 E1D17A#1 I E1D16A#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G149
II EID31A#1 EID30A#1 EID29A#1 EID28A#1 EID27A#1 EID26A#1 EID25A#1 I E1D24A#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G150
II EOVCA#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G151 II*EF0V7A#1 1 *EFOV6A# 11 *EFOV5A#1 I*EFOV4A# 11 *EFOV3A#11 *EFOV2A#1 I *EFOV1A#1 *EFOVOA#1 1 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G154
II EBUFB#1 ECLRB#1 ESTPB#1 ESOFB#1 ESBKB#1 I
EMBUFB#1 I ELCKZB#1 I EFINB#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G155 I IEMSBKB#11 EC6B#1 EC5B#1 EC4B#1 EC3B#1 EC2B#1 EC1B#1 ECOB#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G156
I I EIF7B#1 EIF6B#1 EIF5B#1 EIF4B#1 EIF3B#1 EIF2B#1 EIF1B#1 EIFOB#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G157
II EIF15B#1
#7
EIF14B#1
#6
EIF13B#1
#5
EIF12B#1
#4
EIF11B#1
#3
EIF10B#1
#2
EIF9B#1
#1
EIF8B#1
#0

II
..,
0
G158
II E1D7B#1
#7
EID6B#1
#6
E1D5B#1
#5
E1D4B#1
#4
EID3B#1
#3
EID2B#1
#2
E1D1B#1
#1
EID7B#1
#0
co
...,
0
c
"0
G159 II EID15B#1 EID14B#1 EID13B#1 EID12B#1 EID11B#1 EID10B#1 E1D9B#1 EID8B#1

OJ #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G160
II EID23B#1
#7
EID22B#1
#6
E1D21B#1
#5
EID20B#1
#4
EID19B#1
#3
EID18B#1
#2
EID17B#1
#1
EID16B#1
#0
G161
II EID31B#1
#7
EID30B#1
#6
E1D29B#1
#5
EID28B#1
#4
EID27B#1
#3
EID26B#1
#2
EID25B#1
#1
EID24B#1
#0
G162
II #7 #6
EOVCB#1
#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G163 II I I I
*EFOV7B#1 *EFOV6B#1 *EFOV5B#1 *EFOV4B#1 *EFOV3B#1 *EFOV2B#1 I I I I
*EFOV1 B#1 *EFOVOB#1 I

- 1723 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G166
I I EBUFC#1 ECLRC#1 ESTPC#1 ESOFC#1 ESBKC#1 IEMBUFC#1 I ELCKZC#1 I EFINC#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G167
I IEMSBKC#1! EC6C#1 EC5C#1 EC4C#1 EC3C#1 EC2C#1 EC1C#1 ECOC#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G168
II EIF7C#1 EIF6C#1 EIF5C#1 EIF4C#1 EIF3C#1 EIF2C#1 EIF1C#1
#1
EIFOC#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #0
G169
I I #7
EIF15C#1 EIF14C#1
#6
EIF13C#1 EIF12C#1 EIF11C#1 EIF10C#1 EIF9C#1
#1
EIF8C#1
#0
#5 #4 #3 #2

I I
"'Tl G170 EID7C#1 EID6C#1 EID5C#1 E1D4C#1 EID3C#1 EID2C#1 EID1C#1 EID7C#1
.,
0
<C
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
ac G171 E1D15C#1 EID14C#1 EID13C#1 EID12C#1 EID11C#1 EID10C#1 EID9C#1 EID8C#1
"0 I I
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G172
II EID23C#1
#7
EID22C#1
#6
EID21C#1
#5
EID20C#1
#4
EID19C#1
#3
EID18C#1
#2
EID17C#1
#1
EID16C#1
#0
G173
II EID31C#1 E1D30C#1 EID29C#1 EID28C#1 EID27C#1 EID26C#1 EID25C#1 EID24C#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G174 EOVCC#1
II
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G175 I I*EFOV7C#1 I*EFOV6C#1 I*EFOV5C#1 I*EFOV4C#1 I*EFOV3C#11*EFOV2C#1 I*EFOV1C#1 I*EFOVOC#1 I

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I
G178
I I
EBUFD#1 ECLRD#1 ESTPD#1 ESOFD#1 ESBKD#1 I EMBUFD#1 I ELCKZD#1 I EFIND#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I
G179
I I EMSBKD#11 EC6D#1 EC5D#1 EC4D#1 EC3D#1 EC2D#1 EC1D#1 ECOD#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I G180
I I
EIF7D#1
#7
EIF6D#1
#6
EIF5D#1
#5
EIF4D#1
#4
EIF3D#1
#3
EIF2D#1
#2
EIF1D#1
#1
EIFOD#1
#0

I
G181 II EIF15D#1 EIF14D#1 EIF13D#1 EIF12D#1 EIF11D#1 EIF10D#1 EIF9D#1 EIF8D#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

Q
"'Tl I G182 II EID7D#1
#7
EID6D#1
#6
EID5D#1
#5
EID4D#1
#4
EID3D#1 E1D2D#1
#2
E1D1D#1
#1
EID7D#1
#0
<C
#3
ac I
G183
I I
E1D15D#1 EID14D#1 EID13D#1 EID12D#1 EID11D#1 EID10D#1 EID9D#1 EID8D#1
"0
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I G184
I I EID23D#1
#7
EID22D#1
#6
EID21D#1
#5
EID20D#1
#4
EID19D#1
#3
EID18D#1
#2
EID17D#1
#1
EID16D#1
#0

I G185
I I
EID31D#1 EID30D#1 EID29D#1 EID28D#1 EID27D#1 EID26D#1 EID25D#1 EID24D#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I G186
II EOVCD#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I
G187 I I*EFOV7D#1 I*EFOV6D#1 I*EFOV5D#1 I*EFOV4D#1 I*EFOV3D#1 I*EFOV2D#1 I*EFOV1 D#1 I*EFOVOD#1 I

- 1724-
B-64303EN-1/0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

The signals in groups A to D of the second path (T series (2-path

control)) are shown below.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

G1142
II EBUFA#2 ECLRA#2 ESTPA#2 ESOFA#2 ESBKA#2 I EMBUFA#21 ELCKZA#2 I EFINA#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1143
II EMSBKA#21
#7
EC6A#2
#6
EC5A#2
#5
EC4A#2
#4
EC3A#2
#3
EC2A#2
#2
EC1A#2
#1
ECOA#2
#0
G1144
II EIF7A#2
#7
EIF6A#2
#6
EIF5A#2
#5
EIF4A#2
#4
EIF3A#2
#3
EIF2A#2
#2
EIF1A#2
#1
EIFOA#2
#0
G1145
1I EIF15A#2
#7
EIF14A#2
#6
EIF13A#2
#5
EIF12A#2
#4
EIF11A#2
#3
EIF10A#2
#2
EIF9A#2
#1
EIF8A#2
#0

"'Tl
Q
G1146
1I EID7A#2
#7
EID6A#2
#6
EID5A#2
#5
EID4A#2 EID3A#2 EID2A#2 E1D1A#2 EID7A#2

to #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
...,
0
r:::
"0
G1147 1 I E1D15A#2 EID14A#2 EID13A#2 EID12A#2 EID11A#2 EID10A#2 EID9A#2 EID8A#2
» #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1148
II E1D23A#2
#7
EID22A#2
#6
EID21A#2
#5
EID20A#2
#4
E1D19A#2
#3
EID18A#2
#2
EID17A#2
#1
EID16A#2
#0
G1149
1I E1D31A#2
#7
EID30A#2 EID29A#2 EID28A#2 EID27A#2 EID26A#2 EID25A#2 EID24A#2
#6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1150
II #7 #6
EOVCA#2
#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1151 I I*EFOV7A#21 *EFOV6A#21 *EFOV5A#21 *EFOV4A#21 *EFOV3A#21 *EFOV2A#21 *EFOV1A#21 *EFOVOA#21

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1154
II EBUFB#2 ECLRB#2 ESTPB#2 ESOFB#2 ESBKB#2 I
EMBUFB#21 ELCKZB#2 I EFINB#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1155
II EMSBKB#21
#7
EC6B#2
#6
EC5B#2
#5
EC4B#2
#4
EC3B#2
#3
EC2B#2
#2
EC1B#2
#1
ECOB#2
#0
G1156
II EIF7B#2
#7
EIF6B#2
#6
EIF5B#2
#5
EIF4B#2
#4
EIF3B#2
#3
EIF2B#2
#2
EIF1B#2
#1
EIFOB#2
#0
G1157
II EIF15B#2
#7
EIF14B#2
#6
EIF13B#2
#5
EIF12B#2
#4
EIF11B#2
#3
EIF10B#2
#2
EIF9B#2
#1
EIF8B#2
#0

"'Tl
...,
0
G1158
II EID7B#2
#7
EID6B#2
#6
EID5B#2
#5
EID4B#2
#4
EID3B#2
#3
EID2B#2
#2
EID1B#2
#1
EID7B#2
#0
to
ar::: G1159
II EID15B#2 EID14B#2 EID13B#2 EID12B#2 EID11B#2 E1D10B#2 EID9B#2 EID8B#2
"0
tn #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1160
II E1D23B#2
#7
EID22B#2
#6
EID21B#2
#5
EID20B#2
#4
EID19B#2
#3
EID18B#2 EID17B#2 EID16B#2
#2 #1 #0
G1161
II EID31B#2
#7
EID30B#2
#6
EID29B#2
#5
EID28B#2 EID27B#2 EID26B#2 E1D25B#2 EID24B#2
#4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1162
II #7 #6
EOVCB#2
#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1163 II *EFOV7B#21 *EFOV6B#21 *EFOV5B#21 *EFOV4B#21 *EFOV3B#21 *EFOV2B#21 *EFOV1 B#21 *EFOVOB#21

- 1725 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1166
I1 EBUFC#2 ECLRC#2 ESTPC#2 ESOFC#2 ESBKC#2 I
EMBUFC#21 ELCKZC#2 I EFINC#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

1 IEMSBKC#21
G1167 EC6C#2 EC5C#2 EC4C#2 EC3C#2 EC2C#2 EC1C#2 ECOC#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1168
II EIF7C#2 EIF6C#2 EIF5C#2 EIF4C#2 EIF3C#2 EIF2C#2 EIF1C#2 EIFOC#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1169
1I EIF15C#2
#7
EIF14C#2
#6
EIF13C#2
#5
EIF12C#2
#4
EIF11C#2
#3
EIF10C#2
#2
EIF9C#2
#1
EIF8C#2
#0

."
0...,
G1170
II EI07C#2
#7
EI06C#2
#6
EID5C#2
#5
EI04C#2
#4
EID3C#2
#3
EID2C#2
#2
E1D1C#2
#1
EI07C#2
#0
...,
to
0 G1171 E1D15C#2 EID14C#2 EID13C#2 EID12C#2 EID11C#2 E1D10C#2 EID9C#2 EI08C#2
c 1 1
"0
o #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1172
1I EI023C#2
#7
EID22C#2
#6
EID21C#2
#5
E1D20C#2 EID19C#2 EID18C#2
#2
EI017C#2
#1
EID16C#2
#0
#4 #3
G1173
II E1D31C#2
#7
EID30C#2
#6
EID29C#2
#5
EI028C#2
#4
EID27C#2
#3
EID26C#2
#2
EID25C#2
#1
EID24C#2
#0
G1174
1I #7 #6
EOVCC#2
#5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G1175 1 I *EFOV7C#21 *EFOV6C#21 *EFOV5C#21 *EFOV4C#21 *EFOV3C#21 *EFOV2C#21 *EFOV1C#21 *EFOVOC#21

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

I G1178 II EBUFO#2
#7
ECLRD#2
#6
ESTPD#2
#5
ESOFO#2
#4
ESBKD#2 1EMBUFD#21 ELCKZD#2 1 EFIND#2
#3 #2 #1 #0

I G1179 I 1EMSBKD#21 EC6D#2 EC5D#2 EC4D#2 EC3D#2 EC2O#2 EC1O#2 ECOD#2

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

1
G1180
1I EIF7D#2
#7
EIF6O#2
#6
EIF5D#2
#5
EIF4D#2 EIF3D#2 EIF2D#2
#2
EIF1O#2
#1
EIFOD#2
#0
#4 #3

1
G1181 1 I EIF15O#2 EIF14D#2 EIF13D#2 EIF12O#2 EIF11O#2 EIF10D#2 EIF9O#2 EIF8O#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

."
...,
0 I G1182
II EI07D#2
#7
EID6D#2
#6
EID5D#2
#5
EID4O#2
#4
EID3D#2
#3
EID2O#2
#2
E1D1D#2
#1
E1D7D#2
#0
to
(3
c
"0 I G1183
II EID15D#2
#7
EID14D#2
#6
EID13D#2
#5
EI012O#2
#4
EID11D#2
#3
EID10D#2
#2
EI09O#2
#1
E1D8D#2
#0
0

I G1184
II EID23D#2
#7
EID22D#2
#6
EID210#2
#5
EID20D#2
#4
EID19D#2
#3
EI018D#2
#2
E1D17O#2
#1
EI016D#2
#0

I G1185
II E1D31D#2 EID30D#2 EID29O#2 EI028D#2 EID27O#2 EID26D#2 EI025O#2 EI024D#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

1
G1186 II EOVCD#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

1
G1187 II *EFOV70#21 *EFOV60#21 *EFOV5D#21 *EFOV4D#21 *EFOV3D#21 *EFOV2D#21 *EFOV1 D#21 *EFOVOD#21

- 1726-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

CNC--*PMC

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
F129 I*EAXSL I EOVO I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
F112 II #7 #6 #5
IEADEN51 EADEN41 EADEN31 EADEN21 EADEN11
#3 #2 #1 #0
#4
F182 II #7 #6 #5
IEACNT51EACNT41EACNT31EACNT21EACNT11
#3 #2 #1 #0
#4
F190 II ITRQM51TRQM41TRQM31TRQM21TRQM1 I

- 1727 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

The signals in groups A to D of the first path are shown below.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F130
II EBSYA#1 EOTNA#1 EOTPA#1 EGENA#1 EDENA#1 EIALA#1 ECKZA#1 EINPA#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
."
...
0
to I F131
II EMF3A#1 EMF2A#1 I EABUFA#1 I EMFA#1
(3 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
't:l
» I F132
II EM28A#1
#7
EM24A#1
#6
EM22A#1
#5
EM21A#1 EM18A#1
#3
EM14A#1
#2
EM12A#1
#1
EM11A#1
#0
#4

LI F142
II EM48A#1 EM44A#1 EM42A#1 EM41A#1 EM38A#1 EM34A#1 EM32A#1 EM31A#1

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F133
II EBSYB#1 EOTNB#1 EOTPB#1 EGENB#1 EDENB#1 EIALB#1 ECKZB#1 EINPB# 1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
."
...
0
to I F134
II EMF3B#1 EMF2B#1 IEABUFB#1 I EMFB#1
(3 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
't:l
OJ I F135
II EM28B#1 EM24B#1 EM22B#1 EM21B#1 EM18B#1 EM14B#1 EM12B#1 EM11B#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

LI F145
II EM48B#1 EM44B#1 EM42B#1 EM41B#1 EM38B#1 EM34B#1 EM32B#1 EM31B#1

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F136
II EBSYC#1 EOTNC#1 EOTPC#1
I EGENC#1 EDENC#1 EIALC#1 ECKZC#1 EINPC#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
."
...
0
I F137
II I EMF3C#1 EMF2C#1 IEABUFC#1 I EMFC#1
...0
to
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
't:l
o I F138
II EM28C#1
#7
EM24C#1
#6
EM22C#1
#5
I EM21C#1
#4
EM18C#1
#3
EM14C#1
#2
EM12C#1
#1
EM11C#1
#0

LI F148 II EM48C#1 EM44C#1 EM42C#1 I EM41C#1 EM38C#1 EM34C#1 EM32C#1 EM31C#1

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F139 II EBSYD#1 EOTND#1 EOTPD#1 EGEND#1 EDEND#1 EIALD#1 ECKZD#1 EINPD#1

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
."
... I
0
F140
II EMF3D#1 EMF2D#1 IEABUFD#1 I EMFD#1
...
to
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
't:l
0 I F141
II EM28D#1 EM24D#1 EM22D#1 EM21D#1 EM18D#1 EM14D #1 EM12D#1 EM11D#1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

L'
F151
II EM48D#1 EM44D#1 EM42D#1 EM41D#1 EM38D#1 EM34D#1 EM32D#1 EM31D#1

- 1728 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

The signals in groups A to D of the second path (T series (2-path

control)) are show n below.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F1130
II EBSYA#2 EOTNA#2 EOTPA#2 EGENA#2 EOENA#2 EIALA#2 ECKZA#2 EINPA#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
"'T1
,
0
co
, I F1131 II EMF3A#2 EMF2A#2 IEABUFA#21 EMFA#2
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
"0
» I F1132 II EM28A#2
#7
EM24A#2
#6
EM22A#2
#5
EM21A#2
#4
EM18A#2
#3
EM14A#2
#2
EM12A#2
#1
EM11A#2
#0

LI F1142
II EM48A#2 EM44A#2 EM42A#2 EM41A#2 EM38A#2 EM34A#2 EM32A#2 EM31A#2

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F1133
II EBSYB#2 EOTNB#2 EOTPB#2 EGENB #2 EOENB#2 EIALB#2 ECKZB#2 EINPB#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
"'T1
Q
co
, I F1134
II EMF3B#2 EMF2B#2 I EABUFB# 2 1
EMFB#2
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
"0
OJ I F1135
II EM28B#2 EM24B#2
#6
EM22B#2 EM21B#2 EM18B#2 EM14B#2
#2
EM12B#2
#1
EM11B#2
#0
#7 #5 #4 #3

LI F1145
II EM48B#2 EM44B#2 EM42B#2 EM41B#2 EM38B#2 EM34B#2 EM32B#2 EM31B#2

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F1136
I I EBSYC#2 EOTNC#2 EOTPC#2 EGENC#2 EOENC#2 EIALC#2 ECKZC#2 EINPC#2
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
"'T1
,0
co I F1137
II EMF3C#2 EMF2C#2 IEABUFC#21 EMFC#2
(3 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
"0
o I F1138
II EM28C#2
#7
EM24C#2
#6
EM22C#2
#5
EM21C#2
#4
EM18C#2
#3
EM14C#2
#2
EM12C#2
#1
EM11C#2
#0

LI F1148
II EM48C#2 EM44C#2 EM42C#2 EM41C#2 EM38C#2 EM34C#2 EM32C#2 EM31C#2

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

II F1139 I I EBSYO#2 EOTNO#2 EOTPO#2 EGENO#2 EOENO#2 EIALO#2 ECKZO#2 EINPO#2

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
"'T1
Q
co
, I F1140
II EMF3O#2 EMF2O#2 I EABUFO#21 EMFO#2
0 #7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
c
"0
0 I F1141
II EM28O#2 EM24O#2
#6
EM22O#2 EM210#2 EM18O#2 EM14O#2 EM12O#2
#1
EM11O#2
#7 #5 #4 #3 #2 #0

LI F1151
II EM48O#2 EM44O#2 EM42O#2 EM41 0#2 EM38O#2 EM34O#2 EM32O#2 EM31 0#2

- 1729-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Related signals

DI~CNC
The signals below are direct signals related to PMC axis control.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
X004
I I SKIP
#7
I
#1 #0
#6 #5 #4 #3 #2
X011 I SKlp#3 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
X013 I SKlp#2 I
PMC~CNC
The signals below are Input signals related to PMC axis control.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G014
I I I ROV2 I ROV1
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G096 I I *HROV I HROV6 I HROV5 I HROV4 I HROV3 I HROV2 I HROV1 I HROVO I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G101 II I*+ED25 I*+ED24 I*+ED23 I *+ED22 I*+ED21 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G103
II I *·ED25 I *·ED24 I *·ED23 I *·ED22 I *·ED21 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G106 II
#7 #6 #5
I MIS
#4
I #3 I #2 I #1 I #0 I
MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1

G107
II I*+ED35 I *+ED34 I *+ED33 I*+ED32 I*+ED31 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G109 II I *·ED35 I *·ED34 I *·ED33 I *·ED32 I *·ED31 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G118 II I *+ED5 I *+ED4 I *+ED3 I *+ED2 I *+ED1 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G120
II I *·ED5 I *·ED4 I *·ED3 I *·ED2 I *·ED1 I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G202
II #7 #6 #5
I NDCAL51 NDCA L4 1NDCAL31 NDC A L2 1NDCAL11
#4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G352
I I FHROV I FHR06 I FHR05 I FHR04 I FHR03 I FHR02 I FHR01 I FHROO I
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G353
I I*FHROV I I FHR09 I FHR08 I

- 1730-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

CNC~PMC
The signals below are output signals related to PMC axis control.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
F094 I I ZP8
#7
ZP7
#6
ZP6
#5
ZP5
#4
ZP4
#3
ZP3
#2
ZP2
#1
ZP1
#0
F096 I I ZP28 ZP27 ZP26 ZP25 ZP24 ZP23 ZP22 ZP21
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
F098 I I ZP38 ZP37 ZP36 ZP35 ZP34 ZP33 ZP32 ZP31
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
F100 I I ZP48 ZP47 ZP46 ZP45 ZP44 ZP43 ZP42 ZP41

- 1731 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Parameter
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 0000
II INI

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit path

#2 INI Unit of input

0: In metrics
1: In inches

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 0012
II MIRx

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit axis

#0 MIRx Mirror image for each axis

0: Mirror image is off. (Normal)
1: Mirror image is on. (Mirror)

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 1001 II INM

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

#0 INM Least command increment on the linear axis

0: In mm (metric system machine)
1: In inches (inch system machine)

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 1005 I IL- ---'- DLZx --J

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

#1 DLZx Function for setting the reference position without dogs

0: Disabled
1: Enabled

- 1732 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 1006 I I'-- ZMlx ---'-_---'-
DIAx ...L--_ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

#3 DIAx The move command for each axis is based on:

0: Radius specification
1: Diameter specification

NOTE
For the FSOi-C, one of the following changes is
required besides setting bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter
No. 1006 so that the axis based on diameter
specification achieves the specified amount of
movement.
• Halve the command multiplication (the detection
unit is not changed).
• Halve the detection unit and double the flexible
feed gear (DMR).
For the FSOi-D, only if bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter
No. 1006 is set, the CNC halves the specified
pulse. Accordingly, the above changes are not
required (when the detection unit is not changed).
To halve the detection unit, double both CMR and
DMR.

#5 ZMIx The direction of manual reference position return is:

0: + direction
1: - direction

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

- 1733 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#0 ROAx The roll-over function of a rotation axis is

0: Invalid
1: Valid

NOTE
ROAx specifies the function only for a rotation axis
(for which ROTx, #0 of parameter NO.1 006, is set to
1)

#1 RABx In the absolute commands, the axis rotates in the direction

0: In which the distance to the target is shorter.
1: Specified by the sign of command value.

I NOTE
RABx is valid only when ROAx is 1.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 1201 I 1_ _1..-- -'--_-'-- _ ZPR

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 ZPR Automatic setting of a coordinate system when the manual reference

position return is performed
0: Not set automatically
I : Set automatically

NOTE
ZPR is valid when the workpiece coordinate
system is not used (when bit 0 (NWZ) of parameter
No. 8136 is 1). When the workpiece coordinate
system is used, the workpiece coordinate system is
established based on the workpiece origin offset
(parameters No. 1220 to 1226) during a manual
reference position return, regardless of the setting
of this parameter.

- 1734 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Coordinate value of the second reference position in the machine coordinate

system

Coordinate value of the third reference position in the machine coordinate

system

Coordinate value of the fourth reference position in the machine coordinate

system

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm, inch, degree (machine unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] 9 digit of minimum unit of data (refer to standard parameter setting
table (A))
(When the increment system is IS-B, -999999.999 to +999999.999)
Set the coordinate values of the second to fourth reference positions in
the machine coordinate system.

Coordinate system of the reference position used when automatic

coordinate system setting is performed

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm, inch, degree (input unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] 9 digit of minimum unit of data (refer to standard parameter setting
table (A))
(When the increment system is IS-B, -999999.999 to +999999.999)
Set the coordinate system of the reference position on each axis to be
used for setting a coordinate system automatically.

1260 The shift amount er one rotation of a rotation axis

NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] Degree
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] o or positive 9 digit of minimum unit of data (refer to the standard
parameter setting table (B) )
(When the increment system is IS-B, 0.0 to +999999.999)
Set the shift amount per one rotation of a rotation axis.
For the rotation axis used for cylindrical interpolation, set the standard
value.

- 1735 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
1402 I I'---_....L.-_--'- '---_....L.-_--'-__ JOV .J.....-_ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#1 JOV Jog override is:

0: Enabled
1: Disabled (tied to 100%)

1421 FOrate of ra id traverse override for each axis

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mmlmin, inch/min, degree/min (machine unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] Refer to the standard parameter setting table (C)
(When the increment system is IS-B, 0.0 to +999000.0)
Set the FO rate of the rapid traverse override for each axis.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
1803 I L..I_ _--'- '--_
TQF_ L..- ' - -_ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#4 TQF When torque control is performed by the PMC axis control, follow-up
operation is:
0: Not performed.
1: Performed.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
1805 I 1 ---''--_ _L..- TRE _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#1 TRE When bit 4 of parameter No. 1803 is set to 0 (not to perform

follow-up operation with a torque control command in PMC axis
control), the servo error counter is:
0: Updated.
When the error count exceeds the maximum allowable
cumulative travel value (parameter No. 1885), the alarm
(SY0423) is issued.
1: Not updated.
No errors are accumulated, so that the alarm (SY0423) is not
issued. When the maximum allowable feedrate is exceeded,
however, the alarm (SY0422) is issued.
To return to position control when this parameter bit is set to 1, a
reference position return operation needs to be performed.

- 1736 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

1826 I 1 In-position width for each axis

.-.:..:..:.....==.:....:..:=.:..::..:.....==.:..:...;==- _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] o to 99999999
The in-position width is set for each axis.
When the deviation of the machine position from the specified
position (the absolute value of the positioning deviation) is smaller
than the in-position width, the machine is assumed to have reached the
specified position. (The machine is in the in-position state.)

1827 In-position width in cuttin feed for each axis

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] oto 99999999
Set an in-position width for each axis in cutting feed. This parameter
is used when bit 4 (CCI) of parameter No.180 1=1.

1836 Servo error amount where reference position return is ossible

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] o to 32767
This parameter sets a servo error used to enable reference position
return.
In general, set this parameter to O. (When 0 is set, 128 is assumed as
the default.)
If, during reference position return, such a feedrate as exceeding a set
value is not reached even once before the limit switch for deceleration
is released (the deceleration signal (*DEC) is set to I again), the alarm
(PS0090) "REFERENCE POSITION RETURN FAILURE" is issued.
If, during reference position return, such a feedrate as exceeding a set
servo error amount is not reached even once before the limit switch
for deceleration is released (the deceleration signal is set to I again),
the alarm (PS0090) "REFERENCE POSITION RETURN FAILURE"
is issued.

- 1737 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

1885 Maximum allowable value for total travel durin tor ue control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] o to 32767
Set a maximum allowable cumulative travel value (error counter
value) during torque control. If the cumulative travel value exceeds
the set value, the servo alarm (SV0423) is issued.

NOTE
This parameter is enabled when the parameter
TQF (bit 4 of No.1803) is 0 (follow-up is not
performed during torque control).

1886 Positional deviation when torque control is canceled

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] Detection unit
[Valid data range] 1 to 32767
Set a positional deviation value when torque control is canceled to
return to positional deviation. After the positional deviation has
fallen to the parameter-set value, switching to position control is
performed.

NOTE
This parameter is enabled when the parameter
TQF (bit 4 of No.1803) is 0 (follow-up is not
performed during torque control).

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 2000 I 1 -'-- DGP _

NOTE
When this parameter is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

#1 DGP Upon power-up, the digital servo parameter specific to a motor is:
0: Set.
1: Not set.
When this parameter is set to 0 after the motor type is set, the digital
servo parameter is automatically set to the standard value appropriate
for the motor type and this parameter is set to 1 at the same time.

- 1738 -
B·64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 2007 II TRQ

[Input type ] Param eter input

[Data type] Bit axis

#7 TRQ Torque control is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enab led.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 2017
II HTN

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type ] Bit axis

#4 HTN In the speed command mode, the hardware broken wire alarm for the
separate detector is:
0: Detected.
I: Ignored.

1 2105 11'--- Torque constant

==::::.::.....::.=="--- _

[Input type ] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis
[Unit of data] O.OOOOI Nm/ (torque command)
[Valid data range] 1 to 32767
This param eter is set for each torque characteristic.

NOTE
When a linear motor is used, the data unit is 0.001
N/(1 torque command).

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 3002 I ,_ _-'-- IOV ----'- --'
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Bit path

#4 IOV Override-related signa l logic is:

0: Used without modification
(A signal of negative logic is used as a negative logic signal, and
a signal of positive logic is used as a positive logic signal.)
1: Inverted
(A signal of negative logic is used as a positive logic signal , and
a signal of positive logic is used as a negative logic signal.)
The signals indicated below are affect ed.
Signal of negative logic :
Feedrate overrid e signals *FVO to *FV7<GOOI2>
Second feedrat e override signals* AFVO to *AFV7 <G0013>

- 1739 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Feedrate override signals (for PMC axis control)

*EFOVOg to *EFOV7g<G01S1/G0163/G017SIG0187>
Software operator's panel signals *FVOO to *FV70<F0078>
Signals of positive logic:
Rapid traverse override signals ROV1,ROV2<G0014.0,1>
Software operator's panel signals ROV10,ROV20<F0076.4,S>
Rapid traverse override signals (for PMC axis control)
EROVlg,EROV2g<G01SO.0, 1, G0162.0, 1, G0174.0, 1,
G0186.0,1>

I 3010 I
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Word path
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] oto 32767
The time required to send strobe signals MF, SF, TF, and BF after the
M, S, T, and B codes are sent, respectively.

M, S, T, B code

MF, SF, TF, BF, _ _-+- _

signal

NOTE
The time is counted in units of 8 ms. If the set value
is not a multiple of four, it is raised to the next
multiple of eight.
Example
When 30 is set, 32 ms is assumed.
When 0 is set, 8 ms is assumed.

- 1740-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

I 3011 I
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Word path
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] oto 32767
Set the minimum signal width of the valid M, S, T, and B function
com letion si nal FIN .

M, S, T, B code

MF, SF, TF, BF signal - - -

FIN sigal
__n__ L
H f----I
Ignored because shorter Valid because longer
than min. signal width than min. signal width

NOTE
The time is counted in units of 8 ms. If the set value
is not a multiple of four, it is raised to the next
multiple of eight.
Example
When 30 is set, 32 ms is assumed.
When 0 is set, 8 ms is assumed.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 3104 I 1'-----_'----- PPD
-'---_....L.- --'--_ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#3 PPD Relative position display when a coordinate system is set

0: Not preset
1: Preset

NOTE
If any of the following is executed when PPD is set
to 1, the relative position display is preset to the
same value as the absolute position display:
(1) Manual reference position return
(2) Coordinate system setting based on G92 (G50
for G code system A on the T series)
(3) Workpiece coordinate system presetting based
on G92.1 (G50.3 for G code system A on the T
series)
(4) When a T code for the T series is specified.

-1741-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
3105 1 I_ _---' -'-- ~ PCF __J

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#1 peF Addition of the movement of the PMC-controlled axes to the actual

speed display
0: Added
1: Not added

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
3115 1 1_ _- ' - - _ - - ' - _ - - 1 NOFx - ' - - _ - - ' - _ - - - 1 ._ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

#3 NDFx In calculation for actual cutting feedrate display, the feedrate of a

selected axis is:
0: Considered.
1: Not considered.

NOTE
When using the electronic gear box function (EGB)
(M series), set 1 for the EGB dummy axis to
suppress position display.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
8001 I IL...-_S_K_E----I.._AUX
_-'- NCC ROE
--JL...- _ _ OVE MLE

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 MLE Whether all axis machine lock signal MLK is valid for
PMC-controlled axes
0: Valid
1: Invalid
The axis-by-axis machine lock signal MLKx depends on the setting of
bit 1 of parameter No. 8006.

#2 OVE Signals related to dry run and override used in PMC axis control
0: Same signals as those used for the CNC
1: Signals specific to the PMC
The signals used depend on the settings of these parameter bits as
indicated below.

No.8001#2=O
No.8001#2=1
Signals (same signals as those
(signals specific to the PMC)
used for the CNC)
Feedrate override signals *FVOto*FV7 G012 *EFOVOto*EFOV7 G151
Override cancellation signal ove G006.4 EOVe G150.5

- 1742 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

No.8001#2=O
No.8001#2=1
Signals (same signals as those
(signals specific to the PMC)
used for the CNC)
Rapid traverse override siqnals ROV1,2 G014.0,1 EROV1,2 G150.0,1
Dry run siqnal DRN G046.7 EDRN G150 .7
Rapid traverse selection siqnal RT G019.7 ERT G150.6
(The signal addresses at PMC selection time arc for the first group.)

#3 RDE Whether dry run is valid for rapid traverse in PMC axis control
0: Invalid
1: Valid

#5 NCC When the program specifies a move command for a PMC-controlled

axis (with the controlled axis selection signal *EAX set to 1) not
placed under PMC axis control:
O:CNC command is valid.
1: The alarm (PS0130) is issued.

#6 AUX In PMC axis control, the auxiliary function command (12H) output
SIze is:
0: I byte (0 to 255)
I: 2 bytes (0 to 65535)

#7 SKE Skip signal during axis control by the PMC

0: Uses the same signal SKIP <X004.7 or-X013.7> as CNC.
1: Uses dedicated axis control signal ESKIP <X004.6 or XOI3.6>
used by the PMC.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8002 II FR2 FR1 PF2 PF1 F10 OWE RPO

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 RPD Rapid traverse rate for PMC-controlled axes

0: Feedrate specified with parameter No.1420
1: Feedrate specified with the feedrate data m an axis control
command by PMC

#1 DWE Minimum time which can be specified in a dwell command in PMC

axis control when the increment system is IS-C
0: lrns
I: O.lms

- 1743 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#3 FlO Least increment for the feedrate for cutting feed (per minute) in PMC
axis control
The following settings are applied when bit 4 (PF I) of parameter No.
8002 is set to a and bit 5 (PF2) of parameter No. 8002 is set to O.

F10 IS-A Is-B Is-C

Millimeter input 0 10 1 0.1
(mm/min) 1 100 10 1
Inch input 0 0.1 0.01 0.001
(inch/min) 1 1 0.1 0.01

#4 PFI
#5 PF2 Set the feedrate unit of cutting feedrate (feed per minute) for an axis
con tro 11 edbJY th e PMC
Bit 5 (PF2) of parameter Bit 4 (PF1) of parameter Feedrate unit
No. 8002 No. 8002
0 0 1/1
0 1 1 /10
1 0 1/100
1 1 1 /1000

#6 FRI
#7 FR2 Set the feedrate unit for cutting feedrate (feed per rotation) for an axis
contro 11 edbJY th e PMC
Millimeter
Bit 7 (FR2) of Bit 6 (FR1) of Inch input
input
parameter No. 8002 parameter No. 8002 (mm/rev)
(inch/rev)
0 0 0.0001 0.000001
1 1
0 1 0.001 0.00001
1 0 0.01 0.0001

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8003 1 1 FEX .....1..- _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

NOTE
When this parameter bit is set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

#3 FEX The maximum feedrate that can be achieved by the machine during
cutting feed or continuous feed in PMC axis control is:
0: Not extended.
I: Extended.
Restrictions
• Parameters for setting the time constants for linear
acceleration/deceleration after interpolation and bell-shaped
acceleration/deceleration after interpolation

- 1744-
B-64303EN-1 /0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

When as the acceleration/deceleration type, linear acceleration!

deceleration after interpolation or bell-shaped acceleration/
deceleration after interpolation is used for each of rapid traverse,
cutting feed, and manual feed, the maximum allowable time
constant is a half of the maximum value that can be set
conventionally.
Thee tiIme constant.parame ters use d are as fill
0 ows:
Parameter No. MeaninQ
1620 Time constant (T) used for linear acceleration/deceleration in rapid traverse for each axis, or time
constant (T1) used for bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration in rapid traverse for each axis
1621 Time constant (T2) used for bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration in rapid traverse for each axis
1622 Time constant for acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed for each axis
1624 Time constant for acceleration/deceleration in jog feed for each axis
1626 Time constant for acceleration/deceleration in threading cycles for each axis
1769 Time constant for acceleration/deceleration after cutting feed interpolation in the mode of
acceleration/deceleration before interpolation
5271 to 5274 Time constant for acceleration/deceleration in riqid tappinq extraction (first to fourth gears)
5365 to 5368 Time constant for bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration in riqld tappinq (first to fourth gears)

• VCMD waveform display function

As the feedrate increases, more data is acquired for VCMD
waveform display, which can prevent waveforms from being
displayed correctly.

& CAUTION
1 When this function is enabled, the feedrate is
extended to the maximum value that can be
specified for cutting feed or continuous feed in
PMC axis control if CMR is 1. If CMR is greater
than 1, the feedrate is limited to a value smaller
than the maximum value that can be specified.
2 Note that the maximum motor speed may be
exceeded depending on the feedrate specified.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
8004 I 1 NCI DSL---''-- JFM ---''--_ _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#2 JFM This parameter sets the units used to specify feedrate data when
continuous feed is specified in axis control by the PMC.

Millimeter Rotation
Increment Bit 2 (JFM) Inch input
input axis
system of No. 8004 (inch/min)
(mm/min) [mln")
0 1 0.01 0.00023
IS-B
1 200 2.00 0.046
0 0.1 0.001 0.000023
IS-C
1 20 0.200 0.0046

- 1745 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#5 DSL If the selection of an axis is changed when PMC axis selection is

disabled:
0: An alarm PSO 139 is issued.
1: The change is valid, and no alarm is issued for an unspecified
group.

#6 NCI In axis control by the PMC, a position check at the time of

deceleration is:
0: Performed.
1: Not performed.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
8005 I I'--_....I....-_---L.. EVP ORR ....I....-_---L..
R10 COl ~
EOC

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 EDC In axis control by the PMC, an external deceleration function is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.

#1 CDI In axis control by the PMC, when diameter programming is specified

for a PMC-controlled axis:
0: The amount of travel and feedrate are each specified with a
radius.
1: The amount of travel is specified with a diameter while the
feedrate is specified with a radius.
This parameter is valid when bit 3 (DIA) of parameter No. 1006
is set to 1 (A move command for each axis is based on diameter
specification.)

#2 RIO When the parameter RPD (bit 0 of parameter No.8002) is set to 1, the
unit for specifying a rapid traverse rate for the PMC axis is:
0: 1 mmlmin.
1: lOmmlmin.

#3 DRR For cutting feed per rotation in PMC axis control, the dry run function
IS:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.

#4 EVP Speed command in PMC axis control is executed by:

0: Velocity control.
1: Position control.
This bit is available when speed command in PMC axis control is
FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1).

- 1746-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8006 I lEAL EZR EFD MLS

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#1 MLS When bit O(MLE) of parameter No. 8001 is set to 1 (to disable the all
axis machine lock signal) in PMC axis control, axis-by-axis machine
lock is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.

#4 EFD When cutting feed (feed per minute) is used in PMC axis control, the
specification unit offeedrate data is:
0: Unchanged (l times).
1: 100 times greater.

NOTE
When this parameter is set to 1, bit 3(F10) of
parameter No. 8002 is invalid.

#6 EZR In PMC axis control, bit 0 (ZRNx) of parameter No. 1005 is:
0: Invalid.
With a PMC controlled axis, the alarm (PS0224) is not issued.
1: Valid.
A reference position return state check is made on a PMC
controlled axis as with an NC axis according to the setting of bit
o (ZRNx) of parameter No. 1005.
#7 EAL In PMC axis control, resetting the CNC:
0: Does not release an alarm on the PMC controlled axis
1: Releases an alarm on the PMC controlled axis
If an alarm on the PMC controlled axis is released, the PCM
controlled axis alarm signal (EIALg) is set to O.

NOTE
The CNC enters the reset state when:
<1> The emergency stop signal (*ESP) is set to O.
<2> The external reset signal (ERS) is set to 1.
<3> The reset & rewind signal (RRW) is set to 1.
<4> The [RESET] MOl key is pressed.
In the case of <1>, all PMC-controlled axes are
reset conventionally and the PMC-controlled axis
alarm is released. This parameter can be used to
reset the PMC-controlled axes on which the
PMC-controlled axis alarm is issued and release
the PMC-controlled axis alarm in the cases of <2>
to <4>.

- 1747 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8007 I I'---_...L...-_-'-- ESY ----'-_--'-
VCP _
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Bit path

#2 vep Speed command in PMC axis control is:

0: FS 10/11 type.
1: FSOi-C type.

#3 ESY In PMC axis control, external pulse synchronization (serial spindle

synchronization) is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8008 I I_ _ ....L..- ----'-_--'-
I _ EMRx

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis
#0 EMRx When a PMC axis control command is issued in mirror image state,
the mirror image is:
0: Not considered.
1: Considered.
This parameter is valid in the mirror image mode set with the mirror
image signals MIl to MI5 <G 106.0 to 4> set to 1 or bit 0 (MIRx) of
parameter No. 12 set to 1.
If a movement is made along the same axis by doubly specifying a
command with the CNC and PMC axis control when this parameter is
set to 0, and the mirror image mode is set, a coordinate shift can occur
afterwards. So, do not attempt to make such a movement.

I 8010 Selection of the 01100 roup for each axis controlled b the PMC

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Byte axis
[Valid data range] T series: 1 to 4 (for I-path), 1 to 8 (for 2-path)
M series: 1 to 4
Specify the DIlDO group to be used to specify a command for each
PMC-controlled axis.

P8010 Description
1 01100 qroup A (G142 to G153) is used. (for 1-path 01100)
2 01100 qroup B (G154 to G165) is used. (for t-path DIlDO)
3 01100 qroup C (G166 to G177) is used. (for 1-path 01100)
4 01100 qroup 0 (G178 to G189) is used. (for t-path 01100)
5 01100 qroup A (G1142 to G1153) is used. (for 2-path 01100)
6 01100 qroup B (G1154 to G1165) is used. (for 2-path DIlDO)
7 01100 crouo C (G1166 to G1177) is used. (for 2-path DIlDO)
8 01100 qroup 0 (G1178 to G1189) is used. (for 2-path DIlDO)

- 1748 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

NOTE
1 When a value other than the above is set, the axis
is not controlled by the PMC.
2 For the axes to be controlled in the 2-path, use the
2-path 01/00 (5 to 8).

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8013 I I_ _ -'----_--L.-_-'-- ROP----l...._----'- _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit axis

#3 ROP When rotation axis rollover is enabled for an axis controlled in PMC
axis control, the direction in which a movement (rotation) is
performed to reach an end point by a reference position return
command 07H to OAH (equivalent to G28, G30P2IP3/P4) is:
0: Determined by the sign of the specified value.
1: The direction in the shortest path.

NOTE
ROPx is valid only when bit 0 (ROAx) of parameter
No. 1008 is set to 1 and bit 1 (RABx) of parameter
No. 1008 is set to O.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 8019 I I'---_-'----_.....L- EOS
--L-_----'-_---..L_-----'

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit

#0 EOS In external pulse synchronization (serial spindle synchronization) in

PMC axis control, the serial spindle to be synchronized is:
0: The first spindle of path 1.
1: Any spindle.

NOTE
If EOS is set to 0, only the servo axis of path 1 can
be specified.

8020 FL feed rate for reference osition return alon each axis in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm/min, inch/min, degree/min (machine unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] Refer to the standard parameter setting table (C)
(When the increment system is IS-B, 0.0 to +999000.0)
For each axis, this parameter sets a feedrate (FL feedrate) after
deceleration for reference position return in PMC axis control.

- 1749 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

NOTE
If 0 is specified, the value of parameter No. 1425 is
used.

8022 Upper limit rate of feed er revolution durin PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm/min, inch/min, degree/min (machine unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] Refer to the standard parameter setting table (C)
(When the increment system is IS-B, 0.0 to +999000.0)
This parameter sets the upper limit rate of feed per revolution during
PMC axis control.

Time for acceleration/deceleration calculation when a feed rate is specified

under PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] oto 32767
When a feedrate is specified under PMC axis control,
acceleration/deceleration can be set for parameter No. 8032 or this
parameter. When 0 is set in parameter No. 8032, the specification of
1000 min" is assumed. When 0 is set in this parameter, the
acceleration/deceleration function for feedrate specification is
disabled.

Time constant for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed or

continuous feed under PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] msec
[Valid data range] oto 4000
For each axis, this parameter sets a time constant for exponential
acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed or continuous feed under
PMC axis control.

NOTE
When 0 is set in this parameter, the value set in
parameter No. 1622 is used.
The value set in parameter No. 1622 is used also
for linear acceleration/deceleration after cutting
interpolation.

- 1750-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

FL feed rate for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed or

continuous feed under PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Real axis
[Unit of data] mm/min, inch/min, degree/min (machine unit)
[Minimum unit of data] Depend on the increment system of the applied axis
[Valid data range] Refer to the standard parameter setting table (C)
(When the increment system is IS-B, 0.0 to +999000.0)
For each axis, this parameters sets a lower feedrate limit (FL feedrate)
for exponential acceleration/deceleration in cutting feed or continuous
feed under PMC axis control.

NOTE
When 0 is set in this parameter, the value set in
parameter No. 1623 is used.
However, be sure to set 0 in this parameter and
parameter No.1623 for all axes at all times except
for special purposes. If a value other than 0 is
specified, incorrect feed is carried out.

Feedrate for acceleration/deceleration calculation when a feedrate is

specified under PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
. -I
[Unit of data] min
[Valid data range] oto 32767
When a feedrate is specified under PMC axis control,
acceleration/deceleration can be set for this parameter or parameter No.
8028. When 0 is set in this parameter, the specification of 1000 min-I
is assumed. When 0 is set in parameter No. 8028, the
acceleration/deceleration function for feedrate specification is
disabled.

Amount of a shift per one rotation of a servo motor of least input increment
when speed command in PMC axis control is executed by position control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] 2-word axis
[Unit of data] mm, inch, degree (machine unit)
[Valid data range] 1 to 99999999
Set the amount of a shift per one rotation of a servo motor of least
input increment
when speed command in PMC axis control is executed by position
control.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is l) and is executed by
position control (parameter EVP (No.8005#4) is 1).

- 1751 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 11850 I I -..L.. CMI
_

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 CMI When bit 0 (RP D) of parameter No. 8002 is set to 1 and the rapid
traverse rate is specified by axis control block data signal in PMC axis
control , the rapid traverse rate is repre sented:
0: In millimeters.
1: In the unit set by bit 0 (INM) of parameter No. 1001.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 12730 I 1_ _....1...- --'-_---'- ....1...- PTC - - '

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 PTC Linear acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed

operation based on a speed command in PMC axis control is:
0: Normal.
I : Extended.
This bit is available when speed command in PMC axis control is
FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1).

2nd time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration of continuous feed

operation based on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec/l OOOmin-)
[Valid data range] oto 32767
When this parameter is set 0, 2nd time constant data is not available,
and then acceleration / deceleration of speed command is not available
in from 1st feedrate to 2nd feedrate.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

- 1752 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

3rd time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration of continuous feed

operation based on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec/1 OOOmin- 1
[Valid data range] oto 32767
When this parameter is set 0, 3rd time constant data is not available,
and then acceleration / deceleration of speed command is not available
in from 2nd feedrate to 3rd feedrate.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

4th time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration of continuous feed

operation based on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec/1000min- 1
[Valid data range] o to 32767
When this parameter is set 0, 4th time constant data is not available,
and then acceleration / deceleration of speed command is not available
in from 3rd feedrate to 4th feedrate.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

5th time constant of linear acceleration/deceleration of continuous feed

operation based on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] msec/1000min- 1
[Valid data range] oto 32767
When this parameter is set 0, 5th time constant data is not available,
and then acceleration / deceleration of speed command is not available
in from 4th feedrate to 5th feedrate.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameterPTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

- 1753 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

1st feedrate for changing time constant of continuous feed operation based
on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
· -1
[Unit of data] mm
[Valid data range] o to 32767
Set feedrate parameters as following.
No.l2735 < No.12736 < No.12737 < No.12738.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

2nd feed rate for changing time constant of continuous feed operation based
on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
· -1
[Unit of data] mm
[Valid data range] o to 32767
Set feedrate parameters as following.
No.12735 < No.12736 < No.12737 < No.12738.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

3rd feed rate for changing time constant of continuous feed operation based
on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
· -1
[Unit of data] mm
[Valid data range] o to 32767
Set feedrate parameters as following.
No.12735 < No.12736 < No.12737 < No.12738.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is 1).

- 1754-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

4th feedrate for changing time constant of continuous feed operation based
on a speed command in PMC axis control

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word axis
[Unit of data] min-t
[Valid data range] o to 32767
Set feedrate parameters as following.
No.12735 < No.12736 < No.12737 < No.12738.
This parameter is available when speed command in PMC axis control
is FSOi-C type (parameter VCP (No.8007#2) is 1) and linear
acceleration/deceleration time constant of continuous feed operation
based on a speed command in PMC axis control is extended
(parameter PTC (No. 12730#0) is I).

Alarm and message

Servo and overtravel alarms for PMC axis control are detected in the
same way as for CNC controlled axes.
When an alarm is issued, the alarm signal EIALg is set to I for
notification to the PMC in addition to normal alarm processing.
(When an overtravel alarm is issued, the negative-direction overtravel
signal EOTNg or the positive-direction overtravel signal EOTPg is
also set to 1.)

The alarm signal EIALg is reset using the reset signal ECLRg.

Lh CAUTION
If an alarm is issued by a PMC axis control
command or in connection with PMC axis control,
be sure to set the reset signal ECLRg to 1 in
addition to a reset operation on the NC.

- Alarms related to contention with the NC

Alarm (PS0130)
In general, if the CNC and PMC attempt to simultaneously control an
axis not subject to superimposition, the alarm (PSO130) is issued.
This alarm is issued in the following cases:
• When cutting feed with an override of 0% is performed along the
axis, or the tool is temporarily stopped along the axis (with the
axis control temporary stop signal ESTP set to I), this alarm is
issued. (During feed hold or single block stop, a PMC axis
control command is valid , not resulting in an alarm .)
• When a command is issued from the CNC for an axis controlled
by the PMC
• When a move command is issued from the PMC for an axis on
the polar coordinate interpolation plane in the polar coordinate
interpolation mode (G 12.1 command)

Alarm (PS5131)
If a command related to polar coordinate interpolation is specified
during PMC axis control, the alarm (PS5131) is issued.

- 1755 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

- Alarms due to setting modifications made during PMC axis control

Alarm (PS0139)
If parameter No. 8010 is modified during PMC axis control, or the
level of the control axis selection signal EAXx for an axis under PMC
axis control is changed, the alarm (PSOI39) is issued.

- Other alarms
Alarm (PS0224)
If a PMC axis control command is specified without performing a
reference position return operation even once after the power is turned
off when bit 0 (ZRNx) of parameter No. 1005 is set to 0, the alarm
(PS0224) is issued.

Alarm (PS5065)
If a PMC axis control command is executed by assigning axes with
different increment systems to the same group, the alarm (PS5065) is
issued.

Number MessaQe Description

PS0130 NC AND PMC AXIS ARE The NC command and the PMC axis control command were
CONFLICTED conflicted . Modify the proqrarn or ladder.
PS0139 CANNOT CHANGE PMC CONTROL The PMC axis was selected for the axis for which the PMC axis
AXIS is beinq controlled .
PS0224 ZERO RETURN NOT FINISHED Reference position return has not been performed before the
automatic operation starts . Perform reference position return only
when the parameter ZRNx (No.1 005#0) is set to O.
PS5065 DIFFERRENT AXIS UNIT(PMC AXIS) Axes having different increment systems have been specified in
the same 01100 group for PMC axis control. Modify the setting of
parameter No. 8010.
PS5131 NC COMMAND IS NOT The PMC axis control and a polar coordinate interpolation were
COMPATIBLE specified simultaneously.
PS0220 ILLEGAL COMMAND IN In the synchronous operation, movement is commanded by the
SYNCHR-MODE NC program or PMC axis control interface for the synchronous
axis . Modify the orooram or check the PMC ladder.
SV0417 ILL DGTL SERVO PARAMETER A diqital serve parameter settinq is incorrect.
SV0422 EXCESS VELOCITY IN TORQUE In torque control, the commanded permissible velocity was
exceeded.
SV0423 EXCESS ERROR IN TORQUE In torque control, the total permissible move value specified as a
parameter was exceeded.

Caution
it. CAUTION
1 The mode selection, CNC reset, and other CNC statuses have no effect.
2 CNG-controlled feed hold *SP, single block stop SBK, reset signal ERS, and
interlock of all axes or each axis are invalid for PMC axis control, but similar control
is enabled by operating the PMC signals (ESTP, ESBK, and ECLR).
3 Emergency stop is enabled.

- 1756 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

it CAUTION
4 If cutting feed blocks are specified in succession, deceleration is not performed
between blocks (acceleration/deceleration is applied, however, when the
specification of a feedrate changes), and cutting proceeds to the next block without
waiting for the tool to enter the in-position area. At the end of a block other than for
cutting feed, the tool is temporarily decelerated. The next block is then executed
after waiting for the tool to enter the in-position area. When bit 6 (NCI) of parameter
No. 8004 is set to 1, cutting can proceed to the next block without making an
in-position check for each block.
5 Under PMC axis control, manual absolute mode is always set. If the PMC starts
control of an axis after manual intervention (manual continuous feed, manual
handle feed, etc.) is performed during automatic operation while manual absolute
mode is not set (*ABSM is set to 1), manual absolute mode is set.
6 Under PMC axis control, all commands are handled as axis commands. Even for
the auxiliary functions, the position check is effective.
7 When the CNC executes the command to set the workpiece coordinate system
setting (G54 to G59) during an axial movement by PMC axis control command, a
valid coordinate system cannot be set.
8 If the alarm (PS0139) is issued due to a modification to parameter NO.,801 0, the
alarm is issued with all paths. After resetting the alarm, input the reset signal ECLR
for all groups before a start.
9 When PMC controls an axis and then NC controls this one by the absolute or
incremental command in a series of NC program(s), this PMC command needs to
control in the non-buffering M code block. You can proceed to next NC block only
after you confirm the end of the PMC axis command. Until then, it needs to wait in
the non-buffering M code block.
Following sample program shows that Y axis moves by the NC command (N40)
with the move of the axis after it moves by the PMC command.
PMC axis command needs to control during the non-buffering M code block (N20).
00001
N10 G94 G90 G01 X20. Y30. F3000 ;
N20 M55 ; ~ Y axis moves by PMC axis command.
N30 X70. ;
N40 Y50. ;
N50 M02;

Please control under the following setting.

- 'M55' is non-buffering M code. Please set parameter NO.3411 to '55'.
- During M55 block, start PMC axis command.
- Until this PMC command finishes, NC program needs to wait in M55 block.
When the NC program is the incremental command, to perform the feed hold or
single block stop of automatic operation after PMC axis operation and then restart
automatic operation, reflect the amount of movement by PMC axis control to the
program coordinate system.
10 Both feed-forward and advanced preview feed-forward function are unavailable for
PMC axis.

- 1757 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1 /01

Note
NOTE
1 The actual speed excluding the effect of movement along a PMC-controlled axis
can be displayed if the ZDF bit (bit 3 of parameter No. 3115) is set to "1 ".
2 If an absolute pulse coder is used, a specified reference position is retained in
memory, even after the power is turned off.
3 For an index table indexing axis, no PMC axis control command can be specified.
4 The individual output of the auxiliary function is provided by adding a signal for
individual output. The timing diagram of controlling and specifying the auxiliary
function is not changed. The normal specifications of the auxiliary functions for
PMC axis control function are applied.

- 1758 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

16.2 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT

Overview
In the external data input function, the CNC can be operated by the
external data which use the signal ofPMC.
This function is an optional function.

There are following functions in the external data input.

External tool offset
External program number search
External work coordinate system shift
External machine zero point shift
External alarm message
External operator message
Substitution of the number of machined parts and number of
required parts

- 1759 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Explanation
- The basic external data input procedure
The following signals are used to send data from the PMC to the
CNC.

Signal name Input signal Output signal

Address siqnal for external data input EAO to EA6
Data slqnal for external data input EDO to ED31
Read sicnal for external data input ESTB
Read completion signal for external EREND
data input
Search completion signal for external ESEND
data input

The basic external data input procedure is described below:

(1) The PMC sets the address signals, EAO to EA6 that indicate the
data type and data signals EDO to ED31 .
(2) The PMC sets the read signal ESTB to " 1".
(3) When the ESTB signal is set to " I " , the control unit reads the
address.
(4) After reading the address, the control unit sets the read
completion signal EREND to "I".
(5) When the EREND signal is set to "I ", the PMC sets the ESTB
signal , to O.
(6) When the ESTB signal is set to "0", the control unit sets the
EREND signal to O. This completes the data input procedure.
New data can now be entered.
The timing diagram is shown below:

EAO-EA6

EDO-ED15

ESTB

EREND

Only for external program number search

ESEND
---------------'l)~
((~f
search

Fig. 16.2(a) Timing diagram of External data input

- 1760 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

E E E E E E E E
S A A A A A A A
No. Item ED31 to ED16 ED15 to EDO
T 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
B
1 External program number 1 0 0 0 X X X X Program number (BCD 4 digits
search
- with unsiqn)
2 External tool offset 1 0 0 1 X X X X Offset value (BCD 8 digits with sign) *Note 1
3 External workpiece 1 0 1 0 axis code Shift value (BCD 8 digits with sign) *Note 1
coordinate system shift
4 External machine zero 1 0 1 1 axis code Machine zero point shift
point shift - value(binary)
±O to 9999 *Note 2
5 Alarm set 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Alarm No. (binary)
- o to 999 (0 to 4095)
Alarm clear 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 Alarm No. (binary)
- o to 999 (0 to 4095)
Operator message 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 Message No. (binary)
set
- o to 999 (0 to 4095)
Operator message 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 Message No. (binary)
clear
- o to 999 (0 to 4095)
Message 1 1 0 0 0 X 1 1 - Character (Character code)
6 Substitute No. of parts 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 No. of parts required
required
- (BDC4 diqits with unslon)
Substitute No. of parts 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 No. of parts machined
machined
- (BDC4 digits with unsign)

BCD (Binary Coded Decimal)

Method of representing one digit of a decimal number using a
4-digit binary number

NOTE
1 When bit 3 (EED) of parameter No. 6301 is set to
0, BCD 4 digits are used.
By setting bit 3 (EED) of parameter No. 6301 to 1,
an offset value/shift value of ±O to 79999999 can
be specified using EDO to ED31.
2 By setting bit 7 (EEX) of parameter No. 6300 to 1,
a shift value of ±O to 999999999 can be specified
usinq EDO to ED31.

- 1761 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

NOTE
For axis code, refer to the following table.

Axis code
Axis
EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO
1st axis 0 0 0 0
2nd axis 0 0 0 1
3rd axis 0 0 1 0
4th axis 0 0 1 1
5th axis 0 1 0 0
6th axis 0 1 0 1
7th axis 0 1 1 0
8th axis 0 1 1 1

• External Program Number Search

A program number (1 to 9999) is specified from an extended source
and is selected in the CNC memory.
For machines that can load several kinds of workpieces, this function
can automatically select the program to be executed corresponding to
a specific workpiece.
Data for the external program number search is accepted regardless of
CNC mode, but the search execution can be made only in the reset
state in MEM mode.
The ESEND signal switches from "0" to "1" on completion of
external program number search. This signal does not turn to "0"
unless the cycle start or reset signal is input, or another search is made.
Use ESEND to initiate a cycle start signal after the search.
Because a search operation is deferred until a reset occurs in the MEM
mode, an external program number search attempted during a CNC
operation (OP = 1) results in the program being started immediately
after the end of an automatic operation in a sequence in which the
automatic operation is started by checking only the ESEND signal
(search completion signal for external data input).
For this reason, using the ESC parameter (bit 3 of parameter No.
6300) enables an external program number search to be canceled at a
CNC reset. Concretely, if a reset signal is input between the time the
ESTB signal (read signal for external data input) is input and the time
a search would be executed, setting the ESC parameter (bit 3 of
parameter No. 6300) to 1 keeps the search from being executed. At the
same time, the controller uses the ESCAN (search cancel signal for
external data input) signal to inform the PMC that the search has been
canceled.
The ESEND signal (search completion signal for external data input)
will not become 1, because the search is canceled.
The controller checks the state of the RST (NC reset) signal for a reset
input between the rising edge of the ESTB signal (read signal for
external data input) and the start of the search. Concretely, the
controller cancels the external program number search if the RST (NC
reset) signal becomes 1 even momentarily in this period. The ESCAN
signal (search cancel signal for external data input) becomes high at
the beginning of the search.

- 1762 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

However, it becomes low when the next search is executed (for

example, when a cycle start or reset signal is input), similarly to the
ESEND signal (search completion signal for external data input).

Read signal for external data input ~

(ESTB)
Read completion signal for external ~I
in:
~ ~i
data input (EREND) If RST becomes 1 even momentarily in this period
, I
Reset signal I I
I I

_ . .!.\----,J
(RST)
Search completion signal for external data ESEND does 00' become hiqh,
input (ESEND)

Search cancel signal for external data input

',I
I
I. ESCAN becomes high at the beginning of a
(ESCAN) , I search
, I
I I
, I

~ '<,
ESTB positive-going edge Beginning of search

Fig. 16.2(b) Timing diagram of External data input

NOTE
1 The external program number search is available when parameter
ESR(No.6300#4) is set to "1".
2 In reset state the automatic operation lamp is off. If the start button is pushed in the
cycle operation stop or hold state, search execution starts from the actual position
indicated by the pointer.
3 When there is no program stored in memory corresponding to the set program
number, the alarm OS1128 occurs.
4 When the program number search is set to 0, the alarm OS0059 occurs.
5 Data for the external program number search is accepted regardless of the mode,
but the search execution can be made only in the reset state. Therefore, in case
that the PMC sequence, which the cycle start is executed by checking search
completion signal for external data input only, is used, if the external program
number search is commanded twice, the program is executed twice.
( When CNC accepts a command of the program number search, the command is
not cancelled even if eNC becomes reset state by external reset signal and so on.)
(See Fig. 16.2(c))
If the program execution after reset becomes a problem, please make the PMC
sequence not to execute the cycle start after reset.

- 1763 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Read signal for external data 2nd command

input (ESTB)

Read completion signal for Search command is kept.

external data input (EREND)

Search completion signal for

external data input (ESEND)

Cycle start signal

(ST)

Cycle start lamp signal

(STL)

Automatic operation signal

(OP)
2nd program execution
External reset signal NC reset
(ERS)

Reset signal
(RST)
_______nl..--- _
Fig. 16.2(c) External program search and program execution after NC reset

- External Tool offset

These signals provide for changing the tool compensation value via
the PMC. When the offset number is specified by a part program, data
input from the PMC is added to the offset value. The offset value can
also be used as input data itself by specifying the input signal.
When the machine tool is equipped with automatic tools or workpiece
measuring functions, the offset value can be corrected using this
function, by inputting the error from the correct value into the CNC
viaPMC.
If the tool compensation value is externally input when offset number
o is specified in a part program (an offset cancel) in the lathe turning
machine, the workpiece coordinate system shifts by the entered
quantity.
The external tool offset range is +/ - 79999999. (* Note 3)
However, the unit and set range depend on the settings of the set unit
and set range of the tool offset amount.

NOTE
1 When data is out of range, the alarm 081128 occurs.
2 Writing to a function not enabled by the parameter setting issues the alarm 081121.
3 If Parameter EEO (No.6301#3) is set to "1", the Data area can be specified by 32bit
data specification.
A value in the ranee from ±O to ±79999999 can be specifeid in this case.

- 1764-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Data specification for external tool offset (For milling machine)

Address Data *1
E E E E E E E E E E E
A A A A A A A D D ... D D
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 31 30 1 0

0 0 1 ali g/w 0 r/l Sign .... .......

~
Offset value

l'{~::- "'Y"
Specified by BCD 8-digit code
(0 to +1- 79999999) *1
./

0 Incremental specification
(Input value is added to present compensation
value)
ali
...... 1 Absolute specification
(Input value is replaced with present compensation
value)
0 Specification of tool wear offset value
g/w
1 Specification of tool ceornetrv offset value
0 Specification of tool lenqth compensation value
r/l
1 Specification of cutter compensation value
Notice 1: If the parameter EED (No.6301#3) is set to "0", the offset value is specified by using signals
EDO to ED14, the sign is decided by the signal ED15.
The range of data is available to specify the data from 0 to +1- 7999.

- 1765 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Data specification for external tool offset (For the lathe turninq machine)
Address Data *1
E E E E E E E E E E E
A A A A A A A D D ... D D
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 31 30 1 0

0 0 1 ali g/w XlZ/R Sign ....

.... Offset value ....
I\..
y

~-t~~
Specified by BCD 8-digit code
(0 to +1- 79999999) *1
Incremental specification
0
(Input value is added to present
compensation value)
ali Absolute specification
1
(Input value is replaced with present
compensation value)

.....
0 Specification of tool wear offset value
glw Specification of tool geometry offset value
1
EA1=0, Specification of X axis offset
EAO=O
EA1=0, Specification of Z axis offset
XlZ/R
EAO=1

EA1=1, Specification of tool nose radius

EAO=O compensation value

Notice 1: If the parameter EED (No.6301#3) is set to "0", the offset value is specified by using signals
EDO to ED14, the sign is decided by the signal ED15.
The range of data is available to specify the data from 0 to +1- 7999.

- 1766 -
B·64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

• External workpiece coordinate system shift

In the external workpiece coordinate system shift, the shift value can
be externally modified by the signal ofPMC .
Each axis has this shift value (parameter No. 1220), and this shift
value is added to all the workpiece coordinate systems in common.
The shift value is not lost by cutting off the power supply.
The shift value can not only be added to the current work coordinate
system shift but also be substituted for the current value.
The value range is 0 to + / - 79999999.
The unit and setting range are the same as the Tool offset.

NOTE
If Parameter EED (No.6301#3) is set to"1", the
data area can be specified by 32bit data
specification.
Under the setting, the external tool compensation
ranQe is up to +/ - 79999999.

• External machine zero point shift

The machine coordinate system can be externally shifted.by inputting
a shift value.
When the shift value is input, compensation is immediately applied to
the corresponding axis and the axis moves. The position accuracy
can be improved by combining this function with sensors.
The specification to shift the axis is the same as the external
workpiece coordinate system shift.
The compensation value is specified in signals EOO to E015 using a
binary code ranging from 0 to ±9999. This compensation value must
be specified in absolute value. The value which the machine actually
moves at input is the difference from the previously stored value.
After the Reference point is established, this function becomes
effective. The shift amount is memorized though the machine is not
moved when the shift amount is input before the Reference point is
established. When the Reference point is established afterwards, the
machine is moved for the memorized shift amount.

NOTE
If Parameter EEX (No.6300#7) is set to "1", the
Data area can be specified by 32bit data
specification.
Under the setting, the external machine zero point
shift ranqe is up to +/- 999999999.

~ CAUTION
When a large value of compensation is applied at
one time, an alarm such as "excessive error on
stop" may occur. In this case, input the
compensation in several smaller increments.

- 1767 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN -1/01

• External message
(a) External alarm message
By sending alarm number from PMC , the CNC is brought to an alarm
status; an alarm message is sent to the CNC, and the message is
displayed on the screen of the CNC.
Reset of alarm status is also done with external data .
Up to 4 alarm numbers (16 alarm numbers when bit 1 (M 16) of
parameter No . 11931 is set to I) and messages can be sent at a same
time. Up to 32 characters can be sent in an alarm message.
In case of using a 2-path system, the alarm will be set separately for
each path.
Also the alarm is set separately for one.
It is available to select the range of alarm number and the display form
by setting the parameter EXA (No .6301#0).
EXA (No .6301 #0) = 0
Alarm number 0 to 999 can be sent. To distinguish these alarms
from other alarms, the CNC displays them by adding 1000 to an
alarm number.
EXA (No.630l #0) = 1
Alarm number 0 to 4095 can be sent. The CNC displays them
with prefix characters "EX" to an alarm number for display.

(b) External operator message

Message to the operator is given by the signal of PMC , and the
message is displ ayed.
The operator messages can be cleared by external data .
Up to 4 message numbers (bit 1 (M16) of parameter No. 11931) can
be sent at a same time. Up to 256 characters can be sent in an operator
message.
In case of using a multipath system, the operator message is common
resource for plural path of machine group. It is set each machine group.
It is available to display the operator message by using the primary
path signal of machine group.
It is available to select the range of message number and the display
form by setting the parameter EXM (No .6301 #1) .
EXM (No .6301#1l = 0
The message numbers 0 to 999 can be sent.
The message numbers 0 to 99 are displayed along with the message.
To distinguish these alarms from other alarms, the CNC displays them
by add ing 2000 to an alarm number.
When a message from 100 to 999 is displayed, the message number is
not displayed ; only its text is displayed.
EXM (No.6301 #l) = I
The message numbers 0 to 4095 can be sent.
The message numbers 0 to 99 are displayed along with the message.
The CNC displays them with prefix characters "EX" to an alarm for
display.
When a message number from 100 to 4095 is displayed, the message
number is not displayed; only its text is displayed.

Data specification method in external message

- 1768 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

E E E E E E E
ED15 to
Item A A A A A A A
EDO(binary)
6 5 ·4 3 2 1 0
Alarm set 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Alarm No.
Alarm clear 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 Alarm No.
Operator message list 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 Message No .
Operator message 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 Message No .
clear
Messaqe 1 0 0 0 X 1 1 Character(Note)

NOTE
Two characters are sent at a time
(See ISO code given in the table below.)
ED 15 to ED8 Character code in 1st character
ED? to EDO Character code in 2nd character
When sending only one character, fill the second slot with a
code smaller than 20 and it will be ignored.

Character code table

0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0
I 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Ib8 1 b71b61~ b4 b 3 b,> b,
0 0 0 0 SP 0 (a) p - - ~
-A
0 0 0 1 ! 1 /1, Q . J '1
0 0 1 0 " 2 B R r { :I ;\

0 0 1 1 # 3 C S J 'i 1 1::
0 1 0 0 $ 4 0 T I l- t'
0 1 0 1 % 5 E U t t 1

0 1 1 0 & 6 F V ;I IJ -- ~

0 1 1 1 7 G W 7 f X 5'
1 0 0 0 ( 8 H X { ? 1- I)

1 0 0 1 ) 9 I Y 'J 'J J !~

1 0 1 0 ~
J Z z ] 1\ v
1 0 1 1 + K [ :t !1 t Q

1 1 0 0 < L ¥ to 'J 7 '}

1 1 0 1 - = M ] ;l A '\ :;
e t-
1 1 1
.
A
0 > N 3 "
1 1 1 1 I ? a OJ ') ?

SPSpace code

- 1769-
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

• Substitution of the number of required parts and number of machined parts

Substitutio n is poss ible for the numb er of parts required and the
number of parts machined.

Data specification for No . of parts required and No. of parts

machined.
Address Data
E E E E E E E E E
A A A A A A A D ........ ... D
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 15 0
1 1 0 0 0 a 0/1 MSB LSB
Value of parts no.
'---------~------~'_y__J'------ . ."V--
. ---
(1) (2)
(1) Set to 110000
(2) 0: No. of parts require d
1: No. of parts machined
(3) BCD 4-digi t code (0000 to 9999)

_~~_9_~~L~_________________________________ _ _
Address signals for external data input EAO to EA6 <Gn002.6 - Gn002.0>
[Classification] Input signal
[Func tion] These signals indicate the type of the entered data.
-------------- - ------------------------ -- - -- -- - --------------------- - -- - - - - ----------------------------- -
Data signals for external data input EDO to ED31 <Gn211 , Gn210,GnOOO, Gn001 >
[Classification] Input sign al
[Fun ction] These signals indicate the entered data.
The use of the 32 cod e signals (16 code signals) varies with the data
type.

Read signal for external data input ESTB <Gn002.7>

[Classification] Input signa l
[Function] The signal reports that the address and data are set in extern al data
input.
When the signal is set to " 1", the control unit reads the address and
data for external data input.
- - - -- ------------------------ - - - -- - - - ---- ----- -------- - - - -- ---- - -- - - --
Read completion signal for external data input EREND <Fn060.0>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Thi s signa l reports that the control unit has finis hed reading the
entered data.

- 1770 -
B-64303EN -1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Search completion signal for external data input ESEND <Fn060.1 >
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal report that program number search, specified by external
data input, has been comp leted.
[Output condition] This signal is set to "1" when:
The program number search specified by externa l data input is
completed.
The signal is set to "0" when:
An automatic operation is started.
A reset occurs.

Search cancel signal for external data input ESCAN<Fn060.2>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal notifies PMC of the cancellation of a program number
search.
[Output condition] When a reset is input between the time read signal for external data
input ESTB is input and the time a search is executed in the external
program number search function, ifbit 3 (ESC) of parameter No. 6300
is 1, the search is not executed. At this time, the control unit sets
search cancel signal for external data input ESCAN to 1 instead of
setting search completion signal for externa l data input ESEND to 1.

NOTE
This signal is enabled when bit 3 (ESC) of
parameter No. 6300 is 1.

Signal address
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
GnOOO
I I ED7 ED6 ED5 ED4 ED3 ED2 ED1 EDO

I I ED15 ED14 ED13 ED12 ED11 ED10 ED9 ED8

Gn001

EA6
I ESTB EA5 EA4 EA3 EA2 EA1 EAO
Gn002
I

Gn210
I I ED23 ED22 ED21 ED20 ED19 ED18 ED17 ED16

Gn211
I I ED31 ED30 ED29 ED28 ED27 ED26 ED25 ED24

Fn060
I I ESCANIESEND EREND

- 1771 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Parameter
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
6300 II EEX _ _ _ _ _ _-'-_E_S_R_· I ESC

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#3 ESC When a reset is input between input of the external data input read
signal ESTB and execution of a search, the external program number
search function :
o: Performs a search.
I : Does not perform a search.

#4 ESR External program number search

0: Disabled
I : Enabled

#7 EEX PMC EXIN function

o: Conventional specifications
I : Extended specifications

If you want to handle unavailable data with the PMC/EXIN command

according to the conventional specifications, such as an shift value is
up to +/- 10000 in the external machine zero point shift, set this bit to
1.
To use this function for 2-path control, the setting for the first path
(main) is used . The EXIN specifications cannot be changed for each
path.
For details of EXIN and how to change ladder software, refer to the
PMC specifications and other manuals.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
6301 I IL-- NNO _ EXM EXA

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit machine group

#0 EXA This bit selects an external alarm message specification.

o: A message number from 0 to 999 can be sent. The CNC adds 1000
to an alarm number for distinction from general alarms.
I : A message number from 0 to 4095 can be sent. The CNC prefixes
the character string "EX" to an alarm number for display.

- 1772 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

#1 EXM This bit selects an external operator message specification.

o:A message number from 0 to 999 can be sent. The message of a
message number from 0 to 99 is displayed together with its number.
The CNC adds 2000 to a number for distinction. A message
number from lOO to 999 is not displayed on the screen, but only the
corresponding message is displayed on the screen.
1 : A message number from 0 to 4095 can be sent. The message of a
message number from 0 to 99 is displayed together with its number.
The CNC prefixes the character string "EX" to a message number
for display. A message number from 100 to 4095 is not displayed
on the screen, but only the corresponding message is displayed on
the screen.

#2 MNO When operator messages are set by external data input, a new line
operation between one message set with a number and another
message set with a different number is:
o: Performed.
1 : Not performed.

6310 Settin

NOTE
When these parameters are set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

[Inputtype] Parameter input

[Data type] Word machine group
[Unit of data]
[Valid data range] oto 4095
This parameter sets the number of messages to which message
numbers are to be prefixed in external operator message display.
When 0 is set, the same operation as when 100 is set is performed.

Example)
When 500 is set in this parameter, the messages of message
numbers 0 to 499 are displayed together with their numbers on
the screen. A message number of 500 and up is not displayed on
the screen, but only the corresponding message is displayed on
the screen.

- 1773 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 11931 I I_ _ ....L- ---'- --L-- M16 ---'

NOTE
When these parameters are set, the power must be
turned off before operation is continued.

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Common to the bit system

#1 M16 The maximum number of external alarm messages or external operator

message s that can be displayed in connection with external data input
or external messages is:
0: 4
1: 16

Alarm and message

Number Message Description
OS0059 SPECIFIED NUMBER NOT The No. specified for a program No. or sequence No. search
FOUND could not be found.
There was an 1/0 request issued for a pot No. or offset (tool
data), but either no tool numbers have been input since power
ON or there is no data for the entered tool No.
OS0131 TOO MANY MESSAGE An attempt was made to display an external operator message
or external alarm message , but five or more displays were
required simultaneously.
DS0132 MESSAGE NUMBER NOT An attempt to cancel an external operator message or external
FOUND alarm message failed because the specified message number
was not found .
OS0133 TOO LARGE NUMBER A value other than 0 to 4095 was specified as the external
operator message or the external alarm messaoe number.
OS1120 UNASSIGNED ADDRESS The upper 4 bits (ElM to EIA7) of an external data 1/0
(HIGH) interface address signal are set to an undefined address
(hiqh bits).
OS1121 UNASSIGNED ADDRESS The lower 4 bits (EIAO to EIA3) of an external data 1/0 interface
(LOW) address signal are set to an undefined address (low bits).
OS1128 DI.EIDLL OUT OF RANGE The numerical value input by external data input signals EDO
to E031 has exceeded the permissible ranee .
DS1130 SEARCH REQUEST NOT No requests can be accepted for a program No. or a sequence
ACCEPTED No. search as the system is not in the memory mode or the
reset state.
DS1131 EXT-DATA ERROR (OTHER) [External Data 110]
An attempt was made to input tool data for tool offset by a
tool No. during loadinq by the G10 code .

- 1774-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

16.3 EXTENDED EXTERNAL MACHINE ZERO POINT SHIFT

Overview
The conventional external machine zero point shift value function
cannot make shifts on multiple axes simultaneously.
With this extended function, external machine zero point shifts can be
performed on all controlled axes. An external machine zero point
shift value is to be set in a parameter-set R area. A shift value must
be specified using a binary code, and the absolute value of a number
from -32767 to 32767 must be specified.

Explanation
• Setting
This function is enabled by setting bit 0 (EMS) of parameter No. 1203
to 1. Enter a desired external machine zero point shift value at the
location starting at the address (R area of the PMC) set in parameter
No. 1280.
If 100 is set in parameter No. 1280, enter shift values at the location
starting at R100 of the PMC. Set an even number in parameter No.
1280.

Example) When 100 is set in parameter No. 1280

R0100 External machine zero point shift value for the 1st axis (Low)
R0101 External machine zero point shift value for the 1st axis (Hioh)
R0102 External machine zero point shift value for the 2nd axis (Low)
R0103 External machine zero point shift value for the 2nd axis (Hiqh)

R(01 OO+2(n-1)) External machine zero point shift value for the n-th axis (Low)
R(01OO+2(n-1 )+1) External machine zero point shift value for the n-th axis (HiQh)

• Shift value
Specify a shift value by using a two-byte binary code for each axis.
A value from -32767 to 32767 can be specified.
A shift value is assumed to be specified as an absolute value.
The unit is the detection unit.

Example)
Suppose that the incremental system is IS-B, the machine is a
millimeter machine (bit 0 of parameter No. 1001 = 0),
the detection unit is 0.0002 mm (CMR (parameter No. 1820) =
10),
and parameter No. 1280 is set to 100.
When the following values are written to the R area:
RI02 = 11001100 (CCh)
R103 = 11101101 (EDh)
the machine position on the second axis is shifted, and the shift
value at that time is:
EDCCh [pulse] * 0.0002 [mmJpulse] = -0.932 mm

- 1775 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

- Relationship with the error compensation functions

This function is superposed on error compensation functions such as
the pitch error compensation function and straightness compensation
function.

- Coordinate system
If the machine is moved by this function, the coordinates are not
updated.

- 2-path control
In 2-path control, the locations of the R area are used in ascending
order of axis numbers in the paths as shown in the example below.

Example)
When, in parameter No. 1280, 100 is set for path 1 and 200 is set
for path 2

Axis number Path (No.981) Shift value of path 1

1 1 R100 101
2 2 <, ... R101-102

~
3 2 <, ~ R103-104
4 1 r"" Shift value of path 2
5 2 <, ... R200-201
6 1 -" ... R201-202
... R203-204

_§.~_9_~_~_L _
Extended external machine zero point shift signal EMZO to EMZ15 <Rn to Rn+2*controlled
axis count-1 >
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] Sets an external machine zero point shift value.
[Operation] When an external machine zero point shift value is set with this signal,
the machine position is shifted by the specified value.
A set value is regarded as an absolute value.
As a signal address, specify an arbitrary R address with parameter No.
1280.

Signal address
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
Rn
II EMZ7 EMZO EMZO EMZO EMZO EMZO EMZO EMZO

Rn+1
II EMZ15 I EMZ14 I EMZ13 I EMZ12 I EMZ11 I EMZ10 I EMZ9 EMZ8

n represents the value set in parameter No. 1280.

- 1776-
B-64303EN-1 /0 1 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Parameter
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
1 1203 1 1 ....1...- ---1.. EMS
_

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit path

#0 EMS The extended external machine zero point shift function is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.

NOTE
1 To use the extended external machine zero point
shift function, the external machine zero point shift
function or the external data input function is
required.
2 When the extended external machine zero point
shift function is enabled, the conventional external
machine zero point shift function is disabled.

Start address of signals used with the extended external machine zero point
shift function

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Word path
[Valid data range] Even number from 0 to 32767

Set the start address for signals used with the extended external
machine zero point shift function. If a nonexistent address is
specified, this function is disabled.
If 100 is specified, for example, addresses starting at RlOO are used
with this function. The end R address used depends on the number
of controlled axes. For 5-axis control, RlOO to R109 are used.

NOTE
1 If a nonexistent R address or an address in the
system area is set, this function is disabled.
2 Set an even number in this parameter.

- 1777 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Warning and Note

it.WARNING
1 When writing an external machine zero point shift
value to the R area, write a shift value for one axis
as a word. If data for one axis is written in two
operations, one byte in one operation, an incorrect
shift operation can result.
2 When writing data with the PMC or FOCAS2
function, provide an interval of about 8 ms after one
write operation before starting the next write
operation. If this write timing is not observed, an
incorrect shift operation can result.
3 Set an even number in parameter No. 1280.

- 1778-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

16.4 EXTERNAL WORKPIECE NUMBER SEARCH

Overview
A machining program stored in the part program memory can be
started by an external signal.
When automatic operation is started in the memory operation mode
during the reset state, the program is searched for from a specified
workpiece number and then executed from the beginning.
For a machine with a function for automatically loading several types
of workpieces, this function can be used to automatically select and
execute the program according to the workpiece.

_~~_9_~_~.L o 0 _

External workpiece number search signals PN1,PN2,PN4,PN8,PN16 <G0009.0 to G0009.4>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] These signals specify a workpiece number to be executed in the
memory operation mode.
These are 5-bit code signals and correspond to the workpiece numbers
as shown below (binary codes).
Workll iece number search signals Workpiece
PN16 PN8 PN4 PN2 PN1 number
0 0 0 0 0 00
0 0 0 0 1 01
0 0 0 1 0 02
Omission
1 1 1 1 0 30
1 1 1 1 1 31

Of these numbers, workpiece number 00 has special meaning "making

no search". Therefore, a number from 0 I to 3 I can be specified as a
workpiece number.
NOTE
The signals are also used to specify a file number
for finding the beginning of the file in inputting an
external proqram.

[Operation] Searches the program number corresponding to the workpiece number

specified by these signals when:
Automatic operation is started (the automatic operation start
signal (ST) changes from I to 0) in the memory operation mode
if automatic operation is in the reset state (the automatic
operation signal (OP) is 0).
When the workpiece number is 00, however, no search is carried out.
The searched program is used in:
• Automatic operation in the memory operation mode
• Foreground edit in the memory edit mode

- 1779 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Extended external workpiece number search signals EPNO to EPN13 <G0024.0 to G0025.5>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] These signals specify a workpiece number to be executed in the
memory operation mode.
The correspon dence with the workpiece numbers is shown below
(binary codes).

Workpiece number search signals

E E E E E E E E E E E E E E Workpiece
p p p p p p p p p p p p p p
number
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0001
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0002
Omission
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 9998
1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 9999

Of these numbers, workpiece number 0000 has special meaning

"making no search". Therefore, a number from 000 1 to 9999 can be
specified as a workpiece number.
These signals are used in place of the external workpiece number
search signals (PN 1 to PN 16) when the signal is selected by bit 1
(EPN) of parameter No. 3006.

[Operation] Operation of these signals is same as operation of external workpiece

number search signals.

External workpiece number search start signal EPNS <G0025.7>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] This signal executes only the search function of the workpiece number
search and does not perform automatic operation . When this signal
changes from 1 to 0, the search function is executed.
When bit 2 (EPS) of parameter No. 3006 is set to 1, this signal is
enabled and the search function by ST is disabled.
-------- - - - - - - -- - -- - - --------- -- ------- - - -- --------- - -- - -------- ------- - - - -- - - - - -------
Signal address
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
GOO09 II PN16 PN8 PN4 PN2 PN1

G0024 I I EPN7 EPN6 EPN5 EPN4 EPN3 EPN2 EPN1 EPNO

G0025 I I EPNS I EPN13 I EPN12 I EPN11 I EPN10 I EPN9 EPN8

- 1780 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Parameter
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
3006 I I.. ._ _--'- '-- EPS EPN ....L.. _

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit

#1 EPN The signals for specifying a workpiece number in an external

workpiece number search are:
0: The external workpiece number search signals (PN1 to PN16).
(A number from 1 to 31 can be specified.)
1: The extended external workpiece number search signals (EPNO
to EPN13). (A number from 1 to 9999 can be specified.)

#2 EPS As the signal for starting external workpiece number search:

0: The automatic operation start signal ST is used. When automatic
operation (memory operation) is started, a search is made.
1: The external workpiece number search start signal EPNS is used.
ST does not start a search.

Alarm and message

Number Message Description

DS0059 SPECIFIED NUMBER NOT FOUND The program corresponding to the specified workpiece No.
could not be found.

- 1781 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN -1/01

16.5 EXTERNAL KEY INPUT

Overview
MDI key codes can be sent from the PMC to CNC by means of
interface signals. This allows the CNC to be controlled in the same
way as when the operator performs MOl key operation.

Signal
• Signal list
Control is realized by exchanging the following interface signals
between the PMC and CNC'
Signal name Abbreviation
External key input mode selection signal (input) ENBKY
Key code sionals (input) EKCD to EKC?
Key code read slonal (input) EKSET
Key code read completion sianal (output) EKENB
Key input disable sianal (output) INHKY
Proaram screen display mode sional (output) PRGDPL
Prooram screen display modesional (output) PRGDPL

• Signal detail
The processing flow in the PMC is shown below.
(START )

1) Set the external key input control mode.

2) Check whether a key code can be set.

< EKSET = EKENB > no
I yes
no
< INHKY= 0 >
yes

3) When a key code can be set:

(1) Set the key code to be input.
(2) Invert the EKSET signal to instruct the CNC to read
the key code.

no 4 ) Repeat the opera tion for the key data to be input

< Has key input ended? >
yes

no 5) After report ing the last data . chec k that the CNC has read
< EKSET = EKENB >
I yes
no
the key data .

< INHKY= 0 >

yes

6) Release external key input control mode .

(END)

- 1782 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

NOTE
Read processing is controlled by exclusive-ORing
(XOR) the key code read signal (EKSET) with the
read completion signal (EKENB). When the EKSET
and EKENB signals differ in their logic, the CNC
reads the input key code. Once reading has been
completed, the CNC inverts the EKENB signal to
match its logic with that of the EKSET signal.
In the PMC, on the other hand, a new key code
cannot be set while the EKSET and EKENB signals
differ in their loqic,

External key input mode selection signal ENBKY<Gn066.1>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] While this signal is turned on "1", external key input control is
enabled. In external key input control mode, any MDI key operations
are ignored.

NOTE
1 When ENBKY is set to 1 to enable external key
input control, key code input based on the C
language executor is also ignored.
2 Key codes input with the external key input function
can be read by the macro executor and C language
executor.
3 Even when external key input control is enabled,
pressing the I SH~FT 1 key on the MOl keyboard

for 5 seconds can produce a hard copy of the

screen.

Pressing the I! I key while a hard copy of the

screen is being produced can cancel the production
of a hard copy of the screen.

Even if the key code of the I! 1key is input with

the external key input function, the production of a
hard copy of the screen cannot be stopped.
For details, see "Screen hard copy function".

Key code read signal EKSET<G066.7>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] This signal instructs the CNC to read the input key code.
If the logical state of this signal is opposite to the logical sate of the
key code read completion signal EKENB, a key code read is specified.

- 1783 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Key code signals EKCO to EKC7<G098>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] These signals set an input key ·c ode.

Key input disable signaIINHKY<F053.0>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] While this signal is "I ", no key code is accepted in external key input
control mode.
[Output condition] This signal is set to 1 during program editing or program input/output.

Program screen display mode signal PRGDPL<F053.1>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal posts whether the CNC is displaying the program screen.
[Output condition] This signal is set to 1 when the program screen is displayed.

Key code read completion signal EKENB<F053.7>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal reports that the CNC has read a key code.
[Output condition] When the CNC completes key code read operation, the logical state of
this signal is set to the same state as for the key code read signal
EKSET.
- - - _._--- ---- - ----- - - - - - - - --
Signal address
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
G066 I EKSET I _ _ _ _ _ _ _..,.......--'- 1 ENBKY 1 _

G09S I EKC7 I EKC6 EKC5 EKC4 EKC3 EKC2 I EKC1 I EKCO

F053 IEKENB I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--'- IPRGDPLIINHKY I
MOl key code
Codes in the table are given in hexadecimal. For example,

o corresponds to 41H in hexadecimal.

I~5-iET I corresponds to 90H in hexadecimal.

- 1784-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

• MOl Key Code Table (OOH to 7FH)

a
I~
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

a Space a @ p

1 1 A Q

2 2 B R

3 # 3 C S

4 4 D T

5 5 E U

6 & 6 F V

7 7 G W

8 ( 8 H X

9 ) 9 I Y

A , * J Z
(EOB)

B + K [

C , L

D - = M 1
(Minus)

E N

F / ? 0 -
(Underli1e)

- 1785 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1 /01

-.
. MOl Key Code Table (80H to FFH)
8 9 A B C D E F

0 RES ET [FO]
(Note2)

1 [F1]
(Note2)

2 [F2]
(Note2)

3 [F3]
(Note2)

4 INSE RT [F4]
(Note2)

5 DELETE [F5]
(Note2)

6 CAN ALTER [F6]

(Note2)

7 [F7]
(Note2)

8 Cursor INPUT POS [FB]

~ (Note2)

9 Cursor PROG [F9]

~ (Note2)

A Cursor HELP OFFSET

,j, SETTING

B Cursor SYSTEM
t
C MESSA.GE

D GRAPH
(CUSTOvl)
(Note11
E PAGE CUSTOM [FR]
,j, (Note 1) (Note2)

F PAG E FAPT . [FL]

r (Note2)

NOTE
1 For the small keyboard, OEDH is assigned to ~I.
For the standard keyboard OEDH is assigned to
I

IG~ I·OEEH is assigned to I ~J

- 1786 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

NOTE
2 Handling of the soft keys
[Fa] to [F9], [FR], and [FL] in the key code table are
the key codes for the soft keys. They are
associated with the MOl keys as shown below.

Key configuration for 7-soft key type LCD, or etc. :

5 keys + 2 keys ([Fa] to [F4] and [FR], [FL])

I[][][][][ ]1
[FL] [F4] [F3] [F2] [F1] [FQ] [FR]

Key configuration for 12-soft key type LCD, or etc.:

10 keys + 2 keys ([Fa] to [F9] and [FR], [FL])

[FL] [F9] [F8] [F7] [F1] [FQ] [FR]

- 1787 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

16.6 ONE TOUCH MACRO CALL

Overview
This function enables the following three operations in pushing the
switch installed in the machine only by the change in a minimum
LADDER program.

(1) Changes to MEM mode.

(2) Execution of macro program registered in memory.
(3) Return to the mode before macro program is executed.
And the program which had been selected before macro program
is executed is automatically selected.

This function is enabled only in the reset status (not during a reset).
That is, this function cannot be used during automatic operation
(including stopping and suspending of automatic operation), a reset, or
an emergency stop.

EXplanation
• Sequence between PMC and CNC
The signal must be processed between PMC and CNC according to
the following procedures.

Start
(1) The macro call start signal (MCSTx) is input from PMC to CNC
based on the signal from the macro call switch installed in the
machine.

Mode change
(2) CNC outputs the mode notification signal and the mode change
request signal (MCRQ) when the macro call start signal
(MCSTx) is detected. At this time, MEM mode is notified as the
mode notification signal. The macro call executing signal
(MCEXE) and Call program confirmation signa1(MCEXx) are
output at the same time.
(3) PMC must change the mode based on the signal output in the
step of above (2). .
(4) Please set "1" in the mode change completion signal (MCFIN)
by PMC when the mode change is completed. If this mode is
difference from that specified from the CNC in (2) or the reset
mode, an alarm (PS5306) occurs.

Execution of macro program

(5) When MCFIN signal is set to "1", CNC executes the macro
program.

- 1788 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

End of macro program

(6) Please instruct M02 or M30 at the end of the macro program.
Moreover, please input external reset signal (ERS) or
reset&rewind signal (RRW) with M02 or M30 on the PMC side.
Upon completion of the reset, the program selected before
execution of the macro is automatically selected. The mode
change request signal(MCRQ) and mode notification signals are
output at the same time. At this time, the mode when macro call
start signal (MCSTx) is input is notified as the mode notification
signal.

Return of mode
(7) Please change the mode on the PMC side based on the signal
output in the step of above (6).
(8) Please set "I" in Mode change completion signal (MCFIN) on
the PMC side when the mode change is completed. On the CNC
side, the Mode change request signal (MCRQ), the Macro call
executing signal (MCEXE) and the Call program confirmation
signal(MCEXx) are set to "0" concurrently with asserting of the
Mode change completion signal (MCFIN). The PS5306 alarm is
not checked at this time.

- 1789 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

The following Figure shows the above-mentioned sequence.

>1 I( Least 32ms

MCSTx _ _-,
(PMC.....CNC)

MCRQ
(CNC--+PMC)

MEM before macro execution

Mode notification - + - - ' ' + - - + - - ' r - - - - - - - - - - - - t ? I - \ - - - I - I - - - - - - - - - -
signa/(CNC --+PMC)

Mode Change
process(PMC)

MCFIN
(PMC-+CNC)

Mode MEM before macro

MCEXE - - - - - f
(CNC--+PMC)

MCEXx --'
(CNC--+PMC)

Program Execution
(CNC)

M30orM02
(CNC--+PMC)

ERS orRRW
(PMC.....CNC)

- Interruption of sequence

Interruption by reset or emergency stop

When the started macro is interrupted by a reset or emergency stop
before being completed, the abnormal end signal (MCSP) becomes 1
and stops the execution of the program. Then, when the reset is
completed or the emergency stop is cleared, if the MEM mode is
entered, the mode change request signal (MCRQ) and the mode
notification signal are output for mode recovery and the selection
program is recovered. (In a non-MEM mode, the system waits until
the MEM mode is entered.) On the PMC side, be sure to set the mode
change completion signal (MCFIN) to 1 to complete the sequence,
regardless of whether mode recovery is made.

- 1790-
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Feed hold or single block

The abnormal end signal (MCSP) is not output when stopping in feed
hold or single block. Under such a condition, when the cycle start
signal (ST) is turned on and off, the continuity of the macro program
is executed.
Under such a condition, even if macro call start signal (MCSTx) is
turned on and off, it is not effective.
Under such a condition, when reset or emergency stop are input, the
operation which is described in "Interruption by reset or emergency
stop" is executed.

Stop by alarm
When the execution of macro program is stopped by alarm, the
abnormal end signal (MCSP) is output.
Under such a condition, when reset or the emergency stop are input,
the operation which is described in "Interruption by reset or
emergency stop" is executed.

Following Figure shows the timing chart of each signal when the
sequence is interrupted by alarm.

- 1791 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Least 32ms
)1 1<
MCSTx n
(PMC-C NC)

MCRQ
(CNC-P MC)
~
Mode no tification \\ I MEM 11\ before macro execution
signa/(CN C-+PMC)

Mode Change
process (PMC)
\-1 ~ \-1
MCFIN ~ e-f
(PMC-C NC)

Mode indefinite \ MEM ~ before macro execution

MCEXE
.11 \ \\
(CNC-+PMC)

J;
MCEXx
(CNC-+P MC)

Program Execution
(CNC)
\ I
---------:

I'
I

AL(A/arm ) h
(CNC-+PMC)

MCSP
(CNC-+P MC)

Reset r-------l

- 1792 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Note
NOTE
1 Even if the macro call is being executed, mode
selection signal (MD1 ,MD2,MD4) is effective.
Therefore, please change the LADDER program to
disable the mode change when the macro call
executing signal (MCEXE) is "1" when the
inconvenience is caused if the mode change is
done.
2 The macro call start signal (MCSTx) is effective
only the reset state. The macro call cannot
bestarted during automatic operation (automatic
operation stop state, automatic operation suspend
state, and automatic operation start state), a reset,
or an emergency stop. If an attempt is made to start
macro program during automatic operation, a reset,
or an emergency stop, an alarm (PS5306) occurs.
3 The called macro program must end with M02 or
M30. And please input external reset signal (ERS)
or reset&rewind signal (RRW) from the PMC side
when these M codes are executed. If above two
condition is not implemented, neither the return of
the mode nor the return of the selection program
are done after the program ends.
4 When the specified program is not registered in the
memory, the alarm DS0059 is generated. The
operation in this case becomes the shown in "Stop
by alarm".

Signal
-----------------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------_.
Macro call start signal MCSTx <Gn512.0 to Gn513.7>
[Classification] Input signal
[Function] This signal starts the macro call sequence.
When the standing fall of this signal is detected, CNC starts the
corresponding macro program. 0 number of the program started by
the MCSTl signal is specified by parameter No.6096.
[Operation] The sequence is shown in "Sequence between PMC and CNC".

Mode change completion signal MCFIN <Gn514.0>

[Classification] Input signal
[Function] This signal notifies the completion of the mode change to CNC.
[Operation] CNC begins the execution of the program or complete the sequence.

- 1793 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN -1/01

Macro call executing signal MCEXE <Fn512.0>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal notifies the macro call function is being executed.
[Output condition] This signal is set to "1" in the following case:
When CNC detects the standing fall of Macro call start signal
(MCSTx).
This signal is set to "0" in the following case:
When the sequence is completed with the mode change
completion signal MCFIN set to I after macro execution is
terminated or is interrupted by a reset, emergency stop, or alarm.

Mode change request signal MCRQ <Fn512.1>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal requests the change of the mode.
[Output condition] This signal is set to "I" in the following case:
When CNC detects the standing fall of Macro call start signal
(MCSTx) .
When M30 or M02 is executed in the macro program, and
external reset signal (ERS) or reset&r ewind signal (RRW) is
input.
When the sequence is interrupted by reset or emergency stop.
This signal is set to "0" in the following case:
When Mode change completion signal (MCFIN ) becomes" I".

Mode notification signal MD1R,MD2R,MD4R,DNCIR,ZRNR

<Fn513.0, Fn513.1, Fn513.2, Fn513.5, Fn513.7>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal notifies the mode which should be changed.
[Output condition] This signal is output in the following case:
When CNC detects the standing fall of Macro call start signal
(MCSTx).
When M30 or M02 is executed in the macro program, and
external reset signal (ERS) or reset&rewind signal (RRW) is
input.
When the sequence is interrupted by reset or emergency stop.
- ------ ------- -- - - - - -- ------------------------- -- - - - ---- - ---------------------- --- - -------------------------- - - -
Abnormal end signal MCSP <Fn512.2>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal notifies the sequence of the macro call IS terminated
abnormally.
[Output condition] This signal is set to "I" in the following case:
When the sequence is interrupted by reset or emergency stop or
alarm.
This signal is set to "0" in the following case:
When the mode change completion signal (MCFIN ) becomes "1",
and the sequence is completed.

- 1794 -
B-64303EN-1/01 16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION

Call program confirmation signal MCEXx <Fn514.0 toFn515.7>

[Classification] Output signal
[Function] This signal notifies the program number called by the macro call.
The signal which corresponds to macro call start signal (MCSTx) is
output.
[Output condition] This signal is set to "1" in the following case:
While executing the sequence.
This signal is set to "0" in the following case:
When the sequence is completed.

Signal address

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Gn512 I I MCSTSI MCST71 MCSTSI MCSTSI MCST41 MCST31 MCST21 MCST11

Gn513 I IMCST1SIMCST1SIMCST14IMCST13IMCST12IMCST11IMCST101 MCST91

Gn514 I I IMCFIN I
Fn512 I I I MCSP I MCRQ IMCEXE I

Fn513 I I ZRNR I I DNCIR I I MD4R I MD2R I MD1R I

Fn514 I I MCExsl MCEX71 MCExsl MCExsl MCEX41 MCEX31 MCEX21 MCEX1 I

Fn515 I IMCEX1 ~MCEX1SIMCEX1 ~MCEX13IMCEX12IMCEX11IMCEX1 01 MCEX91

Parameter
I 6095 I the one-touch macro call function

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Byte path
[Valid data range] o to 16
This parameter registers the number of programs used by the
one-touch macro call function.
For example, when this parameter is set to 3, macro call start signals
MCSTl, MCST2, and MCST3 are enabled.
When this parameter is set to 0, the one-touch macro call function is
disabled.

- 1795 -
16.PMC CONTROL FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Number of the first program in the program group used by the one-touch
macro call function

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] 2-word path
[Valid data range] 1 to 9999
This parameter registers the number of the first program in the
program group used by the one-touch macro call function.
For example, when this parameter is set to 9000, macro call start
signals MCSTx and the programs started by the signals are given
below.
MCSTl signal: Starts 09000. (when parameter No.6095 is 1 or more)
MCST2 signal: Starts 09001. (when parameter No.6095 is 2 or more)

MCSTl5 signal: Starts 09014. (when parameter No.6095 is 15 or more)

MCSTl6 signal: Starts 09015. (when parameter No.6095 is 16 or more)

Alarm and message

Number Message Description
DS0021 START ERROR(ONE TOUCH An One Touch Macro can not be start for the following reasons:
MACRO) (1) Feed hold signal *SP is "0"
(2) During alarm status.
(3) Program restart signal SRN is "1".
etc.
DS0059 SPECIFIED NUMBER NOT FOUND The program of the specified 0 number is not registered in the
memory.
PS5306 MODE CHANGE ERROR The mode is not changed correctly at start of sequence.
An one touch macro was started during a state other than the
reset state, a reset, or an erneruencv stoo,

- 1796-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17 EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

This chapter describes the specifications of the embedded Ethernet
function.

Chapter 17, "EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION", consists of the

following sections:

17.1 EMBEDDED ETHERNET PORT AND PCMCIA

ETHERNET CARD 1798
17.2 SETTING UP THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET
FUNCTION 1800
17.3 SWITCHING BETWEEN THE EMBEDDED
ETHERNET DEVICES 1819
17.4 RESTART OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET 1820
17.5 MAINTENANCE SCREEN FOR EMBEDDED
ETHERNET FUNCTION 1821
17.6 LOG SCREEN OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET
FUNCTION 1826

- 1797 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.1 EMBEDDED ETHERNET PORT AND PCMCIA ETHERNET

CARD

The embedded Ethernet function can be used by selecting one of two

types of devices: the embedded Ethernet port and PCMCIA Ethernet
card.
A selection can also be made to stop the embedded Ethernet function.
The PCMCIA Ethernet card is to be inserted into the memory card slot
for temporary communication.

Lt CAUTION
1 When using the embedded Ethernet function for the
first time, set an IP address and other items
carefully as instructed by the network administrator,
then perform a sufficient communication test.
Note that an incorrect IP address or other setting
may cause a communication failure on the entire
network.
2 A unit such as a PC situated in the same network
can increase the communication processing load
on the CNC even if the unit is not communicating
with the CNC.
Avoid connecting the CNC to a factory-wide
network. Use a router or the like to separate the
network includinq the CNC from the other networks.

NOTE
1 Use the PCMCIA Ethernet card designated by
FANUC. General Ethernet cards available on the
market cannot be used.
2 The PCMCIA Ethernet card is used for FANUC
LADDER-III or a servo guide.
3 Use the PCMCIA Ethernet card just for temporary
communication as described above. Avoid using
the card for continuous communication.
4 The PCMCIA Ethernet card is inserted into a
memory card slot, with a part of the card left
uninserted. When using the PCMCIA Ethernet
card, take great care not to damage the card by
hitting the protruding part of the card.
When the card becomes unnecessary, remove the
card immediately, in order to prevent any damage
to the card.

- 1798 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

Related NC parameters

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 14880 I I ....L..-_--'- ...L..- ETH _

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit
#0 ETH The embedded Ethernet function (a embedded port or PCMCIA
Ethernet card) is:
0: Used.
1: Not used.

NOTE
This parameter is valid with series 656F and edition
06 or later.

- 1799 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.2 SETTING UP THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

This section describes the setting of parameters for the embedded

Ethernet function.

17.2.1 Setting of the FOCAS2/Ethernet Function

This subsection describes the settings required to operate the

FOCAS2/Ethernet function.

Notes on using the FOCAS2/Ethernet function for the first time

NOTE
1 When running user's original application software
created by using the FOCAS2/Ethernet function, use
the embedded Ethernet port.
2 The FOCAS2/Ethernet function allows up to five
FOCAS2/Ethernet clients to be connected to one
CNC.
3 Concurrent access by multiple applications or
personal computers may overload the CNC,
reducing the communication speed.

- 1800-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17.2.1.1 Operation on the FOCAS2/Ethernet setting screen

On the Ethernet parameter setting screen, set the parameters for

operating the FOCAS2/Ethernet function.

Procedure
1 Press the function key Is~"I.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 To display the Ethernet Setting screen for the embedded Ethernet
port or the PCMCIA Ethernet card, press soft key [EMBED] or
[PCMCIA], respectively.
4 Press soft keys [COMMON] and [FOCAS2] and then enter
parameters for the items that appear.

NOTE
1 The parameters for the embedded Ethernet port
and the parameters for the PCMCIA Ethernet card
are independent of each other.
2 The settings of the FOCAS2/Ethernet function for
the PCMCIA Ethernet card are made when a
connection to the Servo Guide and FANUC
LADDER-III is established.

- 1801 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

COMMON screen (BASIC)

Press soft key [COMMON]. The COMMON screen (BASIC) IS

displayed.

COMMON screen (BASIC)

Settings items
Item Description
IPADDRESS Specify the IP address of the embedded Ethernet.
(Example of specification format: "192.168.0.100")
SUBNET MASK Specify a mask address for the IP addresses of the
network.
(Example of specification format: "255.255.255.0")
ROUTER IP Specify the IP address of the router.
ADDRESS Specify this item when the network contains a router.
(Example of specification format: "192.168.0.253")

Display items
Item Description
MAC ADDRESS Embedded Ethernet MAC address
AVAILABLE Enabled device of the embedded Ethernet.
DEVICE Either the embedded Ethernet port or the PCMCIA
Ethernet card is displayed.

- 1802 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EM8EDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

FOCAS2 screen

Press soft key [FOCAS2]. The FOCAS2 screen is displayed.

FOCAS2 screen

Setting items
Item Description
PORT NUMBER Specify a port number to be used with the
(TCP) FOCAS2/Ethernet function. The valid input range is
5001 to 65535.
PORT NUMBER Set this item to 0 when it is used as the
(UDP) FOCAS2/Ethernet function.
TIME INTERVAL Set this item to 0 when it is used as the
FOCAS2/Ethernet function.

NOTE
1 When a connection to the CIMPLICITY i CELL is
established, set the UDP port number and time
interval above as described in the FANUC
CIMPLICITY i CELL Operator's Manual (8-75074).
2 The unit of the time interval is 10 ms. The allowable
range is between 10 and 65535. A time interval
less than 1OOms cannot be set.
3 Decreasing the time interval setting increases the
communication load and can affect the network
performance.
Example) If the interval is set to 100 (100 x 10 ms
=1 second), broadcast data is sent
every 1 second.

- 1803 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Initial setting of the PCMCIA Ethernet card

The PCMCIA Ethernet card is factory-set to the following default
values, for ease of connection with a servo guide or FANUC
LADDER-III.
IP ADDRESS : 192.168.1.1
SUBNET MASK : 255.255.255.0
ROUTER IP ADDRESS : None
PORT NUMBER (TCP) : 8193
PORT NUMBER (UDP) : 0
TIME INTERVAL :0
If a specified IP address is changed to a blank (space), the specified
setting is reset to the default value.
The embedded Ethernet port does not have a default value.

17.2.1.2 Example of setting the FOCAS2/Ethernet function

The following shows a setting example required for the
FOCAS2/Ethernet function to operate.
In this example, one personal computer is connected to two CNCs
through FOCAS21Ethernet.

CNC 1 CNC2 PC 1

---
IP address
Subnet mask
Router IP address
TCP port number
CNC 1

None
CNC2
192.168.0.100 192.168.0.101
255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
None ~1
}'------1...
...
The Ethernet parameter screen is used for
setting.
8193 8193
UDP port number 0 0
Time interval 0 0

PC 1
"Microsoft TCP/IP property" of the personal
IP address 192.168.0.200
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
...... computer (Windows 2000/XPNista) is used
for setting.
Default qatewav None
CNC 1 NC IP address 192.168.0.100
The arguments of the data window library
NC TCP port number 8193
... function cnc_allclibhndl3 are used for
CNC2 NC IP address 192.168.0.101 setting.
NC TCP port number 8193

- 1804 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17.2.2 Setting of the FTP File Transfer Function

This section describes the settings required for the FTP file transfer
function to operate using the embedded Ethernet function.

Notes on using the FTP file transfer function for the first time

NOTE
1 When using the FTP file transfer function, use the
embedded Ethernet port.
2 The number of FTP communications to which one
CNC can be connected using the FTP file transfer
function is one.

17.2.2.1 Operation on the FTP file transfer setting screen

On the Ethernet setting screen, set the parameters for operating the
FTP file transfer function.

Procedure
1 Press the function key Is~frll.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 By pressing the [EMBED] soft key, the Ethernet Setting screen
for the embedded Ethernet port is displayed.
4 Press soft keys [COMMON] and [FTP TRANS] and then enter
parameters for the items that appear.

NOTE
The parameters for the embedded Ethernet port
and the parameters for the PCMCIA Ethernet card
are independent of each other.
If the [PCMCIA] soft key is pressed, the PCMCIA
Ethernet card can be set up. However, the card
setup is carried out for maintenance and is not
necessary usually.

- 1805 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

COMMON screen (BASIC)

Press soft key [COMMON]. The COMMON screen (BASIC) IS

displayed.

COMMON screen (BASIC)

Setting items
Item Description
IP ADDRESS Specify the IP address of the embedded Ethernet.
(Example of specification format: "192.168.0.100")
SUBNET MASK Specify a mask address for the IP addresses of the
network.
(Example of specification format: "255.255.255.0")
ROUTERIP Specify the IP address of the router.
ADDRESS Specify this item when the network contains a router.
(Example of specification format: "192.168.0.253")

Display items
Item Description
MAC ADDRESS Embedded Ethernet MAC address
AVAILABLE Enabled device of the embedded Ethernet.
DEVICE Either the embedded Ethernet port or the PCMCIA
Ethernet card is displayed.

- 1806-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

FTP transfer screen (CONNECT1, CONNECT2, CONNECT3)

Press soft key [FTP TRANS]. The FTP transfer screen is

displayed.
2 Page keys II
[P~E P~E I can be used to make settings for the three
host computers for connection destinations 1 to 3.

FTP transfer screen (1st page)

FTP transfer screen (2nd page)

Item Description
HOST NAME Specify the IP address of the host computer.
(Example of specification format: "192.168.0.200")

- 1807 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Item Description
PORT NUMBER Specify a port number to be used with the FTP file
transfer function. An FTP session is used, so that "21"
is to be specified usually.
USERNAME Specify a user name to be used for logging in to the
host computer with FTP.
(Up to 31 characters can be specified.)
PASSWORD Specify a password for the user name specified above.
(Up to 31 characters can be specified.)
Be sure to set a password.
LOGIN FOLDER Specify a work folder to be used when logging in to the
host computer. (Up to 127 characters can be
specified.)
If nothing is specified, the home folder specified in the
host computer becomes the log-in folder.

- 1808 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

Operation

Select a destination.

2 Depending on the host computer to be connected, press soft key

[CONECT 1], [CONECT 2], or [CONECT 3]. Destination 1,2,
or 3 is highlighted in the screen title field. The computer
corresponding to the highlighted destination is selected as the
target computer to be connected .
;~A-_
~QN r'(t;B1'C;....'''''PJl
"..w;;,:t:;~:- "'''t! ---Il1o...
~ i'.'~lmlll"
._ ••••• •

When destination I is selected

- 1809 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.2.2.2 Related NC parameters

The NC parameters related 'to the FTP file transfer function are
described below.

I/O CHANNEL: Input/output device selection, or interface number for a

foreground input device

[Data type] Byte

[Valid data range] 9: Select the embedded Ethernet as the input/output device.

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 13115 I IL...-- KBC 512 511
--'--_--J... ....L...-_---'

[Input type] Parameter input

[Data type] Bit

#4 SIl Soft key input of the characters shown below is:

0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
<>¥%$!~:'"

#5 SI2 Soft key input of the characters shown below and switching between
the uppercase and lowercase input modes by a soft key are:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
()?*&@-

For embedded Ethernet port

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I 14880 II ....L...- --L PCH _

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit

#1 PCH When communication based on the FTP file transfer function starts, an
FTP server presence check based on PING is:
0: Made
1: Not made

NOTE
Generally, set this parameter to 0 so that an FTP
server presence check based on PING is performed.
Otherwise, if the server is not present in the network,
it takes several tens of seconds to detect an error.
Some PCs are set not to response to the PING
command mainly for security purposes. To
communicate with such a PC, set this parameter to
1.

- 1810-
B-64303EN-1 /0 1 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

14890 I IL-- ...:::.::..:=~=~~~~

Selects the host computer 1 OS. _
14891 I 1'---- ....::::..:=..::.:=...===::..:....::....=..::..:....
Selects the host computer 2 OS. _
14892 I I'---- ...:::.::..:=~==~:::....::..~
Selects the host computer 3 OS. _
[Input type] Parameter input
[Data type] Word
[Valid data range] oto 2
0: Windows20001XP/Vista.
1: UNIX, VMS.
2: Linux.

NOTE
Some FTP server software products do not depend
on the OS. So, even when the above parameters
are set, it is sometimes impossible to display a list
offiles properly.

- 1811 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.2.2.3 Example of setting the FTP file transfer function

The following shows a setting example required for the FTP file
transfer function to operate.
(WindowsXP Professional is used as the OS for the personal
computer).
In this example, one personal computer is connected to two CNCs
through the FTP file transfer function.
• On Personal Computer l, the FTP server function operates.
• On CNC land CNC 2, the FTP client operates as the FTP file
transfer function.

10BASE-T or
100BASE-TX

CNC 1 CNC2 PC 1

CNC 1 CNC2
IP address 192.168.0.100 192.168.0.101
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0
Router IP address None None
Connection Port number 21 21 The Ethernet parameter screen is used for
~ setting.
host 1 IP address 192.168.0.200 192.168.0.200
User name user user
Password user user
Loain DIR
NC parameter No. 20
None
9
None
9
~
..... The parameter screen is used for setting.

PC 1 "Microsoft TCP/IP property" of the personal computer

IP address
Subnet mask
192.168.0.200
255.255.255.0 t.> (Windows 2000 I XP I Vista) is used for setting.

"User acount of the personal computer (Windows 2000

Default aatewav None

~
User name user I XP I Vista) is used for setting.
Password user
LOQin DIR Default "Internet service manager" of the personal computer
(Windows 2000 I XP) is used for setting.
"FTP Publishing Service" (Windows Vista) is used for
setting.

- 1812 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17.2.3 Setting Up the DNS/DHCP Function

The DHCP/DNS function is set up by using the COMMON screen

(DETAIL) and NC parameters.

17.2.3.1 Setting up DNS

This subsection describes the procedure for setting up a DNS.

Procedure
1 Enable the DNS function, with reference to "Related NC
Parameters," which will be seen later.
2 Set up the DNS server of the host computer.
3 Connect the host computer on which the DNS server is working
(hereafter referred to as a DNS server), reboot the CNC, then
press function key IS~HI.
4 Press soft keys [EMBED] and [COMMON] in that order. The
COMMON screen (DETAIL) appears.
5 Enter the IP address of the DNS server in the corresponding DNS
IP address field.

COMMON screen (DETAIL)

After pressing soft key [COMMON], press either page key

~~
~ ~ to call a desired COMMON screen (DETAIL). Specify a

DNS IP address.

COMMON screen (DETAIL)

- 1813 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Display items
Item Description
DNSIP Up to two DNS IP addresses can be specified.
ADDRESS 1,2 The CNC searches for the DNS server using DNS IP
addresses 1 and 2 in that order.

17.2.3.2 Setting up DHCP

This subsection describes the procedure for setting up a DHCP.

Procedure
1 Enable the DHCP function, with reference to "Related NC
Parameters," which will be seen later.
2 Set up the DHCP server of the host computer.
3 Connect the host computer on which the DHCP server is working
(hereafter referred to as a DHCP server), reboot the CNC, then
press function key Is~"I.
4 Press soft keys [EMBED] and [COMMON] in that order. The
COMMON screen appears.
5 If the DHCP function of the CNC has been enabled and if the
DHCP server is connected successfully, the DHCP server
automatically specifies the following items.
IPADDRESS
SUBNETMASK
ROUTER IP ADDRESS
DNS IP ADDRESS
DOMAIN
If the DHCP server cannot be connected, "DHCP ERROR" is
displayedin each field.
6 If the DNS function has also been enabled and if the DHCP
server and the DNS server work together (if the DNS server
supports dynamic DNS), enter a host name.

- 1814-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

COMMON screen (basic and detail)

After pressing soft key [COMMON], press either page key

[ II
P~E P~E I to call a desired Ethernet common setting screen (basic,
detail).
If the DHCP server is connected successfully and if the setting data
can be obtained, the screen is dis la ed as shown below.

When the DHCP server is connected successfully (1st page)

When the DHCP server is connected successfully (2nd page)

If the host name is not specified, the CNC automatically assigns a host
name in the "NC-<MAC-address>" format.

- 1815 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Example of automatically assigned host name

If the DHCP server cannot be connected, the screen is displayed as

shown below.

When the DHCP server cannot be connected (1st page)

When the DHCP server cannot be connected (2nd page)

- 1816-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

Check items
Item Description
IPADDRESS If the DHCP server is connected successfully,
SUBNET MASK tHe items obtained from the DHCP server are
ROUTER IP ADDRESS displayed.
DNS IP ADDRESS 1,2 If the DHCP server cannot be connected,
DOMAIN "DHCP ERROR" is displayed.

Setting items
Item Description
HOST NAME Enter the host name of the CNC.
If a DHCP server and a DNS server work together, the
DHCP server notifies the DNS server of this host name.
If the host name is left blank, a host name is
automatically assigned in the "NC-<MAC-address>"
format.
Example of automatically assigned host name:
NC-OOEOE400000 1

Display items .>

Item Description
MAC ADDRESS MAC address of embedded Ethernet

-1817-
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.2.3.3 Related NC parameters

For embedded Ethernet port

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1

I 14880 II DHC DNS

_ _--'-.....::..;c..:..:....--'--=...:..:;.::...-.l....-_ _ D1E

[Input type] Setting input

[Data type] Bit

#3 DIE When the DHCP function is used:

0: The default parameters for the FOCAS2/Ethernet function are
specified.
PORT NUMBER (TCP) 8193
PORT NUMBER (UDP) 0
TIME INTERVAL 0
1: The default parameters for CIMPLICITY i CELL are specified.
PORT NUMBER (TCP) 8193
PORT NUMBER (UDP) 8192
TIME INTERVAL 50

#5 DNS The DHCP function is:

0: Used.
1: Not used.

#6 DUC The DHCP function is:

0: Used.
1: Not used.

A change in these parameters becomes effective after the power is

turned off and on or after the embedded Ethernet function is restarted.

-1818-
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17.3 SWITCHING BETWEEN THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET

DEVICES

There are two types of embedded Ethernet devices: the embedded

Ethernet port and PCMCIA Ethernet card.
Screen operation is required to switch between these two types of
devices.

Procedure
1 Press the function key IS~MI.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 Press soft key [EMBED] or [PCMCIA], press soft key
[COMMON], and then press [(OPRT)] to display soft key
[EMB/PCM].
4 Pressing soft key [EMB/PCM] switches between enabled
devices.

NOTE
Information on a switched device is stored in
nonvolatile memory.
On the next power-on, the device last selected can
be used as is.

- 1819-
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.4 RESTART OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET

Communication using the embedded Ethernet can be restarted.

Procedure
1 Press the function key IJ~ll.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 Press soft key [EMBED] or [PCMCIA], press soft key
[COMMON], and then press [(OPRT)] to display soft key
[EMB/PCM].
4 Pressing soft key [RSTART] resets embedded Ethernet
communication and then restarts it.

NOTE
1 Pressing soft key [RSTART] forcibly interrupts
communication even when it is in progress.
2 This function makes a restart by software. An
actual restart may be impossible under some
conditions.

- 1820 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

17.5 MAINTENANCE SCREEN FOR EMBEDDED ETHERNET

FUNCTION

With the embedded Ethernet function, a dedicated maintenance screen

is available.
The maintenance screen enables operations to be checked when the
embedded Ethernet function operates abnormally.

Displaying and operating the PING screen

Procedure
1 Press the function key IS~MI.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 By pressing the [EMBED] soft key, the Ethernet Setting screen
for the embedded Ethernet is displayed.
By pressing the [PCMCIA] soft key, the Ethernet Setting screen
for the PCMCIA Ethernet card can be set.
4 Press soft key [PING] and then press [(OPRT)].
5 To send the PING command to connection destination 1 for FTP
file transfer, press soft key [P.FTPl]. Similarly, to send the PING
command to connection destination 2 or 3, press [P.FTP2] or
P.FTP3 ,res ectivel .

PING connection status screen

- 1821 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

6 To send the PING command to the desired destination, enter the

address of the destination on the PING setting screen. (Page keys
[ P! E I P~E are used for switching.)

PING connection status screen

7 After entering the address and the repeat count, press the soft key
[PING]. The specified number of PING commands are sent to
the specified destination.
8 To cancel the PING command currently being sent, press soft
key [P.CAN].

- 1822 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

Displaying Communication status screen

Procedure
1 Press the function key Is~"I.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 By pressing the [EMBED] soft key, the Ethernet Setting screen
for the embedded Ethernet is displayed.
By pressing the [PCMCIA] soft key, the Ethernet Setting screen
for the PCMCIA Ethernet card can be set.
4 To display the communication status of the embedded Ethernet,
press soft key [COM STS].
Page keys II
[P~E P~E I can be used to switch between the
sendin state and the receivin state.

Communication status screen (1st page)

- 1823 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN- 1/01

Communication status screen (2nd page)

- 1824 -
B-64303EN-1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

TASK STATE screen

Procedure
1 Press the function key IJ~;LI.
2 Soft keys [EMBED] and [PCMCIA] appear.
(When there is no soft keys, press the continue key.)
3 To display the Ethernet Setting screen for the embedded Ethernet
port or the PCMCIA Ethernet card, press soft key [EMBED] or
[PCMCIA], respectively.
4 Pressing soft key [TASK STATUS] causes the task status of the
embedded Ethernet function to be displayed.

TAST STATE screen

Th e fi0 11owmg symb 0 Is are use d .

Symbol and meaning
FOCAS2#O C: Waiting for a connection from the host
W: Data processing in progress (1)
D: Data processing in progress (2)
N: FOCAS2 out of service
FOCAS2 #1,#2 W: Data processing in progress (1)
D: Data processing in progress (2)
X: Not yet executed
PMC W: Data processing in progress (1)
D: Data processing in progress (2)
X: Not vet executed
UDP W: Data processing in progress (1)
D: Data processing in progress (2)
X: Not vet executed
FTP C: Execution wait
W: Data processing in progress (1)
D: Data processing in progress (2)
X: Not vet executed

- 1825 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

17.6 LOG SCREEN OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET

FUNCTION

This screen displays the log ofthe embedded Ethernet function.

NOTE
If alarm SR2032, "EMBEDDED ETHERNET/DATA
SERVER ERROR" is issued during data transfer
using the embedded Ethernet function, check the
error details on the log screen of the embedded
Ethernet function.

Displaying the log screen

Procedure
1 Press the function key Irn I·
MESSAJ:£

2 To display the log screen for the embedded Ethernet port or

PCMCIA Ethernet card, press soft key [EMBED LOG] or [PCM
LOG], respectively. (When there is no soft keys, press the
continue ke .

LOG screen

The newest error log appears at the top of the screen. The date and
time when an error occurred are displayed at the right end of the line.
The format of date and time data is "MMM.DD hh:mm:ss" where
MMM represents a month, dd represents a day, hh represents hours,
mm represents minutes, and ss represents seconds.
The date and time of the upper item shown above is January 28,
12:28:17.

- 1826-
B-64303EN -1/01 17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION

The log for each function can be displayed by using soft keys on the
embedded Ethernet log screen.
(1) Soft key [ALL]
Displays all log related to the embedded Ethernet.
(2) Soft key [COMMON]
Displays the log related to the parameter settings of the
embedded Ethernet function and the basic communication
function.
(3) Soft key [FOCAS2]
Displays the log related to the FOCAS2 /Ethernet function.
(4) Soft key [FTP TRANS]
Displays the log related to FTP file transfer.

Error and message

Error No. Log message Description and necessary action

E-0118 Error occurred while wait for FOCAS2 pdu A communication error has occurred because of any of the
E-0119 following:
~ The network quality has been lowered to such a level
that data cannot be received from a PC at the other end .
The communication channel has been logically shut
down .
~ Software running on a PC at the other end has logically
shut down the communication channel.
~ The Ethernet cable has been disconnected.
E-011A All communication paths are busy All the FOCAS2/Ethernet communication channels are
busy.
E-0200 Received rnessaue from FTP server A rnessaoe sent by the FTP server is directly displayed.
E-0202 Connection failed with FTP server Software of the FTP server may not be running. Start the
software of the FTP server.
E-0207 The router is not found The specified IP address of the router may be wrong.
Alternatively, the router may be turned off. Check whether
the IP address of the router has been correctly specified
and whether the router is turned on.
E-0208 The FTP server is not found The specified IP address of the FTP server may be wrong .
Alternatively, the FTP server may be turned off. Check
whether the IP address of the FTP server has been
correctly specified and whether the FTP server is turned on.
E-020B Cannot login into FTP server Check whether a correct user name and password are
specified when logging into the FTP server.
E-020C The parameters of FTP server are wrong Check whether a correct user name and password are
specified when logging into the FTP server.
E-020D Changing a work folder of host failed Check the work folder logging into the FTP server.

- 1827 -
17.EMBEDDED ETHERNET FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Error No. Log message Description and necessary action

E-041A Frame transmission failed (TCP) A communication error has occurred because of any of the
following:
~ The network quality has been lowered to such a level
that data cannot be received from a PC at the other end .
The communication channel has been logically shut
down .
~ Software running on a PC at the other end has logically
shut down the communication channel.
~ The Ethernet cable has been disconnected.
E-0901 Cannot read MAC address The MAC address is not written in the hardware.
Alternatively, the hardware has been darnaqed.
E-OA06 Network is too busy An excessive amount of data is flowing over the network.
One possible solution is to divide the network.
E-OBOO The own IP address is wronq Specify a correct IP address in the deslcnated format.
E-OB01 The own IP address is not set Specify an IP address.
E-OB02 Subnet mask is wronq Specify a correct subnet mask in the desionated format.
E-OB03 Sub net mask is not set Specify a subnet mask.
E-OB04 Router IP address is wrong There may be class disagreement between the IP address
of the local node and the IP address of the router.
E-OB05 IP address of DNS server is wrong There may be class disagreement between the IP address
of the local node and the IP address of the DNS server.
E-OB06 The own host name is wronq Check whether a correct host name is specified .
E-OB07 The own domain name is wronq Check whether a correct domain name is specified .
E-OB08 TCP port number is wrong A value beyond the permissible setting range may be
specified .
E-OB09 UDP port number is wrong A value beyond the permissible setting range may be
specified .
E-OBOB IP address of remote FTP server is wronq Specify a correct IP address in the desiqnated format.
E-OBOB IP address of remote FTP server is wronq Specify a correct IP address in the desiqnated format.
E-OBOC Port No of a remote FTP server is wrong A value beyond the permissible setting range may be
specified .
E-OBOD User name of remote FTP server is wrong The specified user name may contain a prohibited
character.
E-OBOE Password of remote FTP server is wrong The specified password may contain a prohibited character.
E-OBOF Login folder of remote FTP srv is wrong The specified log-in folder name may contain a prohibited
character.
E-OB18 Cannot set because DHCP is available To allow a set-up. disable the DHCP client function.
E-OB19 Embedded Ethernet hardware isn't found The software or hardware of embedded Ethernet function
E-OB1A cannot be recognized . Check whether the software has
been incorporated. Check whether the hardware is sound .
E-XXXX (No message) An internal error has occurred .
Make a notification of the error number.

- 1828 -
B-64303EN-1/01 18.DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

18 DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
Chapter 18, "DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION", consists of the following
sections:

18.1 SERVO WARNING INTERFACE 1830

18.2 SPINDLE WARNING INTERFACE 1831

- 1829 -
18.DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

18.1 SERVO WARNING INTERFACE

Overview
The servo system can report the warning status before one of the
following target alarms occurs.
When the warning status is entered, a report to the PMC is issued.
For example, this signal can be used by the machine for retracting
tools from the time a warning occurs by the time a servo alarm occurs.

_~~_9_~_~_L .
Servo warning detail signals SVWRN1 to 4 <Fn093.4 to 7>
[Classification] Output signal
[Function] Reports the warning signal corresponding to the state of the servo
amplifier.
[Output condition] The following table shows the warning statuses of the servo amplifier
and their corresponding warning signals.

Warning status signals (F93) Time from when a warning

Corresponding alarm messages SVWRN4 SVWRN3 SVWRN2 SVWRN1 state signal is issued to
(Fn093.7) (Fn093.6) (Fn093.5) (Fn093.4) until an alarm occurs
SV0444: INV. COOLING FAN FAILURE 1 0 0 0 Until overheat occurs
I(inconstant)
SV0601: INV. RADIATOR FAN 1 0 0 1 Until overheat occurs
FAILURE 'inconstant)
SV0443 : CNV. COOLING FAN 1 1 0 0 One minute
FAILURE
SV0606: CNV. RADIATOR FAN 1 1 0 1 Until overheat occurs
FAILURE (inconstant)
SV0431: CNV. OVERLOAD 1 1 1 0 One minute
SV0607: CNV. SINGLE PHASE 1 1 1 1 PSMR: Five seconds,
FAILURE PSM: One minute

A timing chart for handling a warning is shown below.

Occurrence of a warning
Servo amplifier

SVWRN1-4
(Warning)

PMC
\l------+r--
I
Perform deceleration stop or block stop !
during this time period with the PMC to !
stop the machine without damage. The !
time period varies with the warning type.
Activatio~n--------------------;

Occurrence and stop of the alarm corresponding to a warning

Signal address
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0
I Fn093 II 11'--_ _'--
SVWRN41 SVWRN31 SVWRN21..::s..:,VW.:.:.:.:R;:.:N..:.J ----''--_----J

- 1830 -
B-64303EN-1/01 18.DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

18.2 SPINDLE WARNING INTERFACE

Overview
The warning state can be reported before an alarm is issued. When the
warning state is entered, a report to the PMC is sent.
For example, this signal can be used for retracting tools or reducing
cutting load from the time a warning occurs by the time an overheat
alarm occurs. In addition, diagnostic information also contains
warning numbers.

_~~_g_~_~_L .
Spindle warning detailed signals SPWRN1 to SPWRN9 <Fn264.0 to 7, Fn265.0>
[Classification] Output
[Function] Reports the warning number corresponding to the state of the at
spindle amplifier.
[Output condition] When the ai spindle is in the warning state, a warning number
consisting of SPWRNI to SPWRN9 is output as nine-bit binary data.
If warnings occurred on multiple ai spindle amplifiers, the warning
number of the ai spindle having the smallest axis number is output.
Th e warning
. numb ers and their
t err d escnpttons are sown
h bleow.
Warning number Contents Details
56 Internal fan stopped If the internal fan stops, the warning signal is output. Since the spindle
continues to operate at this time, use the PMC to perform processing
as needed.
About one minute after the warninq siqnal is output, an alarm occurs.
88 Radiator cooling fan stopped If the radiator cooling fan stops, the warning signal is output. Since the
spindle continues to operate at this time, use the PMC to perform
processing as needed.
If the main circuit overheats, an alarm occurs.
04 Open-phase detected in the If an open-phase is detected in the main power supply, the warning
converter main power supply signal is output. Since the spindle continues to operate at this time,
use the PMC to perform processing as needed.
About one minute (for the aiPS) or about five seconds (for the aiPSR)
after the wamino siqnal is output, an alarm occurs.
58 Converter main circuit If the main circuit of the Power Supply (PS) is overloaded, the warning
overloaded signal is output. Since the spindle continues to operate at this time,
use the PMC to perform processing as needed.
About one minute after the warninq siqnal is output, an alarm occurs.
59 Converter cooling fan If the Power Supply (PS) cooling fan stops, the warning signal is
stopped output. Since the spindle continues to operate at this time, use the
PMC to perform processing as needed.
About one minute after the warnino siqnal is output, an alarm occurs.
113 Converter radiator cooling If the Power Supply (PS) radiator cooling fan stops, the warning signal
fan stopped is output. Since the spindle continues to operate at this time, use the
PMC to perform processing as needed.
If the Power Supply (PS) main circuit overheats, an alarm occurs.
01 Motor overheat When the motor temperature increases beyond the overheat warning
detection level (set by a parameter), a warning signal is output. At this
time, spindle operation is continued. So, perform necessary
processing with the PMC.
An alarm is issued when the motor temperature has reached the
overheat alarm detection level.

- 1831 -
18.DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION B-64303EN-1/01

Signal address
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

Fn264 I ISPWRNS!SPWRN7IsPWRN6IsPWRN4IsPWRN4IsPWRN3IsPWRN2IsPWRN11

Fn265 I I ISPWRN91

Diagnosis display
The status of a wammg is displayed on the following diagnostic
screen.

712 I 1 -=.:.=::.:..:.:.:..:.z...==:::.::....:::;:...::.J:::.:.==--
Warning status of spindle _

[Data type] Word spindle

The number of a warning caused on each spindle is indicated.
If there is no warning, 0 is indicated.

- 1832 -
APPENDIX
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

A INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC

Appendix A, "INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC", consists
of the following sections:

A.1 LIST OF ADDRESSES 1836

A.2 LIST OF SIGNALS 1873
A.2.1 List of Signals (In Order of Functions) 1873
A.2.2 List of Signals (In Order of Symbols) .'" 1895
A.2.3 List of Signals (In Order of Addresses) 1913

- 1835 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

A.1 LIST OF ADDRESSES

Interface addresses among CNC and PMC are as follows:

[Example of controlling one path]

GOOOO- XOOO-

CNC PMC Machine tool

FOOOO- YOOO-

[Exam Ie of controlli!!.g)w~ths L __. ----,

CNC GOOOO- xooo-

8 FOOOO-
PMC
YOOO-
Machine tool
G1000-

8 F1000-

- 1836 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

- Expression of signals
Symbol (#0 to #7 inIlicates bit position)
#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #0
---:#::....;1_.--.:.:...:...._
I FnOOO I I---:o,,-,-p-,,- I I
.• .......L--=':--J........::"":"'::"---l-""'::':"=--.l....-
SA STL SPL I RWD
L..-:..:='=---J

In an item where both T series and M series are described, some

signals are covered with shade in the signal address figure as
shown below. This means either lathe system or machining center
system does not have this signal. Upper part is for lathe system and
lower part is for machining center system.

~ #6 ~ ~ ~ #2 #1 ~

I Gn053 I I ""CQZ;!c--_1 ROVLP 1'---_' UINT I I:::~::

IL...:..T=MR=O.:..:....N

[Example 1]
The figure above indicates *CDZ is provided only for the T
series while the other signals for both the T series and M series.

#7 #6 #5 ~ #3 #2 #1 #0
I Gn040 I '---__ ~__'-- I OFN9 1 oFN8·1 OFN7 I OFN6 I:::~::
[Example 2]
Signals OFN6 to OFN9 are for M series only.

NOTE
1 In X addresses in the table, the emergency stop
signal is *ESP<X008.4>.
2 For 2-path control, one of the following
superscripts is attached to the top right of a
symbol depending on the signal type.
- Path type (on CNC side) : #P
- Controlled axis type (on CNC side) : #SV
- Spindle type (on CNC side) : #SP
In G and F addresses in the table, #P, #SV, or
#SP attached to a signal indicates the signal is
provided for each path on CNC side, each control
axis on CNC side, or each spindle on CNC side,
respectively.
- PMC axis control group type: #PX
#PX attached to a signal indicates the signal is
provided for each PMC axis control group.
3 For the signals, a single data number is assigned
to 8 bits. Each bit has a different meaning.
4 The letter "n" in each address representation
indicates the address position used in each path
on the CNC side, as shown below.
1st path: n=O (No. 0 to 999)
2nd path: n=1 (No.1 000 to 1999)

- 1837 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

I MT -+ CNC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
XOOO
II
XOO1
11
XOO2
I1
XOO3
II
ESKIP -MIT2#1 +MIT2#1 -MIT1#1 +MIT1#1 XAE2 XAE1
X004 ........•.."' .............................. _..........__._--....._......... ....................._............ __ .....
T series SKIP #1
SKIP6 #1 SKIP5 #1 SKIP4 #1 SKIP3 #1 SKIP2#1 SKIP8 #1 SKIP? #1

ESKIP XAE2
X004
SKIP #1
...... _--......... " .................
SKIP5 #1 SKIP4 #1 SKIP3 #1
XAE3
_...... ..........._- .._XAE1
........................ .......... .."' ...... _--~_ .......
M series SKIP6 #1 SKIP2 #1 SKIP8 #1 SKIP? #1

'--__I
X005 I ..l..-_ _- '

'--__I
X006 1'- ---'-__----'
,----I
X007

'--__I
X008 1 1- *ESP 1- .1...-_ _....1..-_ _- '

X009
I
--11_1
X010
I 1 I I 1 1 1
X011
T series
I ~ -+ --1-----l H - I - - - - - l 1 - - - - - l · · · ·

. -1~--1
--1L----
X011
M series
I I-I I I 1- . j--H
_II X012 I I I 1_1_1_1 1
ESKlp#2 -MIT2#2 +MIT2#2 -MIT1#2 +MIT1#2
X013 ..... _...... .................................-
T series SKIP #2
SKIP6 #2 SKIP5 #2 SKIP4 #2 SKIP3 #2 SKIP2 #2 SKIP8 #2 SKIP? #2

ESKlp#2
X013 - - - - - SKIP5 #2 ................__. _........ _-_ .......................... .....................................__..
M series SKIP #2 SKIP4 #2 SKIP3 #2
SKIP6 #2 SKIP2 #2 SKIP8 #2 SKIP? #2

- 1838 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

I PMC -- CNC I
Address Bit number
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

GnOOO I
Gn001 I
GnOO21

GnOO31

GnOO4! I MFIN3#P MFIN2#P FIN#P

GnOO5 BFIN#P AFL#P TFIN#P SFIN#P MFIN#P

GnOO6 I SKIPP#P I ovc" I *ABSM#P I SRN#P

GnOO7

GnOO8

GnOO9 PN16#P PN8#P PN4#P PN2#P PN1#P

Gn010

Gn011

Gn012

Gn013

Gn014 ROV2#P ROV1#P I

Gn015

Gn016

Gn017 I
I Gn018 I
I Gn019 I
I Gn020 II
- 1839 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
Gn021

Gn022

Gn023 HREV#P I HNDLF#P I

Gn024

Gn025

Gn026 ~ _ _---'- ....L..- L...- L...- I PC4SLC' I PC3SLC' I

P P

Gn027

Gn028

Gn029 '-- I *SSTp#P I SOR#P I SAR#P I GR22#sP I GR21#sP I

Gn030

Gn031

Gn032

Gn033

Gn034

Gn035

Gn036

Gn037

Gn038

Gn039

Gn040

Gn041

Gn042

- 1840-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 S 4 3 2 1 o
IGn043 I I ZRN#P DNCI#P

IGn044 I 1'-- '-- ...J-_M_L_K#_p _ BDT1#P

I Gn04S1
IGn046 I I DRN#P KEY4 KEY3 KEY2 KEY1 SBK#P KEYP

I Gn047 I
I Gn048 I I I TLRSTI#P 1 LF_C_IV_
#P_ TL256#P

Gn049 I

GnOSO I I *TLVg #P I *TLV8#P I

GnOS21

GnOS31

GnOS41

GnOSSI

GnOS61

GnOS71

GnOS81 '---__'---__'---__L--__ -l-_EX_wTW

_ _ 1 EXSTp #P EXRD#P

GnOS91 I'---__ L--__

NSYNCA'
P
-l-_ _---I. L -_ _...J- '- _

I Gn060 I
I Gn061 I
I Gn062 I IL--_..l-.!...L!...!'-!.....-....l-_---L--...---l__'--- _
I Gn063 I
I Gn064 I L I_ _ ---l-=.::::.:...:::...:-=--....I..-_ _--l. L- _

- 1841 -
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
Gn065

Gn066 EKSET
' _ __ _-1... 1 RTRC~P I ENBKY IGNVRY#P I
Gn067 HCREQ HCABT

Gn068

Gn069

Gn070

Gn071

Gn072

Gn073 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---1. 1 MPOFA#SP I SLVA#sP I MORCMA

IISP
I

Gn074

Gn075

Gn076

Gn077 I MPOFS#SP I SLVB#sP I MORCMB#sP I

Gn078

Gn079 SH11A#SP SH10A#SP SH09A#SP SH08A#SP

Gn080

Gn081 SH11 S"SP SH10S' sP SH09S"SP SH08S"SP

Gn082

Gn083

I Gn084 II '- ..l..- _

I Gn085 I I~ '__ '- _

I Gn086 I 1'- '__ '- .1-- '- _

- 1842-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

IGn087 I I MP32#P MP31#P MP22#P MP21#P

IGn088 I I
I Gn089 I I
I Gn090 I I
I Gn091 I
I Gn092 I
I Gn093 I
I Gn094 I
I Gn095 I
IGn096
IGn097
I Gn098 EKC? EKC6 EKCS EKC4 EKC3 EKC2 EKC1 EKCO

I Gn099
I Gn100 +JS#sv +J4#sV +J3#sV +J2#sV +J1#sV

I Gn101
I Gn102 I _JS#sv I _J4#sV _J3#sV _J2#sV _J1#sV

I Gn103
I Gn104
I Gn105
I Gn106 I MIS#sV I MI4#sV I MI3#sV I MI2#sV I MI1#sV I
I Gn107
I Gn108

- 1843 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
Gn109

Gn110

Gn111

Gn112 _LM5#SV I _LM4#sV I _LM3#sV I _LM2#sV I _LM1#sV I

Gn113

Gn114

Gn115

Gn116 *_L5#SV *_L4#sV *_L3#sV *_L2#sV *-L1#sV

Gn117

Gn118

Gn119

Gn120

Gn121 I I
I Gn122 I r PKESS2#P PKESS1#P
i:]

I Gn123 I I
I Gn124
Gn125

Gn126

I Gn127
I Gn128
I Gn129
I Gn130
- 1844-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Gn131
II
Gn132
II +MIT2#P +MIT1#P I
Gn133
II
Gn134
I
Gn135

Gn136 I EAX5#sV I EAX4#sV I EAX3#sV I EAX2#sV I EAX1#sV I

Gn137

Gn138

Gn139 II
Gn140
I
Gn141
II
Gn142

Gn143

Gn144

Gn145

Gn146

Gn147

Gn148

Gn149

Gn150 EDRN#P ERT#P EOVC#P I EROV2#P I EROV1#P I

Gn151

Gn152

- 1845 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Gn153

Gn154

Gn155

Gn156

Gn157

Gn158

Gn159

Gn160

Gn161

Gn162 EOVCS#px

Gn163

Gn164

Gn165

Gn166

Gn167

Gn168

Gn169

Gn170

Gn171

Gn172

Gn173

Gn174 EOVCC#px

- 1846-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Gn175

Gn176

Gn177

Gn178

Gn179

Gn180

Gn181

Gn182

Gn183

Gn184

Gn185

Gn186 EOVCO#PX I
Gn187

Gn188
II
Gn189
II
Gn190
I
Gn191
II I,
Gn192
I
Gn193
II HDSR#P

Gn194
II
Gn195 I I

Gn196
I

- 1847 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
I Gn197! I
I Gn198
Gn199 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _IIOLBH2 IIOLBH1

Gn200

Gn201

Gn202

Gn203 PWFL

Gn204

Gn205

Gn206

Gn207

Gn208

Gn209

Gn210

Gn211

Gn212

Gn213

Gn214

Gn215

Gn216

Gn217

I Gn220

I Gn251
- 1848 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Gn263 I
I Gn264 I
I Gn265 I
Gn266
I
Gn267
I
Gn268 I
Gn269 I
Gn270
I
Gn271
I
Gn272
I
Gn273 I
Gn274 CSFI2#SP CSFJ1#SP
I
CONS2#sP I CONS 1#SP

Gn275
I
Gn276
I
Gn277
I
Gn278 I
Gn279

Gn280

Gn281

Gn282

I Gn283
I Gn284

- 1849 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Gn285 II
Gn286 II
Gn287 II
Gn288 I I I SPSYC2#SP I SPSYC1#SP

Gn289 I I I SPPHS2#sP I SPPHS1#sP

Gn290 I I
I Gn291 I I
Gn292
I
Gn293 I
Gn294
I
Gn295 CNCKY C2SEND
I I
Gn296
I I
Gn297 I I
Gn298
I I
Gn299 I I
Gn300
I I
Gn301 I I·
Gn302
I I
Gn303 I I
Gn304
I I
Gn305
I I
Gn306 I I

- 1850 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Gn307
I Gn308
Gn309

Gn310

Gn311

Gn312 I
Gn313 I
Gn314
I
Gn315
I
Gn316 I
I Gn317 I
Gn318
I
Gn319
I
Gn320 I
Gn321
I
Gn322 I
Gn323 I
Gn324
I
Gn325
I
I Gn326 I
I Gn327 I
I Gn328 I

- 1851 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Gn329 [ I
Gn330
I
Gn331
I
Gn332
I
Gn333 I
Gn334
I
Gn335 I
I Gn336 I
Gn337 I
Gn338 I
Gn339
I I
Gn340 I I
Gn341 I I
Gn342 I I
Gn343
I I
Gn344 I I
Gn345 I I
Gn346 I I
Gn347 I I I
HDN#P

Gn348 I I I
Gn349 I I I
Gn350 I I I

- 1852 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
1 Gn351 I I'---_-'-- '--_-----L. _

IGn352 I
I Gn353 I 1 FHROv"P I _ _ _ _ ' - - - _ - ' - -_ _ ' FHR09#P I ' FHRo a#P 1

1 Gn35411l..--_....I....--_--l.- '---_-L- _

1 Gn355 1 1'---_-'-- '--_----1...._------1. _

IGn356 1 IL..--_-'-- '--_-----L _

1 Gn35711'---_'--- L..---_'---_...L...-_---l- _

1 Gn358 I
Gn375 I
Gn376 I SOV27 SOV26 I SOV25 I SOV24 I SOV23 SOV22 I SOV21 SOV20

Gn377 1

Gn378 1

Gn379 1

Gn380 1

Gn381 I
Gn382

Gn383

Gn384

Gn385

Gn386

Gn387

Gn388

- 1853 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Gn389 I I I I
I Gn390 I I I I
I Gn391 I I I I
I Gn392 I I I I
I Gn393 I I I I
I Gn394 I I I I
I Gn395 I I I I
I Gn396 I I I I
Gn397
I I I
Gn398 I I I
Gn399 I 1 I
Gn400
I I I_ _I*SUCPFB#SP - -
Gn401 I I _ _I*SCPFB#SP _ _
I
SPSTPB#SP
Gn402
I I I
_ _I 1_ _

Gn403 I I I
Gn404
I I I
Gn405
I I I
Gn406

Gn407

Gn408 I STCHK"P I
Gn409

Gn410

- 1854-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
I Gn411 II
I Gn412 I I

I Gn512
I Gn513
I Gn514 I 1 MCFIN#P

I Gn515
I Gn516 ___-'--__---'- I ....L..- _

I Gn517 ___-'--__---'- ....L-.::::....:;~_,l GAE2#P I GAE1#P

Gn518 I
Gn519 _ _ _- ' - -_ _---'- , ....L..-_ _....J

Gn520 ___-'--__---'- I ....L..-_ _....J

Gn521 _ _ _-'--_ _---'- 1 SRVONSI SRVON4 SRVON31 SRVON21 SRVON1

Gn522

Gn523 _ _ _-'--_ _---'- 1 SVRVSS 1 SVRVS4 SVRVS3 I SVRVS2 I SVRVS1

Gn524

Gn525

Gn526

Gn527

Gn528

I Gn531 11'----_...1--_--1...- _ MRVM#P I FWSTp#P I

I Gn532 I I - -- - -
- 1855 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Gn533 I I I I I I I I I
I Gn534 I I I I I I I I I
I Gn535 I I I I I I I I I
I Gn536 I I spsp#P I I I I I I I

I Gn544 I I I I I I I I
I Gn545 I I I I I I I I
I Gn546 I I I I I I I I
I Gn547 I I I I I I I I
I Gn548 I I I I I I I I

I Gn767 I I I I I I I I

- 1856 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

I CNC -- PMC I
Address Bit number
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
FnOOO II op#P SA#P STL#P SPL#P RWD#P

FnOO1 I
FnOO2

FnOO3

FnOO4

FnOO5

FnOO6 II ERTVA#P I MDIRST#P I TPPRS

FnOO7 II BF#P TF#P SF#P MF#P

FnOO8 I I MF3#P MF2#P

FnOO9 I I DMOO#P DM01#P DM02#P DM30#P

Fn010 I

Fn011 I

Fn012 I

Fn013 I

Fn014 I
Fn015 I
Fn016 I

Fn017 I

Fn018 I I

Fn019 I I

Fn020 I I

- 1857 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn021

Fn022

Fn023

Fn024

Fn025

Fn026

Fn027

Fn028

Fn029

Fn030

Fn031

Fn032

Fn033

Fn034

Fn035 I SPAL#P I
Fn036

Fn037 I R120#sP I
R 11O#sp R1OO#sp I R090#sP I
Fn038 ENB2#sP I SUCLPA#SP ISCLPA#sP I
Fn039 I MSPOSA#SP I
Fn040

Fn041

Fn042

- 1858 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B·64303EN·1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn043 1 I'-- .L::::..:..==::.........I~.::::..::::.:....._
Fn044 I
Fn045 I
Fn046

Fn047 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ IINCSTA#SP I PC1DEA#sP

Fn048 CSPENA'SP

Fn049

Fn050

Fn051 1 ......l. IINCSTB#SP I PC1DES#sP

Fn052 I 1 _ CSPENS' SP 1 _

Fn053 I EKENB ____________I RPALM#P I RPBSy'lP I PRGDPL I INHKY

Fn054

Fn055

Fn056

Fn057

Fn058

Fn059

Fn060 '-- '- -'- '-- L... ' ESCAN#P I ESEND#P I EREND#P 1

Fn061

Fn062

Fn063

Fn064

- 1859 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
Fn065

Fn066

Fn067

Fn068

Fn069

Fn070

Fn071

Fn072

Fn073 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _1 ZRNO#P 1 I MD40#P I MD20#P 1 MD10#P I

Fn074

Fn075

Fn076 ________1 ROV20#P I ROV10#P I RTAp#P MP20#P I MP10#P I

Fn077

Fn078

Fn079

Fn080

Fn081

Fn082

Fn083

Fn084

Fn085

Fn086

- 1860-
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn087

Fn088

Fn089

Fn090 I ABTSPZ' I ABTSP1' I ABTQSv"P

SP SP

Fn091 MMMOD#P I MRVSp#P I MN CHG#P I MRVMD#P

Fn092

Fn093

Fn094 zps#sv ZP4#sV ZP3#sV ZP2#sV ZP1#sV

Fn095

Fn096

Fn097

Fn098

Fn099
II
Fn100

Fn101 I
MVS#sV MV4#sV MV3#sV MV2#sV MV1#sV
Fn102
I
Fn103
I
Fn104

Fn105

Fn106

Fn107

Fn108

- 1861 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn109 II
Fn110 I

Fn111 II
Fn112 I
Fn113 II
Fn114 I
Fn115 I I

Fn116 I I

Fn117 I I

Fn118 I

Fn119 II
Fn120

Fn121

Fn122 I HD03#P I HD02#P I HD01#P I HDOO#P I

Fn123

Fn124

Fn125 I
Fn126 _OT5#sV _OT4#sV _OT3#sV _OT2#sV I _OT1#sV
Fn127

Fn128

Fn129 *EAXSL#P EOVO#P

Fn130

- 1862 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn131 EMF3A#PX EMF2A#PX EABUFA' PX EMFA#PX

Fn132

Fn133

Fn134 EMF3S#PX EMF2S#PX EABUFB'PX EMFB#PX

Fn135

Fn136

Fn137 EMF3C' PX EMF2C' PX EABUFC' PX E MF C#PX

Fn138

Fn139

Fn140 EMF3O#PX EMF20#PX EABU FO' PX EMFO#PX

Fn141

Fn142

Fn143

Fn144

Fn145

Fn146

Fn147

Fn148

Fn149 I
Fn150 I I
Fn151 I

Fn152
I I

-1 863 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Fn153 I I
I Fn154 I I TLAL

I Fn155 I
Fn156 I

Fn157 I

Fn158 I

Fn159 I

Fn160

Fn161

Fn162

Fn163

Fn164

Fn165

Fn166

Fn167

Fn168

Fn169

Fn170

Fn171

Fn172 PBATL#P PBATZ#P

Fn173

Fn174

- 1864-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
1 Fn175 I 1 '--_

I Fn17611'-- -.L- '-----_

1 Fn177 1 1 '--_

1 Fn178 I 1_--'-- -1...- _

1 Fn179 I 1 -1...- _

1 Fn180

I Fn181
I Fn182
I Fn183
I Fn184
I Fn185 , I_--J
I Fn186 I 1_--,
Fn187 I I . 1_--,
Fn188 I L---------'-_----L..-_--L...-_L...-----L.-_---l-_-l-----l

Fn189 I 1'-----_'---_'-----_'---_'----- '--_

Fn190 I L---------'-_----L..-_--L...-_L...-----L.-_---l-_-l-----l

Fn191 1 I'-----_'---_l.--_L.-_l.-- '--_

Fn192 1 I'-----_L.-_l.--_L.-_l.-- '--_
Fn193 1 Ie-_L.-_e-_'--_'--- _
Fn194 I IL....-_--'-------'-__'---_'----- '--_
Fn195 I IL....-_--'-------'-__'---_'----- '--_
Fn196 I IL....-_....L..------l-_----l...--_l.-- _

- 1865 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNC AND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1 /01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
Fn197

Fn198

Fn199

Fn200

Fn201 R1202#SP R1102#SP R1002#SP R0902#SP

Fn202

Fn203

Fn204

Fn205 R1203#SP R1103#SP R1003' SP R090 3#SP

Fn206

Fn207

Fn208

Fn209

Fn210

Fn211

Fn212

Fn213

Fn214

Fn215

Fn216

Fn217

Fn218

- -1866 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn263
I I
Fn264
I
Fn265
I I I SPWRN9#P I
Fn266
II
Fn267
I
Fn268
I
Fn269
I
Fn270

Fn271 R1204/tSP R1104#SP R1004#SP R0904#SP

Fn272

Fn273

Fn274 CSF02#SP CSF01 /tSP I FCSS2 #SP I FCSS1 #SP

Fn275

Fn276

Fn277

Fn278

Fn279

Fn280

Fn281

Fn282

Fn283

Fn284

- 1867 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
I Fn285 I
I Fn286 I
I Fn287 I
I Fn288 I I FSPSY2#SP FSPSY1#SP

I Fn289 I FSPPH2#sP FSPPH1#SP

I
I Fn290 I
Fn291 I
Fn292 I I
Fn293 I I
Fn294 I I
Fn295 CNCKYO C2SENO I I I
Fn296 I I I
Fn297 I I I I
Fn298 I I I
Fn299 I I I
Fn300 I I I
Fn301 I I I
Fn302 I I I
Fn303 I I I
Fn304 I I I
Fn305 I I I
Fn306 I I I

- 1868 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn307

Fn308

Fn309

Fn310

Fn311

Fn312

Fn313

Fn314

Fn315

Fn316

Fn317

Fn318

Fn319

Fn320

Fn321

Fn322

Fn323

Fn324

Fn325

Fn326

Fn327

Fn328

- 1869 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Fn329

Fn330

Fn331

Fn332

Fn333

Fn334

Fn335

Fn336

Fn337

Fn338

Fn339

Fn340

Fn341

Fn342

Fn343

Fn344

Fn345

Fn346

Fn347

Fn348

Fn349

Fn350

- 1870-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

- 1871 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Address Bit number

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 o
1 Fn415 1 1_ _1 _

I Fn416 II 1 _

I Fn417 I 1 1 '--- _

1 Fn418 1 1 I

I Fn511 _ _1 -----'-----'---

1 Fn512 I 1__-'---_--'- 1 MCSp#P I MCRQ#P I MCEXe I p

I Fn513 I ZRNR#P 1 1 DNCIR#P 1 I MD4R#P 1 MD2R#P 1 MD1 R#P 1

I Fn514
I Fn515
I Fn516
1 Fn517

I Fn518
I Fn519
I Fn520 L...-- ...l.-- ----'- I ATBK
1 Fn521 _ _ _ _ _ _ SVREVSI SVREV4 SVREV3 SVREV21 SVREV1

1 Fn522 SPPS SPP4 SPP3 SPP2 SPP1

I Fn531 1 1 _

I Fn532 1 L - _ - l . . . . . . - _ - - - L . - _ - - - l . ._ _I . . . . - - _ . . . . L - _ - - - L . - _ - - - l . . _ - - - - - 1

I Fn53311 ....l..- - - - - ' - _ - - - - '_ _

I Fn767 I IL..-_---I...-_----I..-_----l..- ---1...-_----1..-_ _

- 1872-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

A.2 LIST OF SIGNALS

A.2.1 List of Signals (In Order of Functions)

o : Available
• : Available only with 2-path control
- . Unavailable
Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
I/O Link 13 Manual
handle interface Manual handle generators
IOLBH1, IOLBH2 G199.0, G199.1 0 0 3.4
(Peripheral equipment selection signal
control interface)
External read start slonal EXRD G058.1 0 0
External read/punch stop
EXSTP G058.2 0 0
External I/O device signal
14.2
control External punch start signal EXWT G058.3 0 0
Read/punch busy signal RPBSY F053.2 0 0
Read/punch alarm signal RPALM F053.3 0 0
Small-hole peck drilling
Canned cycle for PECK2 F066.5 - 0
cycle in orooress sional 12.7
drilling
Tapolnq siqnal TAP F001.5 0 0
Alarm siqnal AL F001.0 0 0
Alarm signal 2.4
Battery alarm siqnal BAL F001.2 0 0
Unexpected disturbance
torque detection ignore IUDDl-IUDD5 G125.0-G125.4 0 0 2.9
siqnal
Unexpected disturbance
ABDT1-ABDT5 F184.0-F184.4 0 0
torque detection siqnal
Servo axis unexpected
Unexpected
disturbance torque
disturbance torque ABTQSV F090.0 0 0
detection siqnal
detection
1st spindle unexpected
disturbance torque ABTSP1 F090.1 0 0
detection siqnal
2nd spindle unexpected
disturbance torque ABTSP2 F090.2 0 0
detection siqnal
2nd M function code
M200-M215 F014,F015 0 0
signals
3rd M function code
M300-M315 F016,F017 0 0
Multiple M commands siqnals
9.3
in a single block 2nd M function strobe
MF2 F008.4 0 0
signal
3rd M function strobe
MF3 F008.5 0 0
siqnal

- 1873 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Start lock sicnal STLK G007.1 0 0
Interlock siqnal for all axes *IT G008.0 0 0
Interlock signal for each
*IT1-*IT5 G130.0-G13004 0 0
axis
Interlock Interlock signal for each +MIT1-+MIT5 G132.0-G13204 2.5
- 0
axis direction -MIT1--MIT5 G134.0-G13404
Cutting block start
*CSL G008.1 0 0
interlock skmal
Block start interlock siqnal *BSL G008.3 0 0
Inch/metric conversion Inch input siqnal INCH F002.0 0 0 12.5
B axis clamp siqnal BCLP F061.1 - 0
B axis clamp completion
*BECLP G038.7 - 0
Index table indexing signal
13.12
function B axis unclamp signal BUCLP F061.0 - 0
B axis unclamp completion
*BEUCP G038.6 - 0
siqnal
In-feed control (for In-feed control cut start
INFO G063.6 - 0 12.9
I grinding machine) signal
In-position signals INP1-INP5 F104.0-F1 0404 0 0
In-position check 7.2.5
In-position check slonal SMZ G053.6 0 0
AI contour control mode
AI control 1/11 AICC F062.0 0 0 7.1.11
siqnal
One-digit F code feed
One-digit F code feed F1D G016.7 - 0 7.1.5
sicnal
*+L1-*+L5 G114.0-G11404 0 0
Overtravel OvertraveI signals 2.3.1
*-L 1-*-L5 G116.0-G11604 0 0
Override cancel Override cancel stonal OVC G00604 0 0 7.1.704
Direct operation by Direct operation select
DMMC G042.7 0 0 5.12
Open CNC signal
Signals for selecting the
manual feed axis for axis SYNCJ1-SYNCJ5 G140.0-G14004 0 0
synchronous control
Machine coordinate match
SYNMT1-SYNMT5 F210.0-F21004 0 0
state output siqnals
Axis synchronous control
SYN01-SYN05 F532.0-F53204 0 0
status sianals
Synchronization
compensation enable state SYNOF1-SYNOF5 F211.0-F21104 0 0
Axis synchronous output siqnals
1.6
control Signal for indicating a
positional deviation error
SYNER F403.0 0 0
alarm for axis synchronous
control
Synchronous control axis
SYNC1-SYNC5 G138.0-G13804 0 0
selection slqnals
Signal for disabling torque
difference alarm detection
NSYNCA G059.7 0 0
for axis synchronous
control

-1874-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Feedrate override Feedrate override siqnals *FVO-*FV7 G012 0 0 7.1.7.2
BDT1 G044.0 0 0
Optional block Optional block skip signals
skip/addition of
BDT2-BDT9 G045 0 0
5.5
optional block skip
Optional block skip check MBDT1 F004.0 0 0
signals MBDT2-MBDT9 F005 0 0
External key input mode
ENBKY G066.1 0 0
selection siqnal
Key code siqnals EKCO-EKC7 G098 0 0
External key input
Key code read siqnal EKSET G066.7 0 0
16.5
Key code read completion
EKENB F053.7 0 0
signal
Key input disable signal INHKY F053.0 0 0
Kev input disable signal PRGDPL F053.1 0 0
External deceleration *+ED1-*+ED5 G118.0-G118.4 0 0
signals 1 *-ED1-*-ED5 G120.0-G120.4 0 0
External deceleration
External deceleration *+ED21-*+ED25 G101.0-G101.4 0 0
7.1.9
signals 2 *-ED21-*-ED25 G1 03.0-G1 03.4 0 0
External deceleration *+ED31-*+ED35 G107.0-G107.4 0 0
signals 3 *-ED31-*-ED35 G109.0-G109.4 0 0
Address signals for
EA6-EAO G002.6-G002.0 0 0
external data input
Data signals for external G211,G210,
ED31-EDO 0 0
data input G001,GOOO
Read signal for external
ESTB G002.7 0 0
data input
External data input 16.2
Read completion signal for
EREND F060.0 0 0
external data input
Search completion signal
ESEND F060.1 0 0
for external data input
Search cancel signal for
ESCAN F060.2 0 0
external data input
External workpiece PN1,PN2,PN4,PN8
G009.0-G009.4 0 0
number search siqnals ,PN16
Extended external
External workpiece
number search
workpiece number search EPNO-EPN13 G024.0-G025.5 0 0 16.4
sicnals
External workpiece
EPNS G025.7 0 0
number search start signal
Each axis workpiece
WPRST1 to
Each axis workpiece
coordinate system preset G358.0-G358.4 0 0
WPRST5
signals
coordinate system 1.5.2.6
Each axis workpiece
preset signals
coordinate system preset WPSF1 to WPSF5 F358.0-F358.4 0 0
completion slonals
Extended external Extended external Specifying by
machine zero point machine zero point shift EMZO-EMZ15 parameter 0 0 16.3
shift sional No.1280.

- 1875 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/0 1

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
UIOOO-UI031 G054-G057 0 0
Input signals for custom U1100-U1131 G276-G279 0 0
macro U1200-U1231 G280-G283 0 0
U1300-U1331 G284-G287 0 0
Custom macro F054,F055, 12.6
UOOOO-UOO31 0 0
F276,F277
Output signals for custom
U0100-U0131 F056-F059 0 0
macro
U0200-U0231 F280-F283 0 0
U0300-U0331 F284-F287 0 0
Target part count reached
PRTSF F062.7 0 0
signal
Run hour and part
General-purpose 13.1.1
count display
integrating meter start TMRON G053.0 0 0
signal
Automatic screen erasing
Screen erasure ERTVA FOO6.2 0 0 13.1.13
siqnal
Hard copy cancellation
HCABT G067.6 0 0
request sianal
Hard copy execution
HCREQ G067.7 0 0
Screen hard copy request siqnal
13.1.14
function Hard copy cancellation
HCAB2 F061.2 0 0
reauest reception sianal
Hard copy execution
HCEXE F061.3 0 0
status signal
Path interference check
association siqnal
ITF01-ITF10 G406.0-G407.1
• -

Interference check
Path interference check in
progress signal
TICHK F064.6
• - 8.3

Path interference alarm

siqnal
Signal for disabling
TIALM F064.7
• -

Angular axis control angular axis control for the NOZAGC G063.5 0 0 1.8
perpendicular axis
Path spindle command
selection siqnals
SLSPA,SLSPB,
SLSPC,SLSPD
G063.2,G063.3,
G403.0,G403.1 • •
Path spindle control
Path spindle feedback
selection signals
SLPCA,SLPCB,
SLPCC,SLPCD
G064.2,G064.3,
G403.4,G403.5 • • 8.8
Path spindle command
confirmation siqnal
COSP F064.5
• •
Path spindle command
confirmation signal
COSP1
COSP2
F063.3
F063.4
•• ••
Path select

Direct input of tool

Path select signal (Tool
post select sional)
HEAD G063.0
• • 8.11,
13.3

Position record signal PRC G040.6 0 - 15.4.1

offset value measured

- 1876 -
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Tool offset number OFNO-OFN5, G039.0-G039.5,
0 -
selection siqnals OFN6-0FN9 G040.0-G040.3
Tool offset write mode
GOQSM G039.7 0 -
select slqnal
Workpiece coordinate
system shift value write WOQSM G039.6 0 -
mode select siqna l
+MIT1 ,-MIT1 XOO4.2,XOO4.3
+MIT2,-MIT2 XOO4.4,XOO4 .5 -
Direct input of tool Tool offset write signals 0
+MIT1 -+MIT2 G132.0-G132.1
offset value measured 15.4 .2
B -MIT1--MIT2 G134.0-G134.1
Spindle measurement
S2TLS G040 .5 0 -
se lect sional
Workpiece coordinate
system shift value write WOSET G040.7 0 -
sional
Spindle 1 under -
S1MES F062 .3 0
mea surement signal
Spindle 2 under
S2MES F062.4 0 -
measurement siqnal
Tool chance signal TLCH F064.0 0 0
Tool chance reset siqnal TLRST G048.7 0 0
Individual tool change
TLCHI F064.2 0 0
signal
Individual tool change
TLRSTI G048.6 0 0
reset signal
Tool skip signa l TLSKP G048.5 0 0
New tool select signal TLNW F064.1 0 0
Tool group number
TL01 to TL256 G047.0-G048.0 0 0
selection siqnals
Tool life management 11.4
Tool life count override
*TL VO to *TL V9 G049.0-G050.1 0 0
signals
Tool life arrival notice
TLCHB F064.3 0 0
siqnal
Tool life counting disable
LFCIV G048 .2 0 0
signal
Tool life counting disable
LFCIF F093 .2 0 0
signal
Remain ing tool count
TLAL F154 .0 - 0
notification signal

- 1877 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Auxiliary function
MFIN G005.0 0 0
completion signal
Spindle function
SFIN G005.2 0 0
completion siqnal
Tool function completion
High-speed M/S/T/B
TFIN G005.3 0 0
siqnal
9.4
interface 2nd auxiliary function
BFIN G005.7 0 0
completion signal
2nd M function completion
MFIN2 G004.4 0 0
sional
3rd M function completion
MFIN3 G004.5 0 0
signal
High-speed skip status
High-speed skip signal HDOO-HD03 F122.0-F122.3 0 0 15.3.2
siqnals
Wrong operation
Start check signal STCHK G408.0 0 0 2.12
prevention
Servo off I mechanical
Servo off signals SVF1-SVF5 G126.0-G126.4 0 0 1.2.9
handle feed
SVWRN1 F093.4 0 0
Servo warning detail SVWRN2 F093.5 0 0
Servo axis control 18.1
signals SVWRN3 F093.6 0 0
SVWRN4 F093.7 0 0
SV speed control mode SRVON1-
G521.0-G521.5 0 0
siqnals SRVON6
SV reverse siqnals SVRVS 1-SVRVS6 G523.0-G523.5 0 0
Spindle control with
SV speed control mode 10.19
servo motor SVREV1-SVREV6 F521.0-F521.5 0 0
in-progress signals
Spindle indexing signal for
SPP1-SPP6 F522.0-F522.5 0 0
each axis
Speed display function
Speed display change
of a milling tool with SDPC G38.5 0 0 13.1.10
signal
servo motor
Cycle start signal ST G007.2 0 0
Feed hold signal *SP G008.5 0 0
Cycle start I feed hold Automatic operation signal OP FOOO.7 0 0 5.1
Cycle start lamp signal STL FOOO.5 0 0
Feed hold lamp signal SPL FOOO.4 0 0
Cs contour control change
CON G027.7 0 0
siqnal
Cs contour control change CONS1 G274.0 0 0
signal (for each spindle) CONS2 G274.1 0 0
Cs contour control Cs contour control change 10.11
FSCSL F044.1 0 0
completion siqnal
Cs contour control change FCSS1 F274.0 0 0
completion signal (for each
FCSS2 F274.1 0 0
spindle)

- 1878 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Cs axis coordinate CSF I1 G274.4 0 0
establ ishment request
signals
CSFI2 G274.5 0 0
Cs contour control axis
coord inate
Cs axis coordinate CSF01 F274.4 0 0 10.11 .3
establishment alarm
establishment CSF02 F274 .5 0 0
sicnals
Cs axis origin established CSPENA F048.4 0 0
state signa ls CSPENB F052.4 0 0
Key control selection
CNCKY G295.7 0 0
sional
Dual display forcible end
C2SEND G295.6 0 0
CNC screen dual request signal
13.1.9
display Key control selection
CNCNYO F295 .7 0 0
status siqnal
Dual display forcible end
C2SENO F295 .6 0 0
status signal
Outputting the Axis moving signals MV1-MV5 F102.0-F102.4 0 0
movement state of an Axis moving direction 1.2.6
axis
MVD1-MVD5 F106 .0-F106.4 0 0
sicna ls
Axis non-display Axis non-display slqnals NPOS1-NPOS5 G198 .0-G198.4 0 0
Actual spindle speed Actual spindle speed AROO-AR15 F040,F041 0 0
10.9
output signals AR002-AR152 F202 ,F203 0 0
Automatic data backup
Automatic data backup ATBK F520 .0 0 0
executinq stonal
Constant surface Constant surface speed
CSS F002.2 0 0 10.8
speed control signal
Spind le stop completion SPSTPA G028 .6 0 0
signa l SPSTPB G402.1 0 0
SUCLPA F038.1 0 0
Spindle unclamp signal
SUCLPB F400.1 0 0
Spindle unclamp *SUCPFA G028.4 0 0
completion signal *SUCPFB G400.1 0 0
Spindle positioning 10.10
Spindle clamp completion *SCPFA G028.5 0 0
signal *SCPFB G401.1 0 0
SCLPA F038.0 0 0
Spindle clamp signal
SCLPB F401.1 0 0
Spindle positioning mode MSPOSA F039.0 0 0
signals MSPOSB F402 .1 0 0
Spindle orientation SHOOA-SH11A G078.0-G079.3 0 0
Spindle orientation external stop position 10.15
SHOOB-SH 11B G080.0-G081 .3 0 0
command sionals

- 1879 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Simple spindle
ESRSYC G064.6 0 0
synchronous control siqnal
Simple spindle ESSYC1 G264.0 0 0
synchronous control signal
ESSYC2 G264.1 0 0
(for each spindle)
G122.6
1st spindle parking signal PKESS1 0 0
(G031.6)
Simple spindle
G122.7 10.17
synchronous control 2nd spindle parking signal PKESS2 0 0
(G031.7)
Simple spindle PKESE1 G265.0 0 0
synchronous parking
PKESE2 G265.1 0 0
siqnal (for each spindle)
Phase error monitor signal SYCAL F044A 0 0
Phase error monitor signal SYCAL1 F043.0 0 0
(for each spindle) SYCAL2 F043.1 0 0
Polygon spindle stop
*PLSST G038.0 0 0
siqnal
Polygon spindle speed
PSAR F063.2 0 0
arrival signal
Paths polygon turning 6.9.2
Polygon master axis not
PSE1 F063.0 0 0
arrival signal
Polygon synchronization
PSE2 F063.1 0 0
axis not arrival siena!
Torque limit command TLMLA G070.0 0 0
LOW signals (serial
TLMLB G074.0 0 0
spindle)
Torque limit command TLMHA G070.1 0 0
HIGH signals (serial
TLMHB G074.1 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Clutch/gear signals (serial CTH1A,CTH2A G070.3,G070.2 0 0
spindle) CTH1B,CTH2B G074.3,G074.2 0 0
CCW command signals SRVA G070A 0 0
(serial spindle) SRVB G074A 0 0
CW command signals SFRA G070.5 0 0
Spindle serial output 10.3
(serial spindle) SFRB G074.5 0 0
Orientation command ORCMA G070.6 0 0 10.3
signals (serial spindle) ORCMB G074.6 0 0 10.14
Machine ready signals MRDYA G070.7 0 0
(serial spindle) MRDYB G074.7 0 0
Alarm reset signals (serial ARSTA G071.0 0 0
spindle) ARSTB G075.0 0 0
10.3
Emergency stop signals *ESPA G071.1 0 0
(serial spindle) *ESPB G075.1 0 0
Spindle selection signals SPSLA G071.2 0 0
(serial spindle) SPSLB G075.2 0 0

- 1880 -
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Power line switch MCFNA G071.3 0 0
completion signals (serial
spindle)
MCFNB G075.3 0 0
Soft starUstop cancel SOCNA G071.4 0 0
signals (serial spindle) SOCNB G075.4 0 0
Speed integral signals INTGA G071.5 0 0
(serial spindle) INTGB G075.5 0 0
Output switch request RSLA G071.6 0 0
signals (serial spindle) RSLB G075.6 0 0
Power line status check RCHA G071.7 0 0
signals (serial spindle) RCHB G075.7 0 0
Orientation stop position INDXA G072.0 0 0
change command signals
INDXB G076 .0 0 0
(serial spindle)
Rotational direction ROTAA G072.1 0 0
command signals for
orientation stop position ROTAB G076.1 0 0
chance (serial spindle)
Shortcut command signals NRROA G072.2 0 O· .-

for orientation stop

position change (serial NRROB G076.2 0 0
spindle)
Spindle serial output Differential speed mode DEFMDA G072.3 0 0 10.3
command signals (serial
DEFMDB G076.3 0 0
spindle)
Analog override signals OVRA G072.4 0 0
(serial spindle) OVRB G076.4 0 0
Incremental command INCMDA G072.5 0 0
externally set orientation
INCMDB G076.5 0 0
signals (serial spindle)
Spindle switch MAIN MCC MFNHGA G072.6 0 0
contact status signals
(serial spindle)
MFNHGB G076.6 0 0
Spindle switch HIGH MCC RCHHGA G072.7 0 0
contact status signals
RCHHGB G076.7 0 0
(serial spindle)
Magnetic sensor MORCMA G073.0 0 0
orientation command
MORCMB G077.0 0 0
sicnals (serial spindle)
Subordinate operation SLVA G073.1 0 0
mode command signals
(serial spindle)
SLVB G077.1 0 0
Motor power cutoff MPOFA G073.2 0 0
command signals (serial
spindle)
MPOFB G077.2 0 0

- 1881 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Alarm signals (serial ALMA F045.0 0 0
spindle) ALMB F049.0 0 0
Speed zero signals (serial SSTA F045.1 0 0
spindle) SSTB F049.1 0 0
Speed detection signals SDTA F045.2 0 0
(serial spindle) SDTB F049.2 0 0
Spindle speed arrival SARA F045.3 0 0
signal (serial spindle) SARB F049.3 0 0
Load detection signals 1 LDT1A F045A 0 0
(serial spindle) LDT1B F049A 0 0
Load detection signals 2 LDT2A F045.5 0 0
(serial spindle) LDT2B F049.5 0 0
Torque limit signals (serial TLMA F045.6 0 0
spindle) TLMB F049.6 0 0
Orientation completion ORARA F045.7 0 0
signals (serial spindle) ORARB F049.7 0 0
Power line switch signals CHPA F046.0 0 0
(serial spindle) CHPB F050.0 0 0
Spindle switch completion CFINA F046.1 0 0
signals (serial spindle) CFINB F050.1 0 0
Spindle serial output Output switch signals RCHPA F046.2 0 0
(serial spindle) RCHPB F050.2 0 0
Output switch completion RCFNA F046.3 0 0
signals (serial spindle) RCFNB F050.3 0 0
Subordinate operation SLVSA F046A 0 0
status signals (serial
SLVSB F050A 0 0
spindle)
Position coder orientation PORA2A F046.5 0 0
proximity signal (serial
PORA2B F050.5 0 0
spindle)
Magnetic sensor MORA1A F046.6 0 0
orientation completion
MORA1B F050.6 0 0
signals (serial spindle)
Magnetic sensor MORA2A F046.7 0 0
orientation proximity
MORA2B F050.7 0 0
signals (serial spindle)
Position coder one-rotation PC1DEA F047.0 0 0
signal detection status
PC1DEB F051.0 0 0
signals (serial spindle)
Incremental orientation INCSTA F047.1 0 0
mode signals (serial
INCSTB F051.1 0 0
spindle)

- 1882 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
All-spindle operation ready
SRSRDY F034.7 0 0
signal
1st serial spindle ready
SRSP1R F034.6 0 0
siqnals
Spindle serial output 10.3
2nd serial spindle ready
SRSP2R F034 .5 0 0
signals
Spindle warn ing detail SPWRN1-
F264.0-F265 .0 0 0
signals 1 to 9 SPWRN9
Spindle stop signal *SSTP G029.6 0 0
Spindle orientation signal SOR G029.5 0 0
Spindle speed override
SOVO-SOV7 G030 0 0
siqnals
Spindle speed arrival
SAR G029.4 0 0
signal
Spindle speed control 10.6
Sp indle enable signal ENS F001.4 0 0
Gear selection signals GR10,GR20,
F034.0-F034.2 - 0
(output) GR30
Gear selection signals GR1 G028.1 0 0
(input) GR2 G028.2 0 0
- -
S 12-bit code signals R010-R120 F036.0-F037 .3 0 0
Spindle speed Spindle fluctuation
SPAL F035.0 0 0 10.18
fluctuation detection detection alarm siqnal
Spindle synchronous
SPSYC G038.2 0 0
control signal
Spindle synchronous SPSYC1 G288.0 0 0
control signal
SPSYC2 G288.1 0 0
Sp indle synchronous (for each spindle)
10.14
control Spindle phase
SPPHS G038.3 0 0
synchronous control siqnal
Spindle phase SPPHS1 G289.0 0 0
synchronous control signal
SPPHS2 G289.1 0 0
(for each spindle)
Spindle phase
FSPSY F044.2 0 0
synchronous control signal
Spind le phase FSPSY1 F288 .0 0 0
synchronous control signal
FSPSY2 F288.1 0 0
(for each spindle)
Spindle synchronous
speed control completion FSPPH F044.3 0 0
sional
Spindle synchronous FSPPH1 F289.0 0 0
Spindle synchronous
speed control completion 10.14
control FSPPH2 F289 .1 0 0
slqnal (for each spindle)
Phase error monitor siqnal SYCAL F044.4 0 0
Phase error monitor signal SYCAL1 F043.0 0 0
(for each spindle) SYCAL2 F043.1 0 0
Spindle synchronous
speed ratio control clamp RSMAX F065.2 0 0
siqnal
Spindle synchronous
SSRT G038.1 0 0
speed ratio control signal

- 1883 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Manual tool compensation
tool number signal (4 MTLNOO-MTLN 15 G068,G069 0 -
dlqlts)
Manual tool compensation
tool number signal (8 MT8NOO-MT8N31 G525-G528 0 -
Manual tool diqlts)
11.1.4
compensation Manual tool compensation
MTLC G067.0 0 -
command number
Manual tool compensation
MTLA F061.5 0 -
completion siqnal
Manual tool compensation
MTLANG F061.4 0 -
uncompleted sianal
HS1A-HS1D G018.0-G018.3 0 0
Manual handle feed axis
HS2A-HS2D G018.4-G018.7 0 0 3.2
selection signals
HS3A-HS3D G019.0-G019.3 - 0
Manual handle feed
amount selection signals MP1,MP2 G019.4,G019.5 0 0 3.2,3.5
(incremental feed sicnals)
Manual handle feed
Manual handle feed MP21, MP22 G087.0,G087.1
0 0 3.2
amount selection signals MP31, MP32 G087.3,G087.4
Maximum manual handle 3.2
HNDLF G023.3 0 0
feedrate switch siqnal 7.1.9
Manual handle feed
HDN G347.1 0 0 3.2
direction inversion sianal
Checkina mode sianal MMOD G067.2 0 0
Handle available signal in
MCHK G067.3 0 0
checking mode
Forward movement
FWSTP G531.0 0 0
prohibition sional
Reverse movement
MRVM G531.1 0 0
prohibition signal
Manual handle retrace 3.5
Reverse movement signal MRVMD F091.0 0 0
Direction change
MNCHG F091.1 0 0
prohibition signal
Reverse movement
MRVSP F091.2 0 0
prohibition sianal
Check mode confirmation
MMMOD F091.3 0 0
signal
HS1IA-HS1ID G041.0-G041.3 0 0
Manual handle Manual handle interrupt
HS2IA-HS2ID G041.4-G041 .7 0 0 3.3
interrupt axis selection signals
HS3IA-HS3ID G042.0-G042.3 0 0
Manual reference position
ZRN G043.7 0 0
return selection signal
Manual reference position
return selection check MREF F004.5 0 0
signal
Manual reference
Reference position return G196.0-G196.4 0 0 4.1
position return *DEC1-*DEC5
deceleration signals X009.0-X009.4 0 0
Reference position return
ZP1-ZP5 F094.0-F094.4 0 0
end sicnals
Reference position
ZRF1-ZRF5 F120.0-F120.4 0 0
establishment signals

- 1884-
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Feed axis and direction +J1-+J5 G100 .0-G1 0004 0 0
selection signals -J1--J5 G102 .0-G102A 0 0
Jog feed/incremental Manual feed rate override
*JVO-*JV15 G0 10,G011 0 0 3.1
feed signals
Manual rapid traverse
RT G019 .7 0 0
selection siqnal
CNC ready siqnal MA F001 .7 0 0
CNC ready signal 2.2
Servo ready signal SA FOOO.6 0 0
Rapid traversing signal RPDO F002.1 0 0 2.7,7 .1.1
Status output signal
Cutting feed signal CUT F002.6 0 0 2.7
Sinole block signal SBK G046.1 0 0
Single block 5.3 .3
SinQle block check signal MSBK F004.3 0 0
SKIPP G006.6 0 0
Skip function Sk ip signal 15.3
SKIP X004.7 0 0
Stored stroke limit 1 +EXL1-+EXL5 G104.0-G104.4 0 0
switching signals in axis
direction -EXL1--EXL5 G105.0-G105A 0 0
Stored stroke limit 1
Stored stroke check EXLM G007.6 0 0 2.3.2
chance signal
Stroke limit 1 release
RLSOT G007.7 0 0
sional
+OT1-+0T5 F124 .0-F124.4 0 0
Overtravel alarm signals
-OT1--0T5 F126 .0-F126.4 0 0
Stored stroke check 2, Stroke limit 3 release
RLSOT3 G007.4 0 0 2.3.3
3 signal
Stroke limit external Stroke limit external +LM1-+LM5 G110.0-G110A 0 0
2.3.5
setting sett ing signals -LM1--LM5 G112 .0-G112A 0 0
Controlled axis detach
DTCH 1-DTCH5 G124.0-G124.4 0 0
slqnals
Controlled axis detach 1.2.5,1.15
Controlled axis detach
MDTCH1- DTCH5 F110.0-F110A 0 0
status slonals
Absolute position detector
battery voltage zero alarm PBATZ F172.6 0 0
Absolute position siqna l
1.4 .3
detection Absolute position detector
battery voltage low alarm PBATL F172 .7 0 0
siqnal

- 1885 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Software operator's panel
M010 F073.0 0 0
sianal (M01)
Software operator's panel
M020 F073.1 0 0
siqnal (M02)
Software operator's panel
M040 F073.2 0 0
sional (M04)
Software operator's panel
ZRNO F073.4 0 0
signal (ZRN)
Software operator's panel F081.0,F081.2,
+J10-+J40 0 0
siqnal (+J1-+J4) F081.4,F081.6
Software operator's panel F081.1,F081.3,
-J10--J40 0 0
siqnal (-J1--J4) F081.5,F081.7
Software operator's panel
RTO F077.6 0 0
siqnal (RT)
Software operator's panel
HS1AO F077.0 0 0
sianal (HS1A)
Software operator's Software operator's panel
HS1BO F077.1 0 0 13.1.2
panel siqnal (HS1B)
Software operator's panel
HS1CO F077.2 0 0
sional (HS1C)
Software operator's panel
HS1DO F077.3 0 0
signal (HS10)
Software operator's panel
MP10 F076.0 0 0
siqnal (MP1)
Software operator's panel
MP20 F076.1 0 0
sianal (MP2)
Software operator's panel
*JVOO-*JV150 F079,F080 0 0
slqnal (*JVO-* JV15)
Software operator's panel
*FVOO-*FV70 F078 0 0
sianal (*FVO-*FV7)
Software operator's panel
ROV10 F076.4 0 0
siqnal (ROV1)
Software operator's panel
siqnal (ROV2)
ROV20 F076.5 0 0
Software operator's panel
BOTO F075.2 0 0
signal (BOT)
Software operator's panel
SBKO F075.3 0 0
siqnal (SBK)
Software operator's panel
MLKO F075.4 0 0
sianal (MLK)
Software operator's panel
Software operator's ORNO F075.5 0 0
siqnal (ORN) 13.1.2
panel
Software operator's panel
KEYO F075.6 0 0
siqnal(KEY1-KEY4)
Software operator's panel
SPO F075.7 0 0
signal (*SP)
Software operator's panel
general-purpose switch OUTO-OUT15 F072,F074 0 0
sianals
2nd reference position 2nd reference position
ZP21-ZP25 F096.0-F096.4 0 0 4.4
return/3rd, 4th return completion signals

- 1886 -
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B·64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
reference position 3rd reference position
return
ZP31-ZP35 F098.0-F098.4 0 0
return completion signals
4th reference position
ZP41-ZP45 F100.0-F1 00.4 0 0
return completion siqnals
SKIPP G006.6 0 0
SKIP X004.7 0 0
Multi-step skip function Skip signal 15.3.3
SKIP2-SKIP6, X004.2-XOO4.6
0 0
SKIP7,SKIP8 X004.0 ,X004 .1
Touch panel check
Touch panel check signal TPPRS F006.0 0 0 13.1.6
slonal
Canned cycle / multiple
Chamfering signal *COZ G053.7 0 - 12.8
repetitive canned cycle
Chuck / tail stock Tail stock barrier selection
*TSB G060.7 0 - 2.3.6
barrier signal
Superimposed control axis
OVLS1-0VLS5 G190.0-G190.4 0 0
selection slqnals
Superimposed control
master axis confirmation OVM01-0VM05 F344.0-F344.4 0 0
siqnals
Superimposed control Superimposed control 8.6
slave axis confirmation OVS01-0VS05 F345.0-F345.4 0 0
siqnals
Synchronous/composite/s
uperimposed control under SYN10-SYN50 F118.0-F118.4 0 0
way siqnals
Torque limit reach signals
Reference position
for reference position
setting with mechanical CLRCH 1-CLRCH5 F180.0-F180.4 0 0 4.5
setting with mechanical
stopper
stopper
ONC operation select
ONCI G043.5 0 0 5.10
signal
ONC operation
ONC operation selection
MRMT F003.4 0 0 5.10,5.12
confirm siqnal
Function of
Power failure deceleration
deceleration stop in PWFL G203.7 0 0 1.13
signal
case of power failure
Retract siqnal RTRCT G066.4 0 0
1.9,6.12
Electronic gear box Retract completion signal RTRCTF F065.4 0 0
EGB mode signal SYNMOO F065.6 0 0 1.9

- 1887 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Composite control axis
MIX1-MIX5 G128.0-G128.4 0 0
chanqe selection siqnals
Composite axis
MIX01-MIX05 F343.0-F343.4 0 0
confirmation sionals
Synchronous control axis
SYNC1-SYNC5 G138.0-G138.4 0 0
selection signals
Synchronous master axis
Synchronous and
SYCM1-SYCM5 F341.0-F341.4 0 0
confirmation siqnals
8.5
composite control Synchronous slave axis
SYCS 1-SYCS5 F342.0-F342.4 0 0
confirmation slqnals
Synchronous/composite/s
uperimposed control under SYN10-SYN50 F118.0-F118.4 0 0
wav slonals
Parkinq siqnals PK1-PK5 G122.0-G122.4 0 0
Parking axis confirmation
SMPK1-SMPK5 F346.0-F346.4 0 0
siqnals
Dry run siqnal DRN G046.7 0 0
Dry run 5.3.2
Dry run check siqnal MDRN F002.7 0 0
Torque limit reached
Torque limit skip TRQL 1-TRQL5 F114.0-F114.4 0 0 15.3.4
siqnals
Threadinq Threadinq siqnal THRD F002.3 0 0 6.5
Rapid traverse override
ROV1,ROV2 G014.0,G014.1 0 0 7.1.7.1
signals
1% step rapid traverse
HROV G096.7 0 0
override selection siqnals 7.1.7.1
Rapid traverse 1% rapid traverse override 7.1.9
*HROVO-*HROV6 G096.0-G096.6 0 0
override siqnals
0.1 % step rapid traverse
FHROV G353.7 0 0
override selection siqnals
7.1.7.1
0.1 % rapid traverse G352.0-G352.7
*FHROO-*FHR09 0 0
override siqnals G353.0-G353.1
Rapid traverse block Rapid traverse block 7.2.1.2
ROVLP G053.5 0 0
overlap overlap disable signal 7.2.1.3
Handle-synchronous feed
HREV G023.4 0 0
siqnal
Handle-synchronous Selecting direction of
3.5
feed manual handle rotation HDSR G193.3 0 0
siqnal
Feed zero siqnal FEEDO F066.2 0 0

- 1888 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Control axis selection
EAX1-EAX5 G136 .0-G136.4 0 0
signals (PMC axis control)
ECOA-EC6A G143 .0-G143.6 0 0
Axis control command
ECOB-EC6B G155.0-G155.6 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4)
ECOC-EC6C G167.0-G167.6 0 0
(PMC axis control)
ECOD-EC6D G179 .0-G179.6 0 0
EIFOA-EIF15A G144-G145 0 0
Axis control feedrate
EIFOB-EIF15B G156-G157 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4)
EIFOC-EIF15C G168-G169 0 0
(PMC axis control)
EIFOD-EIF15D G180-G181 0 0
EBUFA G142.7 0 0
Axis contro l command
EBUFB G154 .7 0 0
read signals (for group 1 to
EBUFC G166 .7 0 0
4) (PMC axis control)
EBUFD G178.7 0 0
EIDOA-EID3 1A G146-G149 0 0
Axis control data signals
EIDOB-EID31 B G158-G161 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC
EIDOC-EID31C G170-G173 0 0
axis control)
EIDOD-EID31D G182-G185 0 0
Axis control command EBSYA F130.7 a. 0
read completion signals EBSYB F133.7 0 0
PMC axis control/PMC
axis speed control
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC EBSYC F136.7 0 0
16.1
axis control) EBSYD F139.7 0 0
function
ECLRA G142.6 0 0
Reset signals (for group 1 ECLRB G154.6 0 0
to 4) (PMC axis control) ECLRC G166.6 0 0
ECLRD G178 .6 0 0
ESTPA G142.5 0 0
Axis control temporary
ESTPB G154.5 0 0
stop signals (for group 1 to
ESTPC G166.5 0 0
4) (PMC axis control)
ESTPD G178.5 0 0
ESBKA G142.3 0 0
Block stop signals (for
ESBKB G154.3 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
ESBKC G166.3 0 0
control)
ESBKD G178.3 0 0
EMSBKA G143.7 0 0
Block stop disable signals
EMSBKB G155.7 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC
axis control)
EMSBKC G167.7 0 0
EMSBKD G179.7 0 0
EM11A-EM48A F132,F142 0 0
Auxiliary function code
EM11B-EM48B F135,F145 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4)
(PMC axis control)
EM11C-EM48C F138,F148 0 0
EM11D-EM48D F141,F151 0 0

- 1889 -
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
EMFA F131.0 0 0
Auxiliary function strobe
signals (for group 1 to 4)
EMFB F134.0 0 0
(PMC axis control)
EMFC F137.0 0 0
EMFD F140.0 0 0
EMF2A F131.2 0 0
Auxil iary function 2nd
EMF2B F134.2 0 0
strobe signals (for group 1
EMF2C F137.2 0 0
to 4) (PMC axis control)
EMF2D F140.2 0 0
EMF3A F131.3 0 0
Auxiliary function 3rd
EMF3B F134.3 0 0
strobe signals (for group 1
EMF3C F137.3 0 0
to 4) (PMC axis control)
EMF3D F140.3 0 0
Auxiliary function EFINA G142 .0 0 0
completion signal (for EFINB G154.0 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis EFINC G166.0 0 0
control) EFIND G178 .0 0 0
ESOFA G142.4 0 0
Servo off signals (for
ESOFB G154.4 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
control)
ESOFC G166.4 0 0
ESOFD G178.4 0 0
PMC axis control/PMC EMBUFA G142.2 0 0
axis speed contro l Buffering disable signals
EMBUFB G154.2 0 0
function (for group 1 to 4) (PMC
EMBUFC G166.2 0 0
axis control)
EMBUFD G178.2 0 0
Controlled axis selection
status signals(PMC axis *EAXSL F129.7 0 0
control)
EINPA F130.0 0 0
In-position signals (for
EINPB F133.0 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
EINPC F136.0 0 0
control)
EINPD F139.0 0 0
ECKZA F130.1 0 0 16.1
Following zero checking
ECKZB F133.1 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4)
(PMC axis control)
ECKZC F136.1 0 0
ECKZD F139.1 0 0
EIALA F130.2 0 0
Alarm signal (for group 1 EIALB F133.2 0 0
to 4) (PMC axis control) EIALC F136.2 0 0
EIALD F139.2 0 0
EGENA F130.4 0 0
Axis moving signals (for
EGENB F133.4 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
control)
EGENC F136.4 0 0
EGEND F139.4 0 0

- 1890-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Auxiliary function EDENA F130.3 0 0
executing signals (for EDENB F133.3 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis EDENC F136.3 0 0
control) EDEND F139.3 0 0
Negative-direction EOTNA F130.6 0 0
overtravel signals (for EOTNB F133.6 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis EOTNC F136.6 0 0
control) EOTND F139.6 0 0
Positive-direction EOTPA F130.5 0 0
overtravel signals (for EOTPB F133.5 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis EOTPC F136.5 0 0
control) EOTPD F139.5 0 0
*EFOVO-*EFOV7 G151 0 0
Feedrate override signals
*EFOVOB- *EFOV7B G163 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC
*EFOVOC- *EFOV7C G175 0 0
axis control)
*EFOVOD-*EFOV7D G187 0 0
EOVC G150.5 0 0
Override cancel signal (for EOVCB G162.5 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
EOVCC G174.5 0 0
control)
EOVCD G186.5 0 0
Rapid traverse override
EROV1 ,EROV2 G150.0,G150.1 0 0
sionals (PMC axis control)
Dry run signal (PMC axis
EDRN G150.7 0 0
control)
PMC axis controllPMC
Manual rapid traverse 16.1
axis speed control
funct ion
selection signal (PMC axis ERT G150 .6 0 0
control)
Override 0% signal (PMC
EOVO F129.5 0 0
axis control)
Skip signal (PMC axis
ESKIP X004.6 0 0
control)
Distribution completion
EADEN1-EADEN5 F112.0-F112.4 0 0
siqnals (PMC axis control)
EABUFA F131.1 0 0
Buffer full signals (for
EABUFB F134.1 0 0
group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
EABUFC F137.1 0 0
control)
EABUFD F140.1 0 0
Controlling signals (PMC
EACNT1-EACNT5 F182.0-F182.4 0 0
axis control)
Axis control superimposed
command signals (PMC EASIP1-EASIP8 G200 0 0
axis control)
ELCKZA G142.1 0 0
Accumulated zero check
ELCKZB G154.1 0 0
signal (for group 1 to 4)
ELCKZC G166 .1 0 0
(PMC axis control)
ELCKZD G178.1 0 0
Torque control mode
TRQM1-TRQM8 F190 0 0
sicnal (PMC axis control)
NB phase detector
disconnection alarm ignore NDCAL 1-NDCAL8 G202 0 0
sianal (PMC axis control)

- 1891 -
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Spindle motor speed SIND G033.7 0 0
command selection
signals
SIND2 G035.7 0 0
Spindle motor speed R011-R121 G032.0-G033.3 0 0
Spindle output control
command signals R0112-R1212 G034.0-G035.3 0 0 10.7
by the PMC
Spindle motor command SSIN G033.6 0 0
polarity selection signals SSIN2 G035.6 0 0
Spindle motor command SGN G033.5 0 0
polarity command signals SGN2 G035.5 0 0
G008.4 0 0
Emergency stop Emergency stop signals *ESP 2.1
X008.4, .0, .1 0 0
All-axis VRDY off alarm
IGNVRY G066.0 0 0
VRDY off alarm ignore iqnore siqnal
2.8
signal Each-axis VRDY off alarm
IGVRY1-IGVRY5 G192.0-G192.4 0 0
ionore siena!
Follow-up Follow-up sicnal *FLWU G007.5 0 0 1.2.8
Proqrarn restart sional SRN G006.0 0 0
Program restart Program restart under way 5.7
SRNMV F002.4 0 0
signal
Position switch Position switch signals PSW01-PSW16 F070,F071 0 0 1.2.10
Auxiliary function code
MOO-M31 F010-F013 0 0
siqnals
Auxiliary function strobe
MF F007.0 0 0
signals
DMOO F009.7 0 0
DM01 F009.6 0 0
Decode M signals
DM02 F009.5 0 0
DM30 F009.4 0 0
Spindle function code
SOO-S31 F022-F025 0 0
siqnals
Auxiliary function/2nd
Spindle function strobe 9.1
auxiliary function SF F007.2 0 0
sicnal
Tool function code siqnals TOO-T31 F026-F029 0 0
Tool function strobe siqnal TF F007.3 0 0
2nd auxiliary function code
BOO-B31 F030-F033 0 0
signals
2nd auxiliary function
BF F007.7 0 0
strobe siqnal
End signal FIN G004.3 0 0
Distribution completion
DEN F001.3 0 0
siqnals
Auxiliary function lock
AFL G005.6 0 0
signal
Auxiliary function lock 9.2
Auxiliary function lock
MAFL F004.4 0 0
check siqnal
Polygon synchronization
Polygon turning PSYN F063.7 0 0 6.9
under way sional
Input signals for P-code
EU100-EU115 G082,G083 0 0
macro
Macro executor 12.15
Output signals for P-code
EUOOO-EU015 F084,F085 0 0
macro

- 1892 -
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
All-axis machine lock
MLK G044.1 0 0
siqnal
Each-axis machine lock
Machine lock MLK1-MLK5 G108.0-G108.4 0 0 5.3 .1
signal
All-axis machine lock
MMLK F004.1 0 0
check siqnal

Waiting M code
No-wait siqnal
No-wait siqnal
NOWT
NMWT
G063.1
G063.7
•• •• 8.2
WaitinQ slqnal
Manual absolute siqnal
WATO
*ABSM
F063.6
G006.2 0
• •0
Manual absolute on/off Manual absolute check 5.4
MABSM F004.2 0 0
siqnal
SWS1 G027.0 0 0
Spindle selection signals
SWS2 G027.1 0 0
Indiv idual spindle stop *SSTP1 G027.3 0 0
signals *SSTP2 G027.4 0 0
Gear selection signals
GR21 ,GR22 G029.0,G029.1 0 0
(input)
2nd position coder
PC2SLC G028.7 0 0 . ~._ - - - . - .- ..
selection siqnal
3rd position coder
PC3SLC G026.0 0 0
selection slonal
4th position coder
Multi-spindle control PC4SLC G026.1 0 0 10 .12
selection siqnal
2nd spindle speed
SOV20 to SOV27 G376 0 0
override sicnals
Spindle command path
SPSP G536.7 0 0
specification signal
Spindle enable signal ENB2 F038.2 0 0
R0102-R1202 F200.0-F201.3 0 0
S 12-bit code signals R0103-R1203 F204.0-F205.3 0 0
R0104-R1204 F270.0-F271 .3 0 0
Multi-spindle address P
MSPOO-MSP15 F160,F161 0 0
siqnals
Mirror irnaqe siqnals M11-M15 G106.0-G106.4 0 0
Mirror image 1.2.7
Mirror imaoe check siqnals MMI1-MMI5 F108 .0-F108.4 0 0
KEY1-KEY4 G046.3-G046.6 0 0 13.2.1
Memory protection key Memory protection signals
KEYP G046.0 0 0 13.2.2
Mode selection siqnals MD1 ,MD2 ,MD4 G043.0-G0432 0 0
Manual data input
MMDI F003 .3 0 0
selection check siunal
Automatic operation
MMEM F003.5 0 0
selection check siqnal
Memory edit selection
Mode selection
MEDT F003.6 0 0
check sional 2.6
Manual handle feed
MH F003 .1 0 0
selection check siqnal
Incremental feed selection
MINC F003.0 0 0
check slonal
Jog feed selection check
MJ F003.2 0 0
siqnal

- 1893 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Function Signal name Symbol Address T M
item
Rigid tapping signal RGTAP G061.0 0 0
Spindle rotation direction RGSPP F065.0 0 0
signals RGSPM F065.1 0 0
Rigid tapping Rigid tapping-in-progress 10.13
RTAP FO?6.3 0 0
signal
Rigid tapping spindle
RGTSP1-RGTSP2 G061.4-G061.5 0 -
selection signals
Rigid tapping retraction
RTNT G062.6 - 0
Retraction for Rigid start signal
5.9
tapping Rigid tapping retraction
RTPT F066.1 - 0
completion sional
External reset siqnal ERS G008.? 0 0
MOl reset confirmation
MOIRST F006.1 0 0
signal
Reset and rewind 5.2
Reset & rewind signal RRW G008.6 0 0
Resetting signal RST F001.1 0 0
Rewinding signal RWO FOOO.O 0 0
Interrupt type custom Interrupt signal for custom
UINT G053.3 0 0 12.6.2
macro macro
Macro call start signal MCST1-MCST16 G512,G513 0 0
Mode change completion
MCFIN G514.0 0 0
sional
Macro call executing
MCEXE F512.0 0 0
signal
Mode change request
MCRQ F512.1 0 0
siqnal
One touch macro call M01R F513.0 0 0 16.6
M02R F513.1 0 0
Mode notification signal M04R F513.2 0 0
ONCIR F513.5 0 0
ZRNR F513.? 0 0
Abnormal end signal MCSP F512.2 0 0
Call program confirmation
MCEX1-MCEX16 F514,F515 0 0
sional

- 1894-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

A.2.2 List of Signals (In Order of Symbols)

o :Available
• : Available only with 2-path control
- . Unavailable
Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
*ABSM Manual absolute signal G006.2 0 0 5.4
*+ED1 -*+ED5 External deceleration signals 1 G118.0-G118.4 0 0 7.1.9
*+ED21-*+ED25 External deceleration slonals 2 G101.0-G101.4 0 0 7.1 .9
*+ED31-*+ED35 External deceleration siunals 3 G107.0-G107.4 0 0 7.1 .9
*+L 1-*+L5 Overtravel siqnals G114.0-G114.4 0 0 2.3.1
*-ED1-*-ED5 External deceleration siqnals 1 G120 .0-G120.4 0 0 7.1 .9
*-ED21-*-ED25 External deceleration siqnals 2 G103.0-G103.4 0 0 7.1.9
*-ED31- *-ED35 External deceleration siunals 3 G109.0-G109.4 0 0 7.1 .9
*-L 1-*-L5 Overtravel siqnals G116.0-G116.4 0 0 2.3.1
*BSL Block start interlock siqnal G008.3 0 0 2.5
*BECLP B axis clamp completion siqnal G038 .7 - 0 13.12
B axis unciamp completion
*BEUCP G038.6 - 0 13.12
signal
*CDZ Chamferinq signal G053.7 0 -- 12.8
Cutting block start interlock
*CSL G008.1 0 0 2.5
slqnal
Reference position return X009.0-X009.4 0 0
*DEC1-*DEC5 4.1
deceleration signals G196 .0-G196.4 0 0
Controlled axis selection status
*EAXSL F129.7 0 0 16.1
slqnals (PMC axis control)
X008.4 , .0, .1 0 0
*ESP Emergency stop signals 2.1
* G008.4 0 0
*ESPA Emergency stop signals (serial G071.1 0 0
10.3
*ESPB spindle) G075.1 0 0
0.1 % rapid traverse override G352.0-G352.7
*FHROO-*FHRV9 0 0 7.1.7 .1
signals G353.0-G353.1
*FLWU Follow-up signal G007.5 0 0 1.2.8
*FVO-*FV7 Feedrate override signals G012 0 0 7.1.7.2
*EFOVO-*EFOV7 G151 0 0
*EFOVOB-*EFOV7B Feedrate override signals (for G163 0 0
16.1
*EFOVOC-*EFOV7C group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G175 0 0
*EFOVOD-*EFOV7D G187 0 0
Software operator's panel signal
*FVOO-*FV70 F078 0 0 13.1.2
(*FVO-*FV7)
1% rapid traverse override
*HROVO-*HROV6 G096 .0-G096.6 0 0 7.1.7.1,7.1.9
slonals
*IT Interlock sionat for all axes G008.0 0 0 2.5
*In-*1t5 Interlock siqnal for each axis G130.0-G130.4 0 0 2.5
Manual feed rate override
*JVO-*JV15 G010 ,G011 0 0 3.1
signals
Software operator's panel signal
*JVOO-*JV150 F079 ,F080 0 0 13.1.2
(*JVO-*JV15)
*PLSST Polygon spindle stop signal G038 .0 0 0 6.9.2

- 1895 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
*SCPFA
Spindle clamp completion signal
G028".5 0 0 10.10
*SCPFB G401.1 0 0
*SP Feed hold signal G008.5 0 0 5.1
*SSTP Spindle stop signal G029.6 0 0 10.6
*SSTP1 G027.3 0 0
Individual spindle stop signals 10.12
* *SSTP2 G027.4 0 0
*SUCPFA Spindle unclamp completion G028.4 0 0
10.10
*SUCPFB signal G400.1 0 0
*TL VO-*TLV9 Tool life count override sionals G049.0-G050.1 0 0 11.4
Tail stock barrier selection
*TSB G060.7 0 - 2.3.6
signal
Stored stroke limit 1 switching
+EXL 1-+EXL5 G104.0-G1 04.4 0 0 2.3.2
siqnals in axis direction
Feed axis and direction
+J1-+J5 G100.0-G100.4 0 0 3.1
selection signals
Software operator's panel signal F081.0,F081.2,
+J10-+J40 0 0 13.1.2
(+J1-+J4) F081.4,F081.6
+ Stroke limit external setting
+LM1-+LM5 G110.0-G110.4 0 0 2.3.5
signals
X004.2,X004.4
+MIT1,+MIT2 Tool offset write signals 0 - 15.4.2
G132.0,G132.1
Interlock signal for each axis
+MIT1-+MIT5 G132.0-G132.4 - 0 2.5
direction
+OT1-+0T5 Overtravel alarm slonals F124.0-F124.4 0 0 2.3.2
Stored stroke limit 1 switching
-EXL 1--EXL5 G105.0-G105.4 0 0 2.3.2
signals in axis direction
Feed axis and direction
-J1--J5 G102.0-G1 02.4 0 0 3.1
selection siqnals
Software operator's panel signal F081.1,F081.3,
-J10--J40 0 0 13.1.2
(-J1--J4) F081.5,F081.7
Feed axis and direction
-Jg,-Ja G086.1,G086.3 0 0 3.4
selection siqnals
- Stroke limit external setting
-LM1--LM5 G112.0-G112.4 0 0 2.3.5
siqnals
X004.3,X004.5
-MIT1,-MIT2 Tool offset write signals 0 - 15.4.2
G134.0,G134.1
Interlock signal for each axis
-MIT1--MIT5 G134.0-G134.4 - 0 2.5
direction
-OT1--0T5 Overtravel alarm signals F126.0-F126.4 0 0 2.3.2

Unexpected disturbance torque

ABDT1-ABDT5 F184.0-F184.4 0 0 2.9
detection signal
Servo axis unexpected
ABTQSV disturbance torque detection F090.0 0 0 2.9
siqnal
A 1st spindle unexpected
ABTSP1 disturbance torque detection F090.1 0 0 2.9
siqnal
2nd spindle unexpected
ABTSP2 disturbance torque detection F090.2 0 0 2.9
siqnal

- 1896 -
 A.lNTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
AFL Auxiliary function lock slqnal G005 .6 0 0 9.2
AICC AI contour control mode siqnal F062.0 0 0 7.1.11
AL Alarm siqnal F001.0 0 0 2.4
ALMA F045 .0 0 0
Alarm signals (serial spindle) 10.3
ALMB F049.0 0 0
A AROO-AR15 F040,F041 0 0
Actual spindle speed signals 10.9
AR002-AR152 F202,F203 0 0
ARSTA Alarm reset signals (serial G071.0 0 0
10.3
ARSTB spindle) G075.0 0 0
Automatic data backup
ATBK F520.0 0 0
executlnq siqnal
2nd auxiliary function code
BOO-B31 F030-F033 0 0 9.1
sianals
BAL Battery alarm siqnal F001 .2 0 0 2.4
BCLP B axis clamp skmal F061 .1 - 0 13.12
BDT1 G044.0 0 0
Optional block skip signals 5.5
BDT2-BDT9 G045 0 0
B Software operator's panel signal
BDTO F075.2 0 0 13.1.2
(BDT)
2nd auxiliary function strobe
BF F007 .7 0 0 9.1
siqnal
2nd auxiliary function
BFIN G005 .7 0 0 9.4
completion signal
BUCLP B axis unclamp signal F061 .0 - 0 13.12
Dual display forcible end
C2SEND G295 .6 0 0 13.1.9
request siqnal
Dual display forcible end status
C2SENO F295.6 0 0 13.1.9
slonal
CFINA Spindle switch completion F046.1 0 0
10.3
CFINB signals (serial spindle) F050.1 0 0
CHPA Power line switch signa ls (serial F046.0 0 0
10.3
CHPB spindle) F050.0 0 0
Torque limit reach signals for
CLRCH1-CLRCH5 reference position setting with F180 .0-F180.4 0 0 4.5
mechanical stopper
CNCKY Key control selection sional G295.7 0 0 13.1 .9
Key control selection status
CNCKYO F295.7 0 0 13.1.9
C signal
Cs contour control change
CON G027.7 0 0 10.11
siqnal
CONS1 Cs contour control change G274.0 0 0
signal 10.11
CONS2 G274 .1 0 0
(for each spindle)

COSP
Path spindle command
confirmation siqnal
F064.5
• • 8.8

COSP1
COSP2
Path spindle command
confirmation signal
F063.3
F063.4
•• •• 8.8

CSFI1 Cs axis coordinate G274.4 0 0

10.11.3
CSFI2 establishment request signals G274.5 0 0
CSF01 Cs axis coordinate F274.4 0 0
CSF02 establishment alarm signals F274.5 0 0

- 1897 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
CSPENA Cs axis origin established state F048.4 0 0
CSPENB signals F052.4 0 0
C
CSS Constant surface speed signal F002.2 0 0 10.8
CTH1A,CTH2A Clutch/gear signals (serial G070.3,G070.2 0 0
10.3
CTH1 B,CTH2B spindle) G074.3,G074.2 0 0
CUT Cutting feed signal F002.6 0 0 2.7

Differential speed mode

DEFMDA G072.3 0 0
command signals (serial 10.3
spindle)
DEFMDB G076.3 0 0
DEN Distribution completion signals F001.3 0 0 9.1
DMOO F009.7 0 0
DM01 F009.6 0 0
Decode M signals 9.1
DM02 F009.5 0 0
D
DM30 F009.4 0 0
DMMC Direct operation select siqnal G042.7 0 0 5.12
DNCI DNC operation select siqnal G043.5 0 0 5.10
DNCIR Mode notification siqnal F513.5 0 0 16.6
DRN Dry run siqnal G046.7 0 0 5.3.2
Software operator's panel signal
DRNO F075.5 0 0 13.1.2
(DRN)
DTCH1-DTCH5 Controlled axis detach signals G124.0-G124.4 0 0 1.2.5,1.15
Address signals for external
EA6 to EAO G002.6-G002.0 0 0 16.2
data input
EABUFA F131.1 0 0
EABUFB Buffer full signals (for group 1 to F134.1 0 0
16.1
EABUFC 4) (PMC axis control) F137.1 0 0
EABUFD F140.1 0 0
Controlling signals(PMC axis
EACNT1-EACNT5 F182.0-F182.4 0 0 16.1
control)
Distribution completion
EADEN1-EADEN5 F112.0-F112.4 0 0 16.1
signals(PMC axis control)
Control axis selection
EAX1-EAX5 G136.0-G136.4 0 0 16.1
siQnals(PMC axis control)
Axis control superimposed
E EASIP1-EASIP8 command signals (PMC axis G200 0 0 16.1
control)
EBSYA F130.7 0 0
Axis control command read
EBSYB F133.7 0 0
completion signals (for group 1 16.1
EBSYC F136.7 0 0
to 4) (PMC axis control)
EBSYD F139.7 0 0
EBUFA G142.7 0 0
Axis control command read
EBUFB G154.7 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EBUFC G166.7 0 0
axis control)
EBUFD G178.7 0 0
ECOA-EC6A G143.0-G143.6 0 0
Axis control command signals
ECOB-EC6B G155.0-G155.6 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC axis 16.1
ECOC-EC6C G167.0-G167.6 0 0
control)
ECOD-EC6D G179.0-G179.6 0 0

- 1898 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
ECKZA F130.1 0 0
Following zero checking signals
ECKZB
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
F133.1 0 0 16.1
ECKZC
control)
F136.1 0 0
ECKZD F139.1 0 0
ECLRA G142.6 0 0
ECLRB Reset signals (for group 1 to 4) G154.6 0 0 16.1
ECLRC (PMC axis control) G166.6 0 0
ECLRD G178.6 0 0
Data signals for external data G211,G210,
ED31 to EDO 0 0 16.2
input GOO1,GOOO
EDENA F130.3 0 0
Auxiliary function executing
EDENB F133.3 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EDENC F136.3 0 0
axis control)
EDEND F139.3 0 0
EDRN Dry run siqnal(PMC axis control) G150.7 0 0 16.1
EFINA G142.0 0 0
Auxiliary function completion
EFINB G154.0 0 0
signal (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EFINC G166.0 0 0
axis control)
EFIND G178.0 0 0
EGENA F130A 0 0
EGENB Axis moving signals (for group 1 F133A 0 0
16.1
EGENC to 4) (PMC axis control) F136A 0 0
EGEND F139A 0 0
E 0
EIALA F130.2 0
EIALB Alarm signal (for group 1 to 4) F133.2 0 0
16.1
EIALC (PMC axis control) F136.2 0 0
EIALD F139.2 0 0
EIDOA-EID31A G146-G149 0 0
EIDOB-EID31B Axis control data signals (for G158-G161 0 0
16.1
EIDOC-EID31C group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G170-G173 0 0
EIDOD-EID31 D G182-G185 0 0
EIFOA-EIF15A G144,G145 0 0
EIFOB-EIF15B Axis control feedrate signals (for G156,G157 0 0
16.1
EIFOC-EIF15C group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G168,G169 0 0
EIFOD-EIF15D G180 ,G181 0 0
EINPA F130.0 0 0
EINPB In-position signals (for group 1 F133.0 0 0
16.1
EINPC to 4) (PMC axis control) F136.0 0 0
EINPD F139.0 0 0
EKCO-EKC7 Key code signals G098 0 0 16.5
Key code read completion
EKENB F053.7 0 0 16.5
siqnat
EKSET Key code read siqnal G066.7 0 0 16.5
ELCKZA G142.1 0 0
Accumulated zero check signal
ELCKZB G154.1 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC axis 16.1
ELCKZC G166.1 0 0
control)
ELCKZD G178.1 0 0

- 1899 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
EM11A-EM48A F132 ,F142 0 0
Auxiliary function code signals
EM11B-EM48B
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC axis
F135,F145 0 0 16.1
EM11 C-EM48C
control) F138,F148 0 0
EM11D-EM48D F141,F151 0 0
EMBUFA G142.2 0 0
EMBUFB Buffering disable signals (for G154.2 0 0
16.1
EMBUFC group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G166 .2 0 0
EMBUFD G178.2 0 0
EMFA F131.0 0 0
Auxiliary function strobe signals
EMFB F134.0 0 0
(for group 1 to 4) (PMC axis 16.1
EMFC F137.0 0 0
control)
EMFD F140.0 0 0
EMF2A F131.2 0 0
Auxiliary function 2nd strobe
EMF2B F134.2 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EMF2C F137.2 0 0
axis control)
EMF2D F140.2 0 0
EMF3A F131.3 0 0
Auxiliary function 3rd strobe
EMF3B F134.3 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EMF3C F137.3 0 0
axis control)
EMF3D F140.3 0 0
EMSBKA G143.7 0 0
EMSBKB Block stop disable signals (for G155 .7 0 0
16.1
EMSBKC group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G167.7 0 0
E EMSBKD G179.7 0 0
Extended external machine zero
EMZO to EMZ15 , f.5 j. -Ij. 1280 0 0 16.3
point shift siqnal
ENB F001.4 0 0 10.6
Spindle enable signal
ENB2 F038.2 0 0 10.12
External key input mode
ENBKY G066.1 0 0 16.5
selection signal
EOTNA F130.6 0 0
Negative-direction overtravel
EOTNB F133.6 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EOTNC F136.6 0 0
axis control)
EOTND F139.6 0 0
EOTPA F130.5 0 0
Positive-direction overtravel
EOTPB F133.5 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4) (PMC 16.1
EOTPC F136 .5 0 0
axis control)
EOTPD F139.5 0 0
Override 0% signal (PMC axis
EOVO F129 .5 0 0 16.1
control)
EOVC G150.5 0 0
EOVCB Override cancel signal (for G162.5 0 0
16.1
EOVCC group 1 to 4) (PMC axis control) G174.5 0 0
EOVCD G186.5 0 0
Extended external workpiece
EPNO-EPN13 G024 .0-G025.5 0 0 16.4
number search signals
External workpiece number
EPNS G025.7 0 0 16.4
search start siqnal

- 1900 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Read completion signal for
EREND F060.0 0 0 16.2
external data input
Rapid traverse override signals
EROV1 ,EROV2 G150.0,G150.1 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
ERS External reset siqnal G008.7 0 0 5.2
Manual rapid traverse selection
ERT G150.6 0 0 16.1
signal (PMC axis control)
ERTVA Automatic screen erasing signal F006.2 0 0 13.1.13
ESBKA G142.3 0 0
ESBKB Block stop signals (for group 1 G154.3 0 0
16.1
ESBKC to 4) (PMC axis control) G166.3 0 0
ESBKD G178.3 0 0
Search cancel signal for
ESCAN F060.2 0 0 16.2
external data input
Search completion signal for
ESEND F060.1 0 0 16.2
external data input
ESKIP Skip siqnal(PMC axis control) X004.6 0 0 16.1
ESOFA G142.4 0 0
E
ESOFB Servo off signals (for group 1 to G154.4 0 0
16.1
ESOFC 4) (PMC axis control) G166.4 0 0
ESOFD G178.4 0 0
Simple spindle synchronous
ESRSYC G064 .6 0 0 10.17
control signal
ESSYC1 Simple spindle synchronous G264 .0 0 0
10.17
ESSYC2 control signal (for each sp indle) G264 .1 0 0
Read signal for external data
ESTB G002.7 0 0 16.2
input
ESTPA G142.5 0 0
Axis control temporary stop
ESTPB G154.5 0 0
signals (for group 1 to 4 ) (PMC 16.1
ESTPC G166.5 0 0
axis control)
ESTPD G178.5 0 0
EU100-EU115 Input signals for P-code macro G082,G083 0 0 12.15
EUOOO-EU015 Output signals for P-code macro F084 ,F085 0 0 12.15
Stored stroke limit 1 change
EXLM G007 .6 0 0 2.3 .2
signal
EXRD External read start signal G058 .1 0 0 14.2
EXSTP External read/punch stop signal G058 .2 0 0 14.2
EXWT External punch start slqnal G058.3 0 0 14.2
F1D One-digit F code feed siqnal G016.7 - 0 7.1.5
FEEDO Feed zero signal F066.2 0 0 3.5
0.1% step rapid traverse
FHROV G353 .7 0 0 7.1.7 .1
override selection signals

F
FIN End siqnal G004.3 0 0 9.1
FCSS1 Cs contour control change F274.0 0 0
completion signal 10.11
FCSS2 F274 .1 0 0
(for each spindle)
Cs contour control change
FSCSL F044.1 0 0 10.11
completion signal

- 1901 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNC AND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Spindle synchronous speed
FSPPH F044.3 0 0 10.14
control completion signal
FSPPH1 Spindle synchronous speed F289 .0 0 0
control completion signal (for 10.14
FSPPH2 F289.1 0 0
each spindle)
F Spindle phase synchronous
FSPSY F044.2 0 0 10.14
control siqnal
FSPSY1 Spindle phase synchronous F288.0 0 0
10.14
FSPSY2 control signal (for each spindle) F288.1 0 0
Forward movement prohibition
FWSTP G531.0 0 0 3.5
signal
Tool offset write mode select
GOQSM G039.7 0 0 15,4.2
signal
GR1,GR2 Gear selection signals (input) G028 .1,G028.2 0 0 10.6
G
GR10,GR20,GR3
Gear selection signals (output) F034.0-F034.2 - 0 10.6
a
GR21 ,GR22 Gear selection signals (input) G029 .0,G029 .1 0 0 10.12
Hard copy cancellation request
HCAB2 F061.2 0 0 13.1.14
reception signal
Hard copy cancellation request
HCABT G067 .6 0 0 13.1.14
signal
Hard copy execution status
HCEXE F061.3 0 0 13.1.14
signal
Hard copy execution request
HCREQ G067.7 0 0 13.1.14
signal
HDOO-HD03 High-speed skip status signals F122.0-F122.3 0 0 15.3.2
Selecting direction of manual
HDSR G193 .3 0 0 3.5
handle rotation signal

HEAD
Path select signal(Tool post
select signal)
Maximum manual hand le
G063.0
• • 8.11,13.3

3.2
HNDLF G023.3 0 0
feed rate switch signal 7.1.9
Manual handle feed direction
H HDN G347.1 0 0 3 .2
inversion signal
1% step rapid traverse override 7.1.7.1
HROV G096.7 0 0
selection signals 7.1.9
HREV Handle-svnchronous feed slcnal G023,4 0 0 3.5
Manual handle feed axis
HS1A-HS1D G018.0-G018.3 0 0 3.2
selection signals
Software operator's panel signal
HS1AO F077.0 0 0 13.1.2
(HS1A)
Software operator's panel signal
HS1BO F077.1 0 0 13.1.2
(HS1B)
Software operator's panel signal
HS1CO F077.2 0 0 13.1.2
(HS1C)
Software operator's panel signal
HS1DO F077.3 0 0 13.1.2
(HS1D)
Manual handle interrupt axis
HS1IA-HS1ID G041.0-G041.3 0 0 3.3
selection signals

- 1902-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Manual handle feed axis
HS2A-HS2D G018.4-G018.7 0 0 3.2
selection signals
Manual handle interrupt axis
HS2IA-HS2ID G041.4-G041 .7 0 0 3.3
selection signals
H
Manual handle feed axis
HS3A-HS3D G019.0-G019.3 - 0 3.2
selection signals
Manual handle interrupt axis
HS3IA -HS3ID G042.0-G042.3 0 0 3.3
selection signals
All-axis VRDY off alarm ignore
IGNVRY G066.0 0 0 2.8
signal
I
Each-axis VRDY off alarm
IGVRY1-IGVRY5 G192.0-G192.4 0 0 2.8
ignore signal
INCH Inch input signal F002.0 0 0 12.5
INCMDA Incremental command G072.5 0 0
externally set orientation signals 10.3
INCMDB G076.5 0 0
(serial spind le)
INCSTA Incremental orientation mode F047.1 0 0
10.3
INCSTB signals (serial spindle) F051.1 0 0
INDXA Orientation stop position change G072.0 0 0
command signals (serial 10.3
INDXB G076.0 0 0
spindle)
INFD In-feed control cut start signal G063 .6 - 0 12.9
I
INHKY Kev input disable signal F053.0 0 0 16.5
INP1-INP5 In-position signa ls F104.0-F1 04.4 0 0 7.2.5
INTGA Speed integral signals (serial G071 .5 0 0
10.3
INTGB spindle) G075 .5 0 0
Manual handle generators
IOLBH1 , IOLBH2 G199.0, G199.1 0 0 3.4
selection signal

ITF01-ITF10
Path interference check
association signal
Unexpected disturbance torque
G406.0-G407.1
• - 8.3

IUDD1-IUDD5 G125 .0-G125.4 0 0 2.9

detection ignore slonal
KEY1-KEY4 Memory protection sicnals G046 .3-G046.6 0 0 13.2.1
Software operator's panel signal
K KEYO F075.6 0 0 13.1.2
(KEY1-KEY4)
KEYP Memory protection signals G046 .0 0 0 13.2.2

LDT1A Load detection signals 1 (serial F045.4 0 0

10.3
spindle)
LDT1B F049.4 0 0
L LDT2A Load detection signals 2 F045.5 0 0
10.3
LDT2B (serial spindle) F049.5 0 0
LFCIF Tool life counting disable signal F093.2 0 0 11.4
LFCIV Tool life counting disable signal G048.2 0 0 11.4
MOO-M31 Auxiliary function code signals F010-F013 0 0 9.1
M200-M215 2nd M function code signals F014-F015 0 0 9.3
M300-M315 3rd M funct ion code signals F016-F017 0 0 9.3
MA CNC ready signal F001.7 0 0 2.2
M MABSM Manual absolute check signal F004.2 0 0 5.4
Auxiliary function lock check
MAFL F004.4 0 0 9.2
signal
MBDT1 Optional block skip check F004.0 0 0
5.5
MBDT2-MBDT9 signals F005 0 0

- 1903 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
MCEX1-MCEX16 Call oroorarn confirmation siqnal F514,F515 0 0 16.6
MCEXE Macro call executinq siqnal F512.0 0 0 16.6
MCFIN Mode chance completion siqnal G514.0 0 0 16.6
MCFNA Power line switch completion G071.3 0 0
10.3
MCFNB signals (serial spindle) G075.3 0 0
Handle available signal in
MCHK G067.3 0 0 3.5
checking mode
MCRQ Mode chance request siqnal F512.1 0 0 16.6
MCSP Abnormal end siqnal F512.2 0 0 16.6
MCST1-MCST16 Macro call start siqnal G512,G513 0 0 16.6
MD1,MD2,MD4 Mode selection sianals G043.0-G043.2 0 0 2.6
Software operator's panel signal
MD10 F073.0 0 0 13.1.2
(MD1)
MD1R Mode notification signal F513.0 0 0 16.6
Software operator's panel signal
MD20 F073.1 0 0 13.1.2
(MD2)
MD2R Mode notification slcnal F513.1 0 0 16.6
Software operator's panel signal
MD40 F073.2 0 0 13.1.2
(MD4)
MD4R Mode notification sianal F513.2 0 0 16.6
MDIRST MDI reset confirmation sicnal F006.1 0 0 5.2
MDRN Dry run check sional F002.7 0 0 5.3.2
MDTCH1- Controlled axis detach status
F11 0.0-F11 0.4 0 0 1.2.5,1.15
MDTCH5 siqnals
Memory edit selection check
M MEDT F003.6 0 0 2.6
siqnal
MF Auxiliary function strobe siqnals F007.0 0 0 9.1
MF2 2nd M function strobe siqnal F008.4 0 0 9.3
MF3 3rd M function strobe siqnal F008.5 0 0 9.3
Auxiliary function completion
MFIN G005.0 0 0 9.4
sianal
2nd M function completion
MFlN2 G004.4 0 0 9.4
siqnal
MFlN3 3rd M function completion siqnal G004.5 0 0 9.4
MFNHGA Spindle switch MAIN MCC G072.6 0 0
contact status signals (serial 10.3
MFNHGB G076.6 0 0
spindle)
Manual handle feed selection
MH F003.1 0 0 2.6
check siqnal
M11-M15 Mirror image signals G106.0-G106.4 0 0 1.2.7

Incremental feed selection

MINC F003.0 0 0 2.6
check signal
MIT Tool offset write signals X004.2-X004.5 0 - 15.4.2
Composite control axis change
MIX1-MIX5 G128.0-G128.4 0 0 8.5
selection siqnals
Composite axis confirmation
MIX01-MIX05 F343.0-F343.4 0 0 8.5
sianals
MJ JOQ feed selection check sianal F003.2 0 0 2.6
MLK All-axis machine lock sional G044.1 0 0 5.3.1
MLK1-MLK5 Each-axis machine lock siqnal G108.0-G108.4 0 0 5.3.1

- 1904-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Software operator's panel signal
MLKO F075.4 0 0 13.1.2
(MLK)
Manual data input selection
MMDI F003.3 0 0 2.6
check signal
Automatic operation selection
MMEM F003 .5 0 0 2.6
check slqnal
MMI1-MMI5 Mirror irnaqe check siqnals F108 .0-F1 08.4 0 0 1.2.7
All-axis machine lock check
MMLK F004.1 0 0 5.3.1
siqnal
MMMOD Check mode confirmation sional F091.3 0 0 3.5
MMOD Checkinq mode sianal G067.2 0 0 3.5
Direction change prohibition
MNCHG F091.1 0 0 3.5
signal
MORA1A Magnetic sensor orientation F046.6 0 0
completion signals (serial 10.3
MORA1B F050.6 0 0
spindle)
MORA2A Magnetic sensor orientation F046.7 0 0
10.3
MORA2B proximity signals (serial spindle) F050.7 0 0
MORCMA Magnetic sensor orientation G073.0 0 0
command signals (serial 10.3
MORCMB
spindle)
G077.0 0 ·0
Manual handle feed amount
MP1 ,MP2 selection signals (incremental G019.4,G019.5 0 0 3.2,3.5
feed sicnals)
M MP21 ,MP22 Manual handle feed amount G087.0,G087.1
0 0 3.2
MP31 ,MP32 selection siqnals G087.3,G087.4
Software operator's panel signal
MPlO F076.0 0 0 13.1 .2
(MP1)
Software operator's panel signal
MP20 F076.1 0 0 13.1 .2
(MP2)
MPOFA Motor power cutoff command G073.2 0 0
10.3
MPOFB signals (serial spindle) G077.2 0 0
MRDYA Machine ready signals (serial G070.7 0 0
10.3
MRDYB spindle) G074.7 0 0
Manual reference position return
MREF F004 .5 0 0 4 .1
selection check sional
DNC operation selection confirm
MRMT F003.4 0 0 5.10 ,5.12
siqnal
Reverse movement prohibition
MRVM G531 .1 0 0 3.5
signal
MRVMD Reverse movement siqnal F091 .0 0 0 3.5
Reverse movement prohibition
MRVSP F091 .2 0 0 3.5
siqnal
MSBK Sinqle block check sianal F004 .3 0 0 5.3.3
MSPOO-MSP15 Multi-spindle address P slonals F160 ,F161 0 0 10.12
MSPOSA Spindle positioning mode F039 .0 0 0
10.10
MSPOSB signals F402.1 0 0
Manual tool compensation tool
MT8NOO-MT8N31 G525-G528 0 - 11.1.4
number signal (8 digits)

- 1905 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Manual tool compensation -
MTLA F061.5 0 11.1.4
completion siqnal
Manual tool compensation -
MTLANG F061.4 0 11.1.4
uncompleted sional
Manual tool compensation -
M MTLC G067.0 0 11.1.4
command number
Manual tool compensation tool
MTLNOO-MTLN 15 G068,G069 0 - 11.1.4
number siqnal (4 dioits)
MV1-MV5 Axis rnovinq siqnals F102.0-F1 02.4 0 0 1.2.6
MV01-MV05 Axis rnovinc direction sinnals F106.0-F1 06.4 0 0 1.2.6
AlB phase detector
NOCAL 1-NOCAL8 disconnection alarm ignore G202 0 0 16.1
siqnal(PMC axis control)
NMWT
NOWT
No-wait siqnal
No-wait siqnal
G063.7
G063.1
•• •• 8.2
8.2
Signal for disabling angular axis
NOZAGC control for the perpendicular G063.5 0 0 1.8
N axis
NPOS1-NPOS5 Axis non-display siqnals G198.0-G198.4 0 0
NRROA Shortcut command signals for G072.2 0 0
orientation stop position change 10.3
NRROB G076.2 0 0
(serial spindle)
Signal for disabling torque
NSYNCA difference alarm detection for G059.7 0 0 1.6
axis synchronous control
OFNO-OFN5, Tool offset number selection G039.0-G039.5,
0 0 15.4.2
OFN6-0FN9 slqnals G040.0-G040.3
OP Automatic operation siqnal FOOO.7 0 0 5.1
ORARA Orientation completion signals F045.7 0 0
10.3
ORARB (serial spindle) F049.7 0 0
ORCMA Orientation command signals G070.6 0 0 10.3
ORCMB (serial spindle) G074.6 0 0 10.14
Software operator's panel
OUTO-OUT15 F072,F074 0 0 13.1.2
ueneral-ouroose switch siunals
0 OVC Override cancel siqnal G006.4 0 0 7.1.7.4
Superimposed control axis
OVLS 1-0VLS5 G190.0-G190.4 0 0 8.6
selection signals
Superimposed control master
OVM01-0VM05 F344.0-F344.4 0 0 8.6
axis confirmation siqnals
OVRA Analog override signals (serial G072.4 0 0
10.3
OVRB spindle) G076.4 0 0
Superimposed control slave axis
OVS01-0VS05 F345.0-F345.4 0 0 8.6
confirmation signals
Absolute position detector
PBATL F172.7 0 0 1.4.3
battery voltaoe low alarm siqnal
Absolute position detector
p PBATZ battery voltage zero alarm F172.6 0 0 1.4.3
signal
PC1DEA Position coder one-rotation F047.0 0 0
signal detection status signals 10.3
PC1DEB F051.0 0 0
(serial spindle)

- 1906-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
2nd position coder selection
PC2SLC G028.7 0 0 10 .12
slqnal
3rd position coder selection
PC3SLC G026 .0 0 0 10.12
signa l
4th position coder selection
PC4SLC G026.1 0 0 10.12
slqnal
Small-hole peck drilling cycle in
PECK2 F066 .5 - 0 12.7
orooress siona l
PK1-PKS Parkinq slonals G122.0-G122.4 0 0 8.5
G122.6
PKESS1 1st spindle parking signal 0 0 10.17
(G031.6)
G122.7
PKESS2 2nd spindle park ing signal 0 0 10 .17
(G031 .7)
PKESE1 Simple spindle synchronous G26S.0 0 0
10.17
PKESE2 parking signal (for each spindle) G26S.1 0 0
PN1 ,PN2 ,PN4 , External workpiece number
P G009.0-GOO9.4 0 0 16.4
PN16 search signals
PORA2A Pos ition coder orientation F046 .5 0 0
10.3
PORA2B prox imity signal (serial spindle) F050.5 0 .' 0
PRC Position record signal G040.6 0 - 15.4 .1
PRGDPL Key input disable signal FOS3.1 0 0 16.5
PRTSF Tarcet Dart count reached signal F062.7 0 0 13.1.1
Polygon spindle speed arrival
PSAR F063 .2 0 0 6.9.2
signal
Polygon master axis not arrival
PSE1 F063 .0 0 0 6.9.2
skmal
Polygon synchronization axis
PSE2 F063 .1 0 0 6.9.2
not arrival signal
PSW01-PSW16 Position switch signals F070,F071 0 0 1.2 .10
Polygon synchronization under
PSYN F063.7 0 0 6.9
way siqnal
PWFL Power failure dece leration siqnal G203 .7 0 0 1.13
R011-R121 Spindle motor speed command G032.0-G033.3 0 0
10.7
R0112-R1212 signals G034.0-G035.3 0 0
ROlO-R120 F036.0-F037.3 0 0 10.6
R0102-R1202 F200 .0-F201.3 0 0
S 12-bit code signals
R0103-R1203 F204.0-F205.3 0 0 10.12
R0104-R1204 F270 .0-F271 .3 0 0
RCFNA Output switch completion F046.3 0 0
10.3
R RCFNB signals (serial spindle) F050.3 0 0
RCHA Power line status check signals G071.7 0 0
10.3
RCHB (seria l spindle) G07S.7 0 0
RCHHGA Sp indle switch HIGH MCC G072.7 0 0
contact status signa ls (serial 10.3
RCHHGB G076 .7 0 0
spindle)
RCHPA Output switch signals (serial F046 .2 0 0
10 .3
RCHPB spindle) F050 .2 0 0

- 1907 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
RGSPM
Spindle rotation direction signals
F065:1 0 0 10.13
RGSPP F065.0 0 0
RGTAP Riqid tappinq siqnal G061.0 0 0 10.13
Rigid tapping spindle selection -
RGTSP1-RGTSP2 G061.4-G061.5 0 10.13
signals
RLSOT Stroke limit 1 release siqnal G007.7 0 0 2.3.2
RLSOT3 Stroke limit 3 release sional G007.4 0 0 2.3.3
ROTAA Rotational direction command G072.1 0 0
signals for orientation stop 10.3
ROTAB G076.1 0 0
position chance (serial spindle)
ROV1,RQV2 Rapid traverse override siqnals G014.0,G014.1 0 0 7.1.7.1
Software operator's panel signal
ROV10 F076.4 0 0 13.1.2
(ROV1)
Software operator's panel signal
ROV20 F076.5 0 0 13.1.2
(ROV2)
Rapid traverse block overlap 7.2.1.2
ROVLP G053.5 0 0
disable signal 7.2.1.3
RPALM Read/punch alarm signal F053.3 0 0 14.2
RPBSY Read/punch busy signal F053.2 0 0 14.2
R
RPDO Rapid traversinq siqnal F002.1 0 0 2.7,7.1.1
RRW Reset & rewind siqnal G008.6 0 0 5.2
RSLA Output switch request signals G071.6 0 0
10.3
RSLB (serial spindle) G075.6 0 0
Spindle synchronous speed
RSMAX F065.2 0 0 10.14
ratio control clamp signal
RST Resetting signal F001.1 0 0 5.2
Manual rapid traverse selection
RT G019.7 0 0 3.1
sicnal
RTAP Riqid taooino-in-orooress siqnal F076.3 0 0 10.13
Rigid tapping retraction start
RTNT G062.6 - 0 5.9
siqnal
Software operator's panel signal
RTO F077.6 0 0 13.1.2
(RT)
Rigid tapping retraction
RTPT F066.1 - 0 5.9
completion siqnal
RTRCT Retract sional G066.4 0 0 1.9,6.12
RTRCTF Retract completion siqnal F065.4 0 0 1.9,6.12
RWD Rewindinq siqnat FOOO.O 0 0 5.2
SOO-S31 Spindle function code siqnals F022-F025 0 0 9.1
Spindle 1 under measurement
S1MES F062.3 0 - 15.4.2
signal
Spindle 2 under measurement -
S S2MES F062.4 0 15.4.2
siqnal
Spindle measurement select
S2TLS G040.5 0 - 15.4.2
siqnal
SA Servo ready sional FOOO.6 0 0 2.2

- 1908-
 /
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
SAR Spindle speed arrival siqnal G029.4 0 0 10.6
SARA Spindle speed arr ival signal F045 .3 0 0
10.3
SARB (serial spindle) F049 .3 0 0
SBK Slnqle block sinnal G046.1 0 0 5.3.3
Software operator's panel signal
SBKO F075 .3 0 0 13.1.2
(SBK)
Spindle synchronous speed
SBRT G038.1 0 0 10.14
ratio control signal
SCLPA F038.0 0 0
Spindle clamp signal 10.10
SCLPB F401.1 0 0
SOTA Speed detection signals (serial F045 .2 0 0
10.3
SOTB spindle) F049.2 0 0
SF Spindle function strobe signal F007.2 0 0 9.1
Spindle function completion
SFIN G005.2 0 0 9.4
siqna l
SFRA CW command signals (serial G070.5 0 0
10.3
SFRB spindle) G074.5 0 0
SGN Spindle motor command polarity G033 .5 0 0
10.7
SGN2 command signals G035.5 0 0
SHOOA-SH11A Spindle orientation external stop G078.0-G079.3 0 0
10.15
SHOOB-SH11 B position command signals G080.0-G081.3 0 0
SINO Sp indle moto r speed command G033.7 0 0
10.7
SIN02 selection signals G035.7 0 0
SKIP Skip signal X004.7 0 0 15.3
S SKIP2-SKIP6, X004 .2-X004.6,
Skip signal 0 0 15.3.3
SKIP7 ,SKIP8 X004 .0,X004 .1
SKIPP Skip sionat G006 .6 0 0 15.3
SLPCA Path spindle feedback selection G064 .2 0 0
8.8
SLPCB signals G064.3 0 0
SLSPA Path spindle command selection G063.2 0 0
8.8
SLSPB signals G063.3 0 0
SLVA Subordinate operation mode G073 .1 0 0
command signals (serial 10.3
SLVB
spindle)
G077 .1 0 0
SLVSA Subordinate operation status F046.4 0 0
10.3
SLVSB signals (serial spindle) F050.4 0 0
Parking axis confirmation
SMPK1-SMPK5 F346 .0-F346.4 0 0 8.5
siqnals
SMZ In-position check siqnal G053.6 0 0 7.2.5
SOCNA Soft start/stop cancel signals G071.4 0 0
10.3
SOCNB (serial spindle) G075.4 0 0
SOR Spindle orientation sicnal G029 .5 0 0 10.6
SOVO-SOV7 Spindle speed overr ide siqnals G030 0 0 10.6
2nd spindle speed override
SOV20-S0V27 G376 0 0 10.12
signals
Spindle fluctuation detection
SPAL F035.0 0 0 10.18
alarm signal
SPL Feed hold lamp sional FOOO.4 0 0 5.1
Software operator's panel signal
SPO F075.7 0 0 13.1.2
(*SP)

- 1909 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Spindle indexing signal for each
SPP1 to SPP5 F522.0-F522.4 0 0 10.19
axis
Spindle phase synchronous
SPPHS G038.3 0 0 10.14
control sianal
SPPHS1 Spindle phase synchronous G289.0 0 0
10.14
SPPHS2 control signal (for each spindle) G289.1 0 0
SPSLA Spindle selection signals (serial G071.2 0 0
10.3
SPSLB spindle) G075.2 0 0
Spindle command path
SPSP G536.7 0 0 10.12
specification siqnal
SPSTPA G028.6 0 0
Spindle stop completion signal 10.10
SPSTPB G402.1 0 0
Spindle synchronous control
SPSYC G038.2 0 0 10.14
siqnal
SPSYC1 Spindle synchronous control G288.0 0 0
10.14
SPSYC2 signal (for each spindle) G288.1 0 0
SPWRN1- Spindle warning detail signals 1
F264.0-F265.0 0 0 10.3
SPWRN9 to 9
SRN Proaram restart sianal G006.0 0 0 5.7
Program restart under way
SRNMV F002.4 0 0 5.7
siqnal
SRSP1R 1st serial spindle ready siqnals F034.6 0 0 10.3
SRSP2R 2nd serial spindle ready sionals F034.5 0 0 10.3
All-spindle operation ready
SRSRDY F034.7 0 0 10.3
siqnal
SRVA CCW command signals (serial G070.4 0 0
S 10.3
SRVB spindle) G074.4 0 0
SRVON1-
SV speed control mode signals G521.0-G521.4 0 0 10.19
SRVON5
SSIN Spindle motor command polarity G033.6 0 0
10.7
SSIN2 selection signals G035.6 0 0
SSTA Speed zero signals (serial F045.1 0 0
10.3
SSTB spindle) F049.1 0 0
ST Cycle start sianal G007.2 0 0 5.1
STCHK Start check sianal G408.0 0 0 2.12
STL Cycle start lamp sianal FOOO.5 0 0 5.1
STLK Start lock sianal G007.1 0 0 2.5
SUCLPA F038.1 0 0
Spindle unclamp signal 10.10
SUCLPB F400.1 0 0
SVF1-SVF5 Servo off slcnals G126.0-G126.4 0 0 1.2.9
SV speed control mode
SVREV1-SVREV5 F521.0-F521.4 0 0 10.19
in-orocress sianals
SVRVS 1-SVRVS5 SV reverse sianals G523.0-G523.4 0 0 10.19
SVWRN1 F093.4 0 0
SVWRN2 F093.5 0 0
Servo warning detail signals 18.1
SVWRN3 F093.6 0 0
SVWRN4 F093.7 0 0
SWS1 G027.0 0 0
Spindle selection signals 10.12
SWS2 G027.1 0 0
SYCAL Phase error monitor sianal F044.4 0 0 10.14,10.17
SYCAL 1 Phase error monitor signal (for F043.0 0 0 10.14
SYCAL2 each spindle) F043.1 0 0 10.17

- 1910-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
Synchronous master axis
SYCM1-SYCM5 F341.0-F341.4 0 0 • 8.5
confirmation siqna ls
Synchronous slave axis
SYCS1-SYCS5 F342 .0-F342.4 0 0 8.5
confirmation siqnals
Synchronous/composite/superi
SYN10-SYN50 mposed control under way F118 .0-F118.4 0 0 8.5,8.6
siqnals
Synchronous control axis
SYNC1-SYNC5 G138.0-G138.4 0 0 1.6,8.5
selection signals
Signals for selecting the manual
S
SYNCJ 1-SYNCJ5 feed axis for axis synchronous G140.0-G140.4 0 0 1.6
control
Signal for indicating a positional
SYNER deviation error alarm for axis F403 .0 0 0 1.6
synchronous control
SYNMOD EGB mode siunal F065.6 0 0 1.9
SYNMT1-SYNMT Machine coordinate match state
F210.0-F21004 0 0 1.6
5 output siqnals
Axis synchronous control status
SYN01-SYN05 F532.0-F532.4 0 0 1.6
siqnals
Synchronization compensation
SYNOF1-SYNOF5 F211 .0-F211.4 0 0 1.6
enable state output signals
TOO-T31 Tool function code signals F026 -F029 0 0 9.1
TAP Tapping signal F00 1.5 0 0 12.7
TF Tool function strobe signal F007.3 0 0 9.1
TFIN Tool function completion signal G005 .3 0 0 9.4
THRD Threadina sional F002.3 0 0 6.5
TIALM Path interference alarm sianal F064.7
• - 8.3

TICHK
Path interference check in
progress signal
Tool group number selection
F064.6
• - 8.3

TL01-TL256 G04 7.0- G048 .0 0 0 1104

siqnals
Remaining tool count
TLAL F154.0 - 0 11.4
notification signal
TLCH Tool change signal F064.0 0 0 11.4
TLCHB Tool life arrival notice signal F064.3 0 0 11.4
T TLCHI Individual tool change signal F064 .2 0 0 11.4
TLMA Torque limit signals (serial F045.6 0 0
10.3
TLMB spindle) F049.6 0 0
TLMHA Torque limit command HIGH G070.1 0 0
10.3
TLMHB signals (serial spindle) G074.1 0 0
TLMLA Torque limit command LOW G070 .0 0 0
10.3
TLMLB signals (serial spindle) G074.0 0 0
TLNW New tool select sianal F064.1 0 0 11.4
TLRST Tool chanae reset sional G048 .7 0 0 11.4
Individual tool change reset
TLRSTI G048 .6 0 0 11.4
signal
TLSKP Tool skip siqnal G048.5 0 0 11.4
General-purpose integrating
TMRON G053.0 0 0 13.1.1
meter start siqnal
TPPRS Touch panel check sianal F006.0 0 0 13.1.6

- 1911 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Group Symbol Signal name Address T M
item
TRQL 1-TRQL5 Torque limit reached siqnals F114 .0-F114.4 0 0 15.3.4
T Torque control mode
TRQM1-TRQM8 F190 0 0 16.1
signal(PMC axis control)
U1000-U1015 Input signals for custom macro G054-G055 0 0 12.6
Interrupt signal for custom
UINT G053 .3 0 0 12.6.2
macro
U
F054,F055,
UOOOO-U0031 0 0
Output signals for custom macro F276,F277 12.6
U0100-U0131 F056-F059 0 0
WATO Waiting sianal
Workpiece coordinate system
F063.6
• • 8.2

WOQSM shift value write mode select G039.6 0 0 15.4.2

sianal
Workpiece coordinate system
WOSET G040 .7 0 - 15.4.2
W shift value write signal
WPRST1 to Each axis workpiece coordinate
G358 .0-G358.4 0 0 1.5.2 .6
WPRST5 system preset signals
Each axis workpiece coordinate
WPSF1 to WPSF5 system preset completion F358.0-F358.4 0 0 1.5.2.6
signals
Reference position return end
ZP1-ZP5 F094 .0-F094.4 0 0 4.1
siqnals
2nd reference position return
ZP21-ZP25 F096.0-F096.4 0 0 4.4
completion sionals
3rd reference position return
ZP31-ZP35 F098 .0-F098.4 0 0 4.4
completion signals
4th reference position return
ZP41-ZP45 F100.0-F100.4 0 0 4.4
Z completion siqnals
Reference position
ZRF1-ZRF5 F120.0-F120.4 0 0 4.1
establishment signals
Manual reference position return
ZRN G043.7 0 0 4.1
selection sicnal
Software operator's panel signal
ZRNO F073.4 0 0 13.1.2
(ZRN)
ZRNR Mode notification sianal F513.7 0 0 16.6

- 1912-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

A.2.3 List of Signals (In Order of Addresses)

o : Available
• : Available only with 2-path control
. Unavailable
Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
X004.2-X004.6, SKIP2-SKIP6 ,
Skip signal 0 0 15 .3.3
X004 .0,X004.1 SKIP7,SKIP8
+M IT1 ,-MIT1
X004.2-X004.6 Tool offset wr ite signals 0 - 15.4 .2
+MIT2 ,-MIT2
X004.6 Skip siQnal(PMC axis control) ESKIP 0 0 16.1
X004.7 Skip siqnal SKIP 0 0 15.3
X008 .0 0 0 2.1
X008.1 Emergency stop signals *ESP 0 0 2.1
X008.4 0 0 2.1
Reference position return deceleration
X009.0-X009.4 *DEC 1- *DEC5 0 0 4 .1
siqnals
GOOO-G001 Data sionals for external data input ED15-EDO 0 0 16.2
G002.6-G002.0 Address signals for external data input EA6-EAO 0 0 16.2
G002.7 Read siqnal for external data inout ESTB 0 0 16.2 · ,
G004.3 End siqnal FIN 0 0 9.1
G004.4 2nd M function completion skmal MFIN2 0 0 9.4
G004.5 3rd M function completion skma l MFIN3 0 0 9.4
G005.0 Auxiliary function completion sicnal MFIN 0 0 9.4
G005.2 Spindle function completion slonal SFIN 0 0 9.4
G005.3 Tool function completion siqnal TFIN 0 0 9.4
G005.6 Auxiliary function lock sional AFL 0 0 9.2
G005.7 2nd auxiliary function completion siqnal BFIN 0 0 9.4
G006.0 Proqram restart siqnal SRN 0 0 5.7
G006.2 Manual absolute sional *ABSM 0 0 5.4
G006.4 Override cancel siqnal OVC 0 0 7.1.7.4
G006.6 Skip siqnal SKIPP 0 0 15.3
G007.1 Start lock siqnal STLK 0 0 2.5
G007.2 Cycle start siqnal ST 0 0 5.1
G007.4 Stroke limit 3 release siqnal RLSOT3 0 0 2.3 .3
G007.5 Follow-up siqnal *FLW U 0 0 1.2 .8
G007.6 Stored stroke limit 1 chance siqnal EXLM 0 0 2.3.2
G007.7 Stroke limit 1 release siqnal RLSOT 0 0 2.3 .2
G008.0 Interlock siqnal for all axes *IT 0 0 2 .5
G008.1 Cuttinq block start interlock siqnal *CSL 0 0 2.5
G008.3 Block start interlock siqnal *BSL 0 0 2.5
G008.4 Emerqency stop siqnals *ESP 0 0 2.1
G008.5 Feed hold siqnat *SP 0 0 5.1
G008.6 Reset & rewind signal RRW 0 0 5.2
G008.7 External reset signal ERS 0 0 5.2
External workpiece number search PN1,PN2,PN4 ,PN8 ,
G009.0-G009.4 0 0 16.4
skmals PN16
G010,G011 Manual feed rate override sicnals *JVO-*JV15 0 0 3.1
G012 Feedrate override slqnals *FVO-*FV7 0 0 7.1.7 .2
G014.0,G014.1 Rapid traverse override sionals ROV1,ROV2 0 0 7.1.7 .1
G016.7 One-dicit F code feed siqnal F1D - 0 7.1.5

- 1913 -
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
G018.0-G018.3 HS1A-HS1D 0 0
G018.4-G018.7 Manual handle feed axis selection signals HS2A-HS2D 0 0 3.2
G019.0-G019.3 HS3A-HS3D - 0
Manual handle feed amount selection
G019.4 ,G019.5 MP1,MP2 0 0 3.2,3.5
signals (incremental feed signals)
G019 .7 Manual rapid traverse select ion signal RT 0 0 3.1
Maximum manual handle feedrate switch
G023.3 HNDLF 0 0 3.2,7.1.9
signal
G023.4 Handle-synchronous feed signal HREV 0 0 3.5
Extended external workpiece number
G024 .0-G025.5 EPNO-EPN13 0 0 16.4
search sianals
External workpiece number search start
G025.7 EPNS 0 0 16.4
signal
G026.0 PC3SLC 0 0
Position coder selection signals 10.12
G026.1 PC4SLC 0 0
G027.0 SWS1 0 0
G027.1 Spindle selection signals SWS2 0 0 10.12
G027.2 SWS3 0 0
G027.3 ·SSTP1 0 0
G027.4 Individual spindle stop signals ' SSTP2 0 0 10.12
G027.5 ' SSTP3 0 0
G027.7 Cs contour control change signal CON 0 0 10.11
G028.1,G028 .2 Gear selection signals (input) GR1,GR2 0 0 10.6
G028.4 Spindle unclamp completion signal · SUCPFA 0 0 10.10
G028.5 Spindle clamp completion signal · SCPFA 0 0 10.10
G028.6 Spindle stop completion signal SPSTPA 0 0 10.10
G028.7 2nd position coder selection sional PC2SLC 0 0 10.12
G029.0 GR21 0 0
Gear selection signals (input) 10.12
G029.1 GR22 0 0
G029.4 Spindle speed arrival sionat SAR 0 0 10.6
G029.5 Spindle orientation sional SOR 0 0 10.6
G029.6 Spindle stop siqnal ·SSTP 0 0 10.6
G030 Spindle speed override signals SOVO-SOV7 0 0 10.6
G031.6 1st spindle parkinq signal PKESS1 0 0 10.17
G031.7 2nd spindle parkinq signal PKESS2 0 0 10.17
G032.0-G033.3 Spindle motor speed command skmats R011-R121 0 0 10.7
Spindle motor command polarity
G033.5 SGN 0 0 10.7
command signals
Spindle motor command polarity selection
G033.6 SSIN 0 0 10.7
slqnals
Spindle motor speed command selection
G033.7 SIND 0 0 10.7
signals
G034.0-G035.3 Spindle motor speed command siqnals R0112-R1212 0 0 10.7
Spindle motor command polarity
G035.5 SGN2 0 0 10.7
command signals
Spindle motor command polarity selection
G035.6 SSIN2 0 0 10.7
signals
Spindle motor speed command selection
G035.7 SIND2 0 0 10.7
sionals
G036.0-G037.3 Spindle motor speed command sionals R0113-R1213 0 0 10.7
Spindle motor command polarity
G037.5 SGN3 0 0 10.7
command siqnals

- 1914-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Spindle motor command polarity selection
G037 .6 SSIN3 0 0 10.7
siqnals
Spindle motor speed command selection
G037.7 SIND3 0 0 10.7
sicnals
G038 .0 Polvqon spindle stop siqnal *PLSST 0 0 6.9.2
Spindle synchronous speed ratio control
G038.1 SBRT 0 0 10.14
signal
G038.2 Spindle synchronous control signal SPSYC 0 0 10.14
G038 .3 Spindle phase synchronous control signal SPPHS 0 0 10.14
G038 .6 B axis unclamp completion signal *BEUCP - 0 13.12
G038 .7 B axis clamp completion signal *BECLP - 0 13.12
G039.0-G039.5 OFNO-OFN5 0 0
Tool offset number selection signals 15.4.2
G040.0-G040.3 OFN6-0FN9 0 0
Workpiece coordinate system shift value
G039 .6 WOQSM 0 0 15.4.2
write mode select siqnal
G039 .7 Tool offset write mode select siqnal GOQSM 0 0 15.4.2
G040.5 Spindle measurement select siqnal S2TLS 0 - 15.4.2
G040.6 Position record siqnal PRC 0 - 15.4.1
Workpiece coordinate system shift value
G040.7 WOSET 0 - 15.4.2
write signal
G041.0-G041 .3 HS1IA-HS1ID 0 0
Manual handle interrupt axis selection
G041.4-G041.7 HS2IA-HS2ID 0 0 3.3
signals
G042.0-G042.3 HS3IA-HS3ID 0 0
G042.7 Direct operation select signal DMMC 0 0 5.12
G043 .0-G043.2 Mode selection siunals MD1,MD2,MD4 0 0 2.6
G043 .5 DNC operat ion select sional DNCI 0 0 5.9,5.10
Manual reference position return selection
G043.7 ZRN 0 0 4.1
siqnal
G044 .0 BDn 0 0
Optional block skip signals 5.5
G045 BDT2-BDT9 0 0
G044 .1 All-axis machine lock signal MLK 0 0 5.3.1
G046.0 Memory protection signals KEYP 0 0 13.2.2
G046.1 Single block signal SBK 0 0 5.3.3
G046 .3-G046.6 Memory protect ion signals KEY1-KEY4 0 0 13.2.1
G046 .7 Dry run signal DRN 0 0 5.3.2
G047.0-G048.0 Tool group number selection signals TL01-TL256 0 0 11.4
G048.2 Tool life count ing disable signal LFCIV 0 0 11.4
G048 .5 Tool skip signal TLSKP 0 0 11.4
G048 .6 Individual tool change reset signal TLRSTI 0 0 11.4
G048.7 Tool change reset signal TLRST 0 0 11.4
G049 .0-G050.1 Tool life count override signals *TLVO-*TLV9 0 0 11.4
General-purpose integrating meter start
G053.0 TMRON 0 0 13.1.1
siqnal
G053.3 Interrupt signal for custom macro UINT 0 0 12.6.2
Rapid traverse block overlap disable
G053 .5 ROVLP 0 0 7.2.1.2, 7.2.1.3
slanal
G053 .6 In-position check sional SMZ 0 0 7.2.5
G053.7 Chamferinq siqnal *CDZ 0 - 12.8
G054-G055 Input siqnals for custom macro U1000-U1015 0 0 12.6
G058.1 External read start siqnal EXRD 0 0 14.2
G058 .2 External read/punch stop sicnal EXSTP 0 0 14.2

- 1915-
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
G058 .3 External punch start signal EXWT 0 0 14.2
Signal for disab ling torque difference
G059 .7 alarm detection for axis synchronous NSYNCA 0 0 1.6
control
G060 .7 Tail stock barrier selection sional *TSB 0 - 2.3.6
G061 .0 Riqid taoolno sicnal RGTAP 0 0 10.13
G061.4-G061.5 Riqid tano lno spindle selection sicnals RGTSP1-RGTSP2 0 - 10.13
G062.6 Riqid tapoino retraction start siqnal RTNT - 0 5.9
G063.0
G063 .1
Path select sionalf'Iool post select skmal)
No-wait slqnal
HEAD
NOWT
•• •• 8.11,13.3
8.2
G063 .2,G063.3

G063.5
Path spindle command selection signals
Signal for disabling angular axis control
SLSPA,SLSPB

NOZAGC
• •
0 0
8.8

1.8
for the perpendicular axis
G063 .6 In-feed control cut start sianal INFD - 0 12.9
G063 .7
G064.2,G064.3
No-wait sianal
Path spindle feedback selection siqnals
NMWT
SLPCA,SLPCB
• •
0 0
8.2
8.8
G064 .6 Simple spindle synchronous contro l sianal ESRSYC 0 0 10.17
G066.0 All-axis VRDY off alarm lenore sicnal IGNVRY 0 0 2.8
G066.1 External key input mode selection slonal ENBKY 0 0 16.5
G066.4 Retract signal RTRCT 0 0 1.9,6.12
G066 .7 Kev code read signal EKSET 0 0 16.5
Manual tool compensation command
G067 .0 MTLC 0 - 11.1.4
number
G067 .2 Checking mode signal MMOD 0 0 3.5
G067 .3 Handle available signal in checking mode MCHK 0 0 3.5
G067 .6 Hard copy cancellation reauest sianal HCABT 0 0
G067.7 Hard copy execution reauest sicnal HCREQ 0 0
Manual tool compensation tool number
G68 ,G69 MTLNOO-MTLN 15 0 - 11.1.4
signal (4 dlqlts)
Torque limit command LOW signals
G070 .0 TLMLA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
Torque limit command HIGH signals
G070 .1 TLMHA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
G070 .3,G070 .2 Clutch/gear signals(serial spindle ) CTH1A,CTH2A 0 0 10.3
G070.4 CCW command signals(serial spindle) SRVA 0 0 10.3
G070 .5 CW command signals(serial spindle) SFRA 0 0 10.3
Orientation command signals (serial 10.3
G070 .6 ORCMA 0 0
spindle) 10.14
G070 .7 Mach ine ready siqnals(serial spindle) MRDYA 0 0 10.3
G071 .0 Alarm reset siqnals (serial spindle) ARSTA 0 0 10.3
G071 .1 Emergency stop siqnalsfserial spindle) *ESPA 0 0 10.3
G071.2 Spindle selection slqnalstserial spindle) SPSLA 0 0 10.3
Power line switch completion signals
G071 .3 MCFNA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
Soft start/stop cancel signals(serial
G071.4 SOCNA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
G071.5 Speed integral signals (serial spindle) INTGA 0 0 10.3
Output switch request signals (serial
G071.6 RSLA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Power line status check signals (serial
G071 .7 RCHA 0 0 10.3
spindle)

- 1916-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Orientation stop position change
G072 .0 INDXA 0 0 10.3
command signals (serial spindle)
Rotational direction command signals for
G072 .1 orientation stop position change(serial ROTAA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Shortcut command signals for orientation
G072 .2 NRROA 0 0 10.3
stop position change(serial spindle)
Differential speed mode command signals
G072 .3 DEFMDA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
G072.4 Analog override signals (serial spindle) OVRA 0 0 10.3
Incremental command externally set
G072 .5 INCMDA 0 0 10.3
orientation signals(serial spindle)
Spindle switch MAIN MCC contact status
G072 .6 MFNHGA 0 0 10.3
siqnalstserial spindle)
Spindle switch HIGH MCC contact status
G072.7 RCHHGA 0 0 10.3
slunals (serial spind le)
Magnetic sensor orientation command
G073 .0 MORCMA 0 0 10.3
siqnalstserial spindle)
Subordinate operation mode command
G073 .1 SLVA 0 0 · 10.3
slonals (serial spindle)
Motor power cutoff command signals
G073 .2 MPOFA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
Torque limit command LOW signals
G074 .0 TLMLB 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
Torque limit command HIGH signals
G074 .1 TLMHB 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
G074 .3,G074.2 Clutch/gear signals(serial spindle) CTH1B ,CTH2B 0 0 10.3
G074.4 CCW command signals(serial spindle) SRVB 0 0 10.3
G074.5 CW command signals(serial spindle) SFRB 0 0 10.3
Orientation command signals (serial 10.3
G074 .6 ORCMB 0 0
spindle) 10.14
G074 .7 Machine ready signals(serial spindle) MRDYB 0 0 10.3
G075 .0 Alarm reset signals (serial spindle) ARSTB 0 0 10.3
G075 .1 Emergency stop signals(serial spindle) *ESPB 0 0 10.3
G075 .2 Spindle selection signals(serial spindle) SPSLB 0 0 10.3
Power line switch completion signals
G075 .3 MCFNB 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
Soft start/stop cancel signals(serial
G075.4 SOCNB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
G075 .5 Speed integral signals (serial spindle) INTGB 0 0 10.3
Output switch request signals (serial
G075.6 RSLB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Power line status check signals (serial
G075.7 RCHB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Orientation stop position change
G076 .0 INDXB 0 0 10.3
command slqnals (serial spindle)
Rotational direction command signals for
G076.1 orientation stop position change(serial ROTAB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Shortcut command signals for orientation
G076 .2 NRROB 0 0 10.3
stop position changer serial spindle)

- 1917 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Differential speed mode command signals
G076.3 DEFMDB 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
G076.4 Analoo override slonals (serial spindle) OVRB 0 0 10.3
Incremental command externally set
G076.5 INCMDB 0 0 10.3
orientation siqnalstserial spindle)
Spindle switch MAIN MCC contact status
G076.6 MFNHGB 0 0 10.3
sionals (serial spindle)
Spindle switch HIGH MCC contact status
G076.7 RCHHGB 0 0 10.3
siqnals (serial spindle)
Magnetic sensor orientation command
G077.0 MORCMB 0 0 10.3
siqnalstserial spindle)
Subordinate operation mode command
G077.1 SLVB 0 0 10.3
signals (serial spindle)
Motor power cutoff command signals
G077.2 MPOFB 0 0 10.3
I (serial spindle)
G078.0-G079.3 Spindle orientation external stop position SHOOA-SH11A 0 0 10.15
G080.0-G081.3 command signals SHOOB-SH11 B 0 0 10.15
G082,G083 Input siqnals for P-code macro EU100-EU115 0 0
G087.0,G087.1 Manual handle feed amount selection MP21,MP22 0 0
3.2
G087.3,G087.4 signals MP31,MP32 - 0
G096.0-G096.6 1% rapid traverse override sianals *HROVO-*HROV6 0 0 7.1.7.1,7.1.9
1% step rapid traverse override selection
G096.7 HROV 0 0 7.1.7.1,7.1.9
sionals
G098 Kev code siqnals EKCO-EKC7 0 0 16.5
G100.0-G100.4 Feed axis and direction selection siqnals +J1-+J5 0 0 3.1
G101.0-G1 01.4 External deceleration siqnals 2 *+ED21-*+ED25 0 0 7.1.9
G102.0-G102.4 Feed axis and direction selection siqnals -J1--J5 0 0 3.1
G103.0-G103.4 External deceleration siqnals 2 *-ED21-*-ED25 0 0 7.1.9
G104.0-G104.4 Stored stroke limit 1 switching signals in +EXL 1-+EXL5 0 0 2.3.2
G105.0-G105.4 axis direction -EXL 1--EXL5 0 0 2.3.2
G106.0-G106.4 Mirror irnaqe siqnals M11-M15 0 0 1.2.7
G107.0-G107.4 External deceleration sianals 3 *+ED31-*+ED35 0 0 7.1.9
G108.0-G108.4 Each-axis machine lock sianal MLK1-MLK5 0 0 5.3.1
G109.0-G109.4 External deceleration sianals 3 *-ED31-*-ED35 0 0 7.1.9
G110.0-G110.4 +LM1-+LM5 0 0
Stroke limit external setting signals 2.3.5
G112.0-G112.4 -LM1--LM5 0 0
G114.0-G114.4 *+L 1-*+L5 0 0
Overtravel signals 2.3.1
G116.0-G116.4 *-L 1-*-L5 0 0
G118.0-G118.4 *+ED 1-*+ED5 0 0
External deceleration signals 1 7.1.9
G120.0-G120.4 *-ED1-*-ED5 0 0
G122.0-G122.4 Parkinq slonals PK1-PK5 0 0 8.5
G122.6(G031.6) 1st spindle oarkino siqnal PKESS1 0 0 10.17
G122.7(G031.7) 2nd spindle parkino slqnal PKESS2 0 0 10.17
G124.0-G124.4 Controlled axis detach sicnals DTCH1-DTCH5 0 0 1.2.5,1.15
Unexpected disturbance torque detection
G125.0-G125.4 IUDD1-IUDD5 0 0 2.9
ionore siqnal
G126.0-G126.4 Servo off sianals SVF1-SVF5 0 0 1.2.9
Composite control axis change selection
G128.0-G128.4 MIX1-MIX5 0 0 8.5
siqnals
G130.0-G130.4 Interlock siqnal for each axis *IT1-*IT5 0 0 2.5
G132.0-G132.4 +MIT1-+MIT5
Interlock signal for each axis direction - 0 2.5
G134.0-G134.4 -MIT1--MIT5

- 1918-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
G132.0 ,G132.1 Tool offset write siqnals +MIT1 ,+MIT2 0 - 15.4.2
G134.0 ,G134.1 Tool offset write sionals -MIT1 ,-MIT2 0 - 15.4.2
Control axis selection signa ls(PMC axis
G136 .0-G136.4 EAX1-EAX5 0 0 16.1
control)
Synchronous control axis selection
G138 .0-G138.4 SYNC1-SYNC5 0 0 1.6,8.5
siqnals
Signals for selecting the manual feed axis
G140.0-G140.4 SYNCJ1-SYNCJ5 0 0 1.6
for axis synchronous control
Auxiliary function completion signal (for
G142.0 EFINA 0 0 16.1
qroup 1) (PMC axis control)
Accumulated zero check signal (for group
G142.1 ELCKZA 0 0 16.1
1) (PMC axis control)
Buffering disable signals (for group 1)
G142.2 EMBUFA 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Block stop signals (for group 1) (PMC axis
G142 .3 ESBKA 0 0 16.1
control)
Servo off signals (for group 1) (PMC axis
G142.4 ESOFA 0 0 16.1
control)
Axis control temporary stop signa ls (for
G142.5 ESTPA 0 0 .---
16.1
oroup 1) (PMC axis control)
Reset signals (for group 1) (PMC axis
G142.6 ECLRA 0 0 16.1
control)
Ax is control command read signal (for
G142 .7 EBUFA 0 0 16.1
I qroup 1) (PMC axis control)

Axis control command signals (for group

G143 .0-G143.6 ECOA-EC6A 0 0 16.1
1) (PMC axis control)
Block stop disable signals (for group 1)
G143.7 EMSBKA 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)
Axis cont rol feed rate signals (for group 1)
G144,G145 EIFOA-EIF15A 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)
Axis control data signals (for group 1)
G146-G149 EIDOA-EID31A 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Rapid traverse override signals(PMC axis
G150 .0,G150.1 EROV1,EROV2 0 0 16.1
control)
Override cancel signal (for group 1) (PMC
G150 .5 EOVC 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Manual rapid traverse selection
G150 .6 ERT 0 0 16.1
siqnal(PMC axis control)
G150.7 Dry run siqnal(PMC axis control) EDRN 0 0 16.1
Feedrate override signals (for group 1)
G151 *EFOVO-*EFOV7 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxi liary function completion signal (for
G154 .0 EFINB 0 0 16.1
.croup 2) (PMC axis control)
Accumulated zero check signal (for group
G154 .1 ELCKZB 0 0 16.1
2) (PMC axis control)
Buffering disable signals (for group 2)
G154.2 EMBUFB 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Block stop signals (for group 2) (PMC axis
G154.3 ESBKB 0 0 16.1
control)
Servo off signals (for group 2) (PMC axis
G154.4 ESOFB 0 0 16.1
control)

-1 919-
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M ·
item
Axis control temporary stop signals (for
G154.5 ESTPB 0 0 16.1
I group 2) (PMC axis control)
Reset signals (for group 2) (PMC axis
G154.6 ECLRB 0 0 16.1
control)
*,JUIJ,llitlii~~Jj.I& L) f",.1% (for group 2)
G154.7 EBUFB 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)
Axis control command signals (for group
G155.0-G155.6 ECOB-EC6B 0 0 16.1
2) (PMC axis control)
Block stop disable signals (for group 2)
G155.7 EMSBKB 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Axis control feedrate signals (for group 2)
G156,G157 EIFOB-EIF15B 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Axis control data signals (for group 2)
G158-G161 EIDOB-EID31 B 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Override cancel signal (for group 2) (PMC
G162.5 EOVCB 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Feedrate override signals (for group 2)
G163 *EFOVOB- *EFOV7B 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function completion signal (for
G166.0 EFINC 0 0 16.1
Igroup 3) (PMC axis control)
Accumulated zero check signal (for group
G166.1 ELCKZC 0 0 16.1
3) (PMC axis control)
Buffering disable signals (for group 3)
G166.2 EMBUFC 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)
Block stop signals (for group 3) (PMC axis
G166.3 ESBKC 0 0 16.1
control)
Servo off signals (for group 3) (PMC axis
G166.4 ESOFC 0 0 16.1
control)
Axis control temporary stop signals (for
G166.5 ESTPC 0 0 16.1
I group 3) (PMC axis control)
Reset signals (for group 3) (PMC axis
G166.6 ECLRC 0 0 16.1
control)
Axis control command read signals (for
G166.7 EBUFC 0 0 16.1
I group 3) (PMC axis control)
Axis control command signals (for group
G167.0-G167.6 ECOC-EC6C 0 0 16.1
3) (PMC axis control)
Block stop disable signals (for group 3)
G167.7 EMSBKC 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)
Axis control feedrate signals (for group 3)
G168,G169 EIFOC-EIF15C 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Axis control data signals (for group 3)
G170-G173 EIDOC-EID31 C 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Override cancel signal (for group 3) (PMC
G174.5 EOVCC 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Feedrate override signals (for group 3)
G175 *EFOVOC-*EFOV7C 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)

Block stop signals (for group 4) (PMC axis

G178.0 EFIND 0 0 16.1
control)
Accumulated zero check signal (for group
G178.1 ELCKZD 0 0 16.1
4) (PMC axis control)
Buffering disable signals (for group 4)
G178.2 EMBUFD 0 0 16.1
I (PMC axis control)

- 1920-
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1101 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Block stop signals (for group 4) (PMC axis
G178.3 ESBKD 0 0 16.1
control)
Servo off signa ls (for group 4) (PMC ax is
G178.4 ESOFD 0 0 16.1
control)
Axis contro l temporary stop signals (for
G178.5 ESTPD 0 0 16.1
qroup 4) (PMC axis control)
Reset signals (for group 4) (PMC axis
G178.6 ECLRD 0 0 16.1
control)
Axis control command read signals (for
G178.7 EBUFD 0 0 16.1
orouo 4) (PMC axis control)
Axis control command signals (for group
G179.0-G179.6 ECOD-EC6D 0 0 16.1
4) (PMC axis control)
Block stop disable signals (for group 4)
G179.7 EMSBKD 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Axis control feed rate signals (for group 4)
G180 ,G181 EIFOD-EIF15D 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Axis control data signals (for group 4)
G182-G185 EIDOD-EID31 D 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Override cancel signal (for group 4) (PMC
G186.5 EOVCD 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Feedrate override signals (for group 4)
G187 *EFOVOD- *EFOV 7D 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Superimposed control axis selection
G190.0-G190.4 OVLS1-0VLS5 0 0 8.6
skmals
G192.0-G192.4 Each-axis VRDY off alarm iqnore sional IGVRY1-IGVRY5 0 0 2.8
Selecting direction of manual hand le
G193.3 HDSR 0 0 3.5
rotation signal
Reference posit ion return deceleration
G196.0-G196.4 *DEC1-*DEC5 0 0 4.1
siqnals
Manual handle generators selection
G199.0,G199.1 IOLBH1, IOLBH2 0 0 3.4
signal
Axis control superimposed command
G200 .0-G200.4 EASIP1-EASIP5 0 0 16.1
siqna ls(PMC axis control)
AlB phase detector disconnection alarm
G202 NDCAL1-NDCAL8 0 0 16.1
ignore slcna l (PMC axis control)
G203.7 Power failure deceleration skmal PWFL 0 0 1.13
Torque limit command LOW signals
G204.0 TLMLC 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
G210-G211 Data signa ls for external data input ED31-ED16 0 0 16.2
Simple spindle synchronous control signal
G264 .0-G264.1 ESSYC 1-ESSYC2 0 0 10.17
(for each spindle)
Simple spind le synchronous parking
G265.0-G265.1 PKESE1-PKESE2 0 0 10.17
signal (for each spindle)
Cs contour control change signal (for
G274 .0-G274 .1 CONS1-CONS2 0 0 10.11
each spindle)
Cs axis coordinate establishment request
G274.4-G274 .5 CSFI1-CSFI2 0 0 10.11 .3
signals (for each spindle)
Spindle synchronous control signal (for
G288.0-G288.1 SPSYC1-SPSYC2 0 0 10.14
each spindle)
Spindle phase synchronous control signal
G289.0-G289.1 SPPHS1-SPPHS2 0 0 10.14
(for each spindle)
G295.6 Dual disolav forcible end request signal C2SEND 0 0 13.1.9

- 1921 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
G295 .7 Kev control selection siqnal CNCKY' 0 0 13.1.9
G352 .0-G353.1 0.1 % rapid traverse override sicnals *FHROO-*FHR09 0 0 7.1.7.1
0.1 % step rapid traverse override
G353 .7 FHROV 0 0 7.1.7.1
selection signals
Each axis workpiece coordinate system
G358 .0-G358.4 WPRST1-WPRST5 0 0 1.5.2.6
preset signals
G376 2nd spindle speed override siqnals SOV20-S0V27 0 0 10.12
G400 .1 Spindle unclamp completion siqnal *SUCPFB 0 0 10.10
G401.1 Spindle clamp completion siqnal *SCPFB 0 0 10.10
G402.1 Spindle stop completion siqnal SPSTPB 0 0 10.10
G403 .0,G403.1
G403.4,G403.5
Path spindle command selection siqnals
Path spindle feedback selection siqnals
SLSPC,SLSPD
SLPCC,SLPCD
•• •• 8.8
8.8
G406 .0-G407.1
G408 .0
Path interference check association slqnal
Start check signal
ITF01-ITF10
STCHK 0
• -
0
8.3
2.12
G512 ,G513 Macro call start signal MCST1-MCST16 0 0 16.6
G514 .0 Mode change completion signal MCFIN 0 0 16.6
G521 .0-G521.4 SV speed control mode signals SRVON 1-SRVON5 0 0 10.19
G523 .0-G523.4 SV reverse signals SVRVS1-SVRVS5 0 0 10.19
Manual tool compensation tool number
G525-G528 MT8NOO-MT8N31 0 - 11.1.4
siqnal (8 diqits)
G531 .0 Forward movement prohibition siqnal FWSTP 0 0 3.5
G531 .1 Reverse movement prohibition siqnal MRVM 0 0 3.5
Spindle command path specification
G536 .7 SPSP 0 0 10.12
slonal

- 1922 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
FOOO.O Rewindinq siqnal RWD 0 0 5.2
FOOOA Feed hold lamp siqnal SPL 0 0 5.1
FOOO.5 Cycle start lamp signal STL 0 0 5.1
FOOO.6 Servo ready siqnal SA 0 0 2.2
FOOO.? Automatic operation signal OP 0 0 5.1
F001 .0 Alarm signal AL 0 0 204
F001 .1 Resetting signal RST 0 0 5.2
F001 .2 Battery alarm slqnal BAL 0 0 204
F001 .3 Distribution comoletion sionals DEN 0 0 9.1
F001A Spindle enable slonal ENB 0 0 10.6
F001 .5 Taooino siqnal TAP 0 0 12.?
F001 .7 CNC ready slqna l MA 0 0 2.2
F002 .0 Inch input sional INCH 0 0 12.5
F002 .1 Rapid traverslnq siqnal RPDO 0 0 2.7 ,7.1.1
F002 .2 Constant surface speed siqnal CSS 0 0 10.8
F002 .3 Threadinq siqnal THRD 0 0 6 .5
F002A Prooram restart under way siqnal SRNMV 0 0 5.?
F002 .6 Cuttino feed siqnal CUT 0 0 2.?
F002.? Dry run check slqnal MORN 0 0 5.3.2
F003 .0 Incremental feed selection check siqnal MINC 0 0 2.6
Manual handle feed selection check
F003 .1 MH 0 0 2.6
slonal
F003 .2 Jog feed selection check signal MJ 0 0 2.6
F003.3 Manual data inpu t selection check siqnal MMDI 0 0 2.6
F003A DNC operation selection confirm slcnal MRMT 0 0 5.9 ,5.10
Automatic ope ration selection check
F003 .5 MMEM 0 0 2 .6
slqnal
F003 .6 Memory edit selection check slqnal MEDT 0 0 2.6
F004.0 MBDT1 0 0
Optional block sk ip check signals 5.5
F005 MBDT2-MBDT9 0 0
F004 .1 All-axis machine lock check signal MMLK 0 0 5.3 .1
F004.2 Manual absolute check signal MABSM 0 0 504
F004 .3 Single block check signal MSBK 0 0 5.3.3
F004A Auxi liary function lock check signal MAFL 0 0 9.2
Manual reference position return selection
F004 .5 MREF 0 0 4 .1
check siqnal
F006.0 Touch panel check siqnal TPPRS 0 0 13.1.6
F006.1 MOl reset confirmation slqnal MDIRST 0 0 5.2
F006.2 Automatic screen erasinq siqnal ERTVA 0 0
FOO?O Auxiliary funct ion strobe siqnals MF 0 0 9.1
FOO?2 Spindle function strobe siqnal SF 0 0 9.1
FOO?3 Tool function strobe siqnal TF 0 0 9.1
F007.? 2nd auxiliary function strobe slqnal BF 0 0 9.1
F008A 2nd M funct ion strobe siqna l MF2 0 0 9.3
F008 .5 3rd M function strobe siqnal MF3 0 0 9.3
F009A DM30 0 0
F009 .5 DM02 0 0
Decode M signals 9.1
F009 .6 DM01 0 0
F009 .? DMOO 0 0
F010-F013 Auxiliary function code signals MOO-M31 0 0 9.1
F014-F015 2nd M function code signals M200-M215 0 0 9.3

- 1923 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
F016-F017 3rd M function code siqnals M300-M315 0 0 9.3
F022-F025 Spindle function code skmals SOO-S31 0 0 9.1
F026-F029 Tool function code siqnals TOO-T31 0 0 9.1
F030-F033 2nd auxil iary function code siqnals 800-B31 0 0 9.1
F034 .0-F034.2 Gear select ion sicnals (output) GR10,GR20,GR30 - 0 10.6
F034 .3 4th serial spind le ready siqnals SRSP4R 0 0 10.3
F034,4 3rd seria l spindle ready signals SRSP3R 0 0 10.3
F034.5 2nd serial spindle ready signals SRSP2R 0 0 10.3
F034 .6 1st serial spindle ready signals SRSP1R 0 0 10.3
F034.7 All-spindle operation ready signal SRSROY 0 0 10.3
F035.0 Spindle fluctuation detection alarm signal SPAL 0 0 10.18
F036 .0-F037.3 S12-bit code signals R010-R120 0 0 10.6
F038 .0 Spindle clamp signal SCLPA 0 0 10.10
F038 .1 Spindle unclamp signa l SUCLPA 0 0 10.10
F038 .2 Spindle enable signal ENB2 0 0 10.12
F039 .0 Spindle positioning mode signals MSPOSA 0 0 10.10
F040 ,F041 Actual spindle speed signals AROO-AR15 0 0 10.9
Phase error monitor signal (for each
F043 .0-F043.3 SYCAL1-SYCAL4 0 0 10.14 ,10.17
spindle)
Cs contour control change completion
F044 .1 FSCSL 0 0 10.11
sional
F044 .2 Spindle phase synchronous control slcnal FSPSY 0 0 10.14
Spindle synchronous speed control
F044 .3 FSPPH 0 0 10.14
completion signal
F044,4 Phase error monitor signal SYCAL 0 0 10.14,10 .17
F045.0 Alarm signals(serial spindle) ALMA 0 0 10.3
F045.1 Speed zero signals(serial spindle) SSTA 0 0 10.3
F045.2 Speed detection signals(serial spindle) SOTA 0 0 10.3
Spindle speed arrival signal(serial
F045 .3 SARA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F045,4 Load detection signals 1(serial spindle) LOT1A 0 0 10.3
F045 .5 Load detection signals 2(serial spind le) LOT2A 0 0 10.3
F045 .6 Torque limit signals(serial spindle) TLMA 0 0 10.3
Orientation completion signals(serial
F045 .7 ORARA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F046 .0 Power line switch skmalstserial spindle) CHPA 0 0 10.3
Spindle switch completion signals (serial
F046 .1 CFINA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F046.2 Output switch signals(serial spindle) RCHPA 0 0 10.3
Output switch completion signals (serial
F046 .3 RCFNA 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Subordinate operation status
F046,4 SLVSA 0 0 10.3
sinnalstserial spindle)
Posit ion coder orientation proximity
F046 .5 PORA2A 0 0 10.3
siqnahserial spindle)
Magnetic sensor orientation completion
F046.6 MORA1A 0 0 10.3
sionalstsertal spindle)
Magnetic sensor orientation proximity
F046.7 MORA2A 0 0 10.3
signals(serial spindle)
Position coder one-rotation signal
F047 .0 PC1DEA 0 0 10.3
detection status slqnalstserlal spindle)

- 1924 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Incremental orientation mode signals
F047.1 INCSTA 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
F048.4 Cs axis origin established state signals CSPENA 0 0 10.11.3
F049.0 Alarm signals(serial spindle) ALMB 0 0 10.3
F049.1 Speed zero signals(serial spindle) SSTB 0 0 10.3
F049.2 Speed detection signals(serial spindle) SDTB 0 0 10.3
Spindle speed arrival signal(serial
F049.3 SARB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F049.4 Load detection signals 1(serial spindle) LDT1B 0 0 10.3
F049.5 Load detection signals 2(serial spindle) LDT2B 0 0 10.3
F049.6 Torque limit siqnalstserial spindle) TLMB 0 0 10.3
Orienta tion completion signals(serial
F049.7 ORARB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F050.0 Power line switch siqnalstserial spindle) CHPB 0 0 10.3
Spindle switch completion signals (serial
F050.1 CFINB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
F050.2 Output switch signals(serial spindle) RCHPB 0 0 10.3
Output switch completion signals (serial
F050.3 RCFNB 0 0 10.3
spindle)
Subordinate operation status
F050.4 SLVSB 0 0 10.3
sionals(serial spindle)
Position coder orientation proximity
F050.5 PORA2B 0 0 10.3
signal(serial spindle)
Magnetic sensor orientation completion
F050.6 MORA1B 0 0 10.3
siqnalsfserial spindle)
Magnetic sensor orientation proximity
F050.7 MORA2B 0 0 10.3
signals(serial spindle)
Position coder one-rotation signal
F051.0 PC1DEB 0 0 10.3
detection status slonalstserlal spindle)
Incremental orientation mode signals
F051.1 INCSTB 0 0 10.3
(serial spindle)
F052.4 Cs axis origin established state signals CSPENB 0 0 10.11.3
F053.0 Key input disable signal INHKY 0 0 16.5
F053.1 Key input disable signal PRGDPL 0 0 16.5
F053.2 Read/punch busy signal PRBSY 0 0 14.2
F053.3 Read/punch alarm signal PRALM 0 0 14.2
F053.7 Key code read completion sional EKENB 0 0 16.5
F054,F055 UOOOO-U0015 0 0
Output signa ls for custom macro 12.6
F056-F059 U0100-U0131 0 0
Read completion signal for external data
F060.0 EREND 0 0 16.2
input
Search completion signal for external data
F060.1 ESEND 0 0 16.2
input
Search cancel signal for external data
F060.2 ESCAN 0 0 16.2
input
F061.0 B axis unclamp signal BUCLP - 0 13.12
F061.1 B axis clamp signal BCLP - 0 13.12
Manual tool compensation uncompleted
F061.4
signal
MTLANG 0 - 11.1.4

Manual tool compensation completion

F061.5 MTLA 0 - 11.1.4
signal
F062.0 AI contour control mode signal AICC 0 0 7.1.11

- 1925 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
F062 .3 Spindle 1 under measurement sianal S1MES 0 - 15.4.2
F062.4 Spindle 2 under measurement sianal S2MES 0 - 15.4.2
F062 .7 Taraet part count reached siqnal PRTSF 0 0 13.1 .1
F063.0 Polvqon master axis not arrival siqnal PSE1 0 0 6.9.2
Polygon synchronization axis not arrival
F063 .1 PSE2 0 0 6.9.2
signal
F063.2 Polygon spindle speed arrival signal PSAR 0 0 6.9.2
F063.3
F063.4
Path spindle command confirmation
signal
COSP1
COSP2
•• •• 8.8

F063 .6
F063.7
Waitina sicnal
Polvoon svnchronization under way signal
WATO
PSYN 0
• •0
8.2
6.9
F064 .0 Tool chance signal TLCH 0 0 11.4
F064.1 New tool select signal TLNW 0 0 11.4
F064.2 Individual tool chanae siqnal TLCHI 0 0 11.4
F064.3 Tool life arrival notice sianal TLCHB 0 0 11.4

F064.5
Path spindle command confirmation
siqnal
COSP
• •- 8.8

F064 .6
F064 .7
Path interference check in proqress siqnal TICHK
Path interference alarm signal TIALM
•• - 8.3
8 .3
F065.0 RGSPP 0 0
Spindle rotation direction signals 10.13
F065 .1 RGSPM 0 0
Spindle synchronous speed ratio control
F065.2 RSMAX 0 0 10.14
clamp slcnal
F065.4 Retract completion siqnal RTRCTF 0 0 1.9,6.12
F065 .6 EGB mode sicnal SYNMOO 0 0 1.9
F066 .1 Riqid tapplnq retraction completion siqnal RTPT - 0 5.9
F066 .2 Feed zero siqnal FEEOO 0 0 3.5
F066 .3 Mcahinlnq start point siqnal RTNMVS 0 0
Small-hole peck drilling cycle in progress
F066 .5 PECK2 - 0 12.7
sianal
F070 ,F071 Position switch siqnals PSW01-PSW16 0 0 1.2.10
Software operator's panel
FOn OUTO-OUT? 0 0 13.1.2
general-purpose switch signals
F073 .0 Software operator's panel signal (M01) M010 0 0 13.1.2
F073 .1 Software operator's panel signal (M02) M020 0 0 13.1.2
F073 .2 Software operator's panel signal (M04) M040 0 0 13.1.2
F073.4 Software operator's panel sianal (ZRN) ZRNO 0 0 13.1.2
Software operator's panel
F074 OUT8-0UT15 0 0 13.1.2
qeneral-purpose switch siqnals
F075.2 Software operator's panel siqnal (BOT) BOTO 0 0 13.1.2
F075 .3 Software operator's panel signal (SBK) SBKO 0 0 13.1.2
F075.4 Software operator's panel siqnal (MLK) MLKO 0 0 13.1.2
F075 .5 Software operator's panel signal (ORN) ORNO 0 0 13.1.2
Software operator's panel signal
F075 .6 KEYO 0 0 13.1.2
(KEY1-KEY4)
F075 .7 Software operator's panel siqnal (*SP) SPO 0 0 13.1.2
F076 .0 Software operator's panel siqnal (MP1) MPlO 0 0 13.1.2
F076 .1 Software operator's panel siqnal (MP2) MP20 0 0 13.1.2
F076.3 Riqld tappinq-in-proqress slqnal RTAP 0 0 10.13
F076.4 Software operator's panel siena' (ROV1) ROV10 0 0 13.1.2
F076.5 Software operator's panel siqnal (ROV2) ROV20 0 0 13.1.2

- 1926 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B·64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
F077.0 Software operator's panel siqnal (HS1A) HS1AO 0 0 13.1.2
F077.1 Software operator's panel siqnal (HS1B) HS1BO 0 0 13.1.2
F077.2 Software operator's panel signal (HS1C) HS1CO 0 0 13.1.2
F077.3 Software operator's panel signal (HS1D) HS1DO 0 0 13.1.2
F077.6 Software operator's panel signal (RT) RTO 0 0 13.1.2
Software operator's panel signal
F078 *FVOO-*FV70 0 0 13.1.2
(*FVO-*FV7)
Software operator's panel signal
F079,F080 *JVOO-* JV150 0 0 13.1.2
(*JVO-*JV15)
F081.0,F081.2, Software operator's panel signal
+J10-+J40 0 0 13.1.2
F081.4,F081.6 (+J1-+J4)
F081.1,F081.3, Software operator 's panel signal
-JlO--J40 0 0 13.1.2
F081.5,F081.7 (-J1--J4 )
F084,F085 Output slqnals for P-code macro EUOOO-EU015 0 0
Servo axis unexpected disturbance torque
F090.0 ABTQSV 0 0 2.9
detection signal
1st spindle unexpected disturbance
F090.1 ABTSP1 0 0 2.9
torque detection slqnal
2nd spindle unexpected disturbance
F090.2 ABTSP2 0 -·0 2.9
torque detection sional
F091.0 Reverse movement sional MRVMD 0 0 3.5
F091.1 Direction chance prohibition sional MNCHG 0 0 3.5
F091.2 Reverse movement prohibition slqnal MRVSP 0 0 3.5
F091.3 Check mode confirmation sicnal MMMOD 0 0 3.5
F093.2 Tool life countino disable siqnal LFCIF 0 0 11.4
F093.4 SVWRN1 0 0
F093.5 SVWRN2 0 0
Servo warning detail signals 18.1
F093.6 SVWRN3 0 0
F093.7 SVWRN4 0 0
F094.0-F094.4 Reference position return end siqnals ZP1-ZP5 0 0 4.1
2nd reference position return completion
F096.0-F096.4 ZP21-ZP25 0 0 4.4
signals
3rd reference position return completion
F098.0-F098.4 ZP31-ZP35 0 0 4.4
siqnals
4th reference position return completion
F100.0-F100.4 ZP41-ZP45 0 0 4.4
signals
F102.0-F102.4 Axis movino siqnals MV1-MV5 0 0 1.2.6
F104.0-F104.4 In-position slqnals INP1-INP5 0 0 7.2.5
F106.0-F106.4 Axis rnovlno direction siqnals MVD1-MVD5 0 0 1.2.6
F108.0-F108.4 Mirror imaqe check slonals MMI1-MMI5 0 0 1.2.7
F110.0-F11 0.4 Controlled axis detach status siqnals MDTCH1-MDTCH5 0 0 1.2.5,1.15
Distribution completion signals(PMC axis
F112.0-F112.4 EADEN1-EADEN5 0 0 16.1
control)
F114.0-F114.4 Torque limit reached siqnals TRQL1-TRQL5 0 0 15.3.3
Synchronous/composite/superimposed
F118.0-F118.4 SYN10-SYN50 0 0 8.5,8.6
control under way siqnals
F120.0-F120.4 Reference position establishment siqnals ZRF1-ZRF5 0 0 4.1
F122.0-F122.3 Hloh-speed skip status siqnals HDOO-HD03 0 0 15.3.2
F124.0-F124.4 +OT1-+0T5 0 0 2.3.2
Overtravel alarm signals
F126.0-F126.4 -OT1--0T5 0 0 2.3.2
F129.5 Override 0% sional(PMC axis control) EOVO 0 0 16.1

- 1927 -
A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
Controlled axis selection status
F129 .7 *EAXSL 0 0 16.1
signals(PMC axis control)
F130 .0 In-position signals(PMC axis contro)) EINPA 0 0 16.1
Following zero checking signals(PMC axis
F130 .1 ECKZA 0 0 16.1
control)
F130 .2 Ala rm siqnal(PMC axis control) EIALA 0 0 16.1
Auxil iary function executing signals(PMC
F130.3 EDENA 0 0 16.1
axis contro))
F130A Axis rnovinu siqnals(PMC axis contro)) EGENA 0 0 16.1
Positive-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F130 .5 EOTPA 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Negative-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F130 .6 EOTNA 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Axis control command read completion
F130 .7 EBSYA 0 0 16.1
signa ls(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function strobe signals(PMC axis
F131 .0 EMFA 0 0 16.1
control)
F131 .1 Buffer full siqnals(PMC axis control) EABUFA 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function 2nd strobe signals
F131 .2 EMF2A 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function 3rd strobe signals (PMC
F131.3 EMF3A 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Aux iliary function code signals(PMC axis
F132 ,F142 EM11A-EM48A 0 0 16.1
contro))
F133 .0 In-position siqnals(PMC axis control) EINPB 0 0 16.1
Following zero checking signals(PMC axis
F133 .1 ECKZB 0 0 16.1
control)
F133.2 Alarm signal(PMC axis control) EIALB 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function executing signals(PMC
F133 .3 EDENB 0 0 16.1
axis control)
F133A Axis rnovlno siqnals(PMC axis control) EGENB 0 0 16.1
Positive-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F133 .5 EOTPB 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Negative-direct ion overtravel signals(PMC
F133 .6 EOTNB 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Axis control command read completion
F133 .7 EBSYB 0 0 16.1
siqnals(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function strobe signals(PMC axis
F134.0 EMFB 0 0 16.1
control)
F134.1 Buffer full signals(PMC axis control) EABUFB 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function 2nd strobe signals
F134.2 EMF2B 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function 3rd strobe signals (PMC
F134 .3 EMF3B 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Auxiliary funct ion code signals(PMC axis
F135,F145 EM11 B-EM48B 0 0 16.1
control)
F136.0 In-position siqnals(PMC axis control) EINPC 0 0 16.1
Following zero checking signals(PMC axis
F136.1 ECKZC 0 0 16.1
contro))
F136.2 Alarm siqnal(PMC axis control) EIALC 0 0 16.1
Auxil iary function executing signals(PMC
F136 .3 EDENC 0 0 16.1
axis control)

- 1928 -
 A.INTERFACE BETWEEN
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX CNCAND PMC

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
F136.4 Axis moving signals(PMC axis control) EGENC 0 0 16.1
Positive-direction overtraveI signals(PMC
F136.5 EOTPC 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Negative-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F136.6 EOTNC 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Axis control command read completion
F136.7 EBSYC 0 0 16.1
signals(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function strobe signals(PMC axis
F137.0 EMFC 0 0 16.1
control)
F137.1 Buffer full sicmals(PMC axis control) EABUFC 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function 2nd strobe signals
F137.2 EMF2C 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function 3rd strobe signals (PMC
F137.3 EMF3C 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Auxiliary function code signals(PMC axis
F138,F148 EM11C-EM48C 0 0 16.1
control)
F139.0 In-position signals(PMC axis control) EINPD 0 0 16.1
Following zero checking signals(PMC axis
F139.1 ECKZD 0 0 16.1
control)
F139.2 Alarm signal(PMC axis control) EIALD 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function executing signals(PMC
F139.3 EDEND 0 0 16.1
axis control)
F139.4 Axis movina sianals(PMC axis control) EGEND 0 0 16.1
Positive-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F139.5 EOTPD 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Negative-direction overtravel signals(PMC
F139.6 EOTND 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Axis control command read completion
F139.7 EBSYD 0 0 16.1
signals(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function strobe signals(PMC axis
F140.0 EMFD 0 0 16.1
control)
F140.1 Buffer full signals(PMC axis control) EABUFD 0 0 16.1
Auxiliary function 2nd strobe signals
F140.2 EMF2D 0 0 16.1
(PMC axis control)
Auxiliary function 3rd strobe signals (PMC
F140.3 EMF3D 0 0 16.1
axis control)
Auxiliary function code signals(PMC axis
F141,F151 EM11D-EM48D 0 0 16.1
control)
F154.0 Remainina tool count notification siqnal TLAL - 0 11.4
F160,F161 Multi-spindle address P siqnals MSPOO-MSP15 0 0 10.12
Absolute position detector battery voltage
F172.6 PBATZ 0 0 1.4.3
zero alarm signal
Absolute position detector battery voltage
F172.7 PBATL 0 0 1.4.3
low alarm sianal
Torque limit reach signals for reference
F180.0-F180.4 CLRCH 1-CLRCH5 0 0 4.5
position setting with mechanical stopper
F182.0-F182.4 Controlling signals(PMC axis control) EACNT1-EACNT5 0 0 16.1
Unexpected disturbance torque detection
F184.0-F184.4 ABDT1-ABDT5 0 0 2.9
sional
Torque control mode signal(PMC axis
F190 TRQM1-TRQM8 0 0 16.1
control)
F200.0-F201.3 S 12-bit code signals R0102-R1202 0 0 10.12

- 1929 -
A. INTERFACE BETWEEN
CNCAND PMC APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Reference
Address Signal name Symbol T M
item
F202,F203 Actual spindle speed sionals AR002-AR152 0 0 10.9
F204.0-F205.3 S 12-bit code siqnals R0103-R1203 0 0 10.12
Machine coordinate match state output
F210.0-F210.4 SYNMT1-SYNMT5 0 0 1.6
signals
Synchronization compensation enable
F211.0-F211.4 SYNOF1-SYNOF5 0 0 1.6
state output siqnals
F264.0-F265.0 Spindle warninq detail siqnals 1 to 9 SPWRN1-SPWRN9 0 0 10.3
F270.0-F271.3 S 12-bit code siqnals R0104-R1204 0 0 10.12
Cs contour control change completion
F274.0-F274.1 FCSS1-FCSS2 0 0 10.11
siqnal (for each spindle)
Cs axis coordinate establishment alarm
F274.4-F274.5 CSF01-CSF02 0 0 10.11.3
siqnals (for each spindle)
Spindle phase synchronous control signal
F288.0-F288.1 FSPSY1-FSPSY2 0 0 10.14
(for each spindle)
Spindle synchronous speed control
F289.0-F289.1 FSPPH1-FSPPH2 0 0 10.14
completion signal (for each spindle)
F295.6 Dual display forcible end status signal C2SENO 0 0 13.1.9
F295.7 Key control selection status signal CNCKYO 0 0 13.1.9
Synchronous master axis confirrnation
F341.0-F341.4 SYCM1-SYCM5 0 0 8.5
siqnals
Synchronous slave axis confirmation
F342.0-F342.4 SYCS1-SYCS5 0 0 8.5
sicnals
F343.0-F343.4 Composite axis confirmation siqnals MIX01-MIX05 0 0 8.5
Superimposed control master axis
F344.0-F344.4 OVM01-0VM05 0 0 8.6
confirmation siqnals
Superimposed control slave axis
F345.0-F345.4 OVS01-0VS05 0 0 8.6
confirmation siqnals
F346.0-F346.4 Parkinq axis confirmation siqnals SMPK1-SMPK5 0 0 8.5
Each axis workpiece coordinate system
F358.0-F358.4 WPSF1-WPSF5 0 0 1.5.2.6
preset completion signals
F400.1 Spindle unclamp signal SUCLPB 0 0 10.10
F401.1 Spindle clamp sional SCLPB 0 0 10.10
F402.1 Spindle oositlonino mode siqnals MSPOSB 0 0 10.10
Signal for indicating a positional deviation
F403.0 SYNER 0 0 1.6
error alarm for axis synchronous control
F512.0 Macro call executinq signal MCEXE 0 0 16.6
F512.1 Mode change request signal MCRQ 0 0 16.6
F512.2 Abnormal end signal MCSP 0 0 16.6
F513.0 MD1R 0 0
F513.1 MD2R 0 0
F513.2 Mode notification signal MD4R 0 0 16.6
F513.5 DNCIR 0 0
F513.7 ZRNR 0 0
F514,F515 Call oroorarn confirmation siqnal MCEX1-MCEX16 0 0 16.6
F520.0 Automatic data backup executino siqnal ATBK 0 0
F521.0-F521.4 SV speed control mode siqnals SVREV1-SVREV5 0 0 10.19
F522.0-F522.4 Spindle indexinq siqnal for each axis SPP1-SPP5 0 0 10.19
F531.3 MOl selection confirmation slonal MMDISL 0 0 13.1.6
F532.0-F532.4 Axis synchronous control status siqnals SYN01 to SYN05 0 0 1.6

- 1930 -
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

B DIFFERENCES FROM Series o-c

Appendix B, "Differences from Series Oi-C" , consists of the following
sections:

B.l SETTING UNIT 1933

B.2 STORED PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION 1934
B.3 WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM 1935
BA LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM 1936
B.5 AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL 1938
B.6 ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL. 1944
B.7 STORED STROKE CHECK 1946
B.8 CHUCKITAIL STOCK BARRIER (T SERIES) 1948
B.9 MACHINING CONDITION SELECTION FUNCTION 1949
B.I0 MANUAL HANDLE FEED 195 I
B.ll MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 1954
B.12 RESET AND REWIND 1957
B.B SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (M SERIES) 1958
B.14 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF 1959
B.15 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 1960
B.16 THREADING CYCLE RETRACT (CANNED CUTTING
CYCLEIMULTIPLE REPETITIVE CANNED CUTTING
CYCLE) (T SERIES) 1961
B.17 HELICAL INTERPOLATION " 1962
B.18 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLAnON (T SERIES) .1963
B.19 ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (T SERIES)/AI
ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (M SERIES)/AI
CONTOUR CONTROL (M SERIES) 1965
B.20 WAITING M CODES (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1968
B.21 PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK (T SERIES (2-PATH
CONTROL)) 1969
B.22 SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AND COMPOSITE
CONTROL (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL)) 1970
B.23 SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL (T SERIES (2-PATH
CONTROL)) 1975
B.24 AUXILIARY FUNCTION/2ND AUXILIARY
FUNCTION 1977
B.25 SERIAL/ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL 1978
B.26 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL 1979
B.27 SPINDLE POSITIONING (T SERIES) 1980
B.28 Cs CONTOUR CONTROL. 1982
B.29 MULTI-SPINDLE CONTROL 1983
B.30 TOOL FUNCTIONS 1984
B.31 TOOL COMPENSATION MEMORY 1986
B.32 Y AXIS OFFSET (T SERIES) 1988
B.33 CUTTER COMPENSATION/TOOL NOSE RADIUS
COMPENSATION 1989

- 193I -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B.34 CUSTOM MACRO 1997

B.35 INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO 2000
B.36 CANNED CYCLE FOR DRILLING 2001
B.37 CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES)/MULTIPLE REPETITIVE
CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES) 2004
B.38 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE 2005
B.39 MULTIPLE RESPECTIVE CANNED CYCLE FOR
TURNING (T SERIES) 2007
BAO OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER
ROUNDING (M SERIES) 2012
BAI CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING
(T SERIES) 2013
BA2 DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING
(T SERIES) 2014
BA3 RUN HOUR AND PARTS COUNT DISPLAY 2015
BA4 SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION AND AUTOMATIC
SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION 2016
BA5 MEMORY PROTECTION SIGNAL FOR CNC P
ARAMETER 2017
BA6 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT
(M SERIES)/AUTOMATIC TOOL OFFSET (T SERIES) .2018
BA7 SKIP FUNCTION 2022
BA8 INPUT OF TOOL OFFSET VALUE MEASURED B
(T SERIES) 2025
BA9 PMC AXIS CONTROL. 2027
B.50 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT 2033
B.51 SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH 2036
B.52 IN-POSITION CHECK 2037
B.53 DATA SERVER FUNCTION 2038
B.54 POWER MATE CNC MANAGER 2039
B.55 PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER INPUT (GI0) 2040
B.56 EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALL (MI98) 2041

- 1932-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

B.1 SETTING UNIT

8.1.1 Differences in Specifications

Diameter/rad ius Make a selection using bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter NO.1 006.
specification in the
move command for Bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No. 1006
each axis The move command for each axis specifies:
0: Radius.
1: Diameter.

With Series Oi-C, in order for an axis whose diameter is specified to travel the speci fied
distance, it is necessary not only to set 1 in bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No. 1006 but also to
make either of the following two changes :
Reduce the command multiplier (CMR) to half. (The detection unit does not need to
be changed .)
Reduce the detection unit to half, and double the flexible feed gear (DMR) .
With Series Oi-D , by contrast, just setting 1 in bit 3 (DIAx) of parameter No. 1006 causes
the CNC to reduce the command pulses to half, eliminating the need to make the
changes described above (when the detection unit is not changed).
Note that , when the detection unit is reduced to half, both the CMR and DMR need to be
doubled .

8.1.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.1.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1933 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B.2 STORED PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION

8.2.1 Differences in Specifications

Value of parameter Reference position

No. 3621 for the
setting of a rotary axis
(type A)

90.0 270.0

Compensation values are output at

180.0 the positions indicated by O.

- Amount of movement per rotation: 360 0

- Interval between pitch error compensation positions: 45 0
- Number of the compensation position of the reference position: 60
In the above case, the values of the arameters are as follows.
Parameter Series Oi-C Series Oi-O
No. 3620: Number of the compensation position of 60
60
the reference osition
No. 3621: Smallest com ensation osition number 60 61
No. 3622: Lar est com ensation osition number 68 68
No. 3623: Com ensation ma nification
No. 3624: Interval between com ensation ositions 45000 45000
No. 3625: Amount of movement er rotation 360000 360000
The value of parameter No. 3621 is as follows.
Series Oi-C
= Number of the compensation position of the reference position (parameter No. 3620)
Series Oi-D
= Number of the compensation position of the reference position (parameter No. 3620) +
1

8.2.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.2.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1934-
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

B.3 WORKPIECE COORDINATE SYSTEM

8.3.1 Differences in Specifications

Change in absolute - Make a selection using bit 5 (AWK) of - Bit 5 (AWK) of parameter No. 1201 is
position display when parameter No. 1201. not available.
the workpiece zero The tool always behaves as when AWK
point offset value is Bit 5 (AWK) of parameter No. 1201 is set to 1.
changed When the workpiece zero point offset value
is changed:
0: Changes the absolute position display
when the program executes the block
that is buffered next.
1: Changes the absolute position display
immediately.
In either case, the changed value does not
take effect until the block that is buffered
next.

8.3.2 Differences in Signals

Each axis workpiece Not available. Available .

coordinate system
preset signals
WPRST1 to WPRST5
<Gn358.0 to
Gn358.4>
Each axis workpiece Not available. Available .
coordinate system
preset completion
signals
WPSF1 to WPSF5
<Fn358.0 to Fn358.4>

8.3.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1935 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.4 LOCAL COORDINATE SYSTEM

8.4.1 Differences in Specifications

Clearing of the local The processing is The processing is determined by the settings of bit
coordinate system determined by the settings 7 (WZR) of parameter No. 1201, bit 3 (RLC) of
after servo alarm of bit 5 (SNC) and bit 3 parameter No. 1202, bit 6 (CLR) of parameter No.
cancellation (RLC) of parameter No. 3402, and bit 6 (C14) of parameter No. 3407.
1202. Bit 5 (SNC) of parameter No. 1202 is not available.

Bit 3 (RLC) of parameter No. Bit 7 (WZR) of parameter No. 1201

1202 If the CNC is reset by the reset key on the MOl panel,
Upon reset, the local external reset signal, reset and rewind signal, or
coordinate system is: emergency stop signal when bit 6 (CLR) of parameter
0: Not canceled. No. 3402 is set to 0, the G code of group number 14
1: Canceled. (workpiece coordinate system) is:
0: Placed in the reset state.
Bit 5 (SNC) of parameter No. 1: Not placed in the reset state.
1202 NOTE
After servo alarm cancellation, When bit 6 (CLR) of parameter No. 3402 is set to 1, the
the local coordinate system is: processing depends on the setting of bit 6 (C14) of
0: Cleared. parameter No. 3407.
1: Not cleared.
NOTE Bit 3 (RLC) of parameter No. 1202
When the RLC bit of the Upon reset, the local coordinate system is:
parameter is set to 1, the local 0: Not canceled.
coordinate system is cleared, 1: Canceled.
even if the SNC bit of the NOTE
parameter is set to 1. When bit 6 (CLR) of parameter No. 3402 is set to 0
and bit 7 (WZR) of parameter No. 1201 is set to 1,
the local coordinate system is canceled, regardless
of the setting of this parameter.
When bit 6 (CLR) of parameter No. 3402 is set to 1
and bit 6 (C14) of parameter No. 3407 is set to 0,
the local coordinate system is canceled, regardless
of the setting of this parameter.

Bit 6 (CLR) of parameter No. 3402

The reset key on the MOl panel, external reset signal,
reset and rewind signal, or emergency stop signal
places the local coordinate system in:
0: Reset state.
1: Clear state.

Bit 6 (C14) of parameter No. 3407

If the CNC is reset by the reset key on the MOl panel,
external reset signal, reset and rewind signal, or
emergency stop signal when bit 6 (CLR) of parameter
No. 3402 is set to 1, the G code of group number 14
(workpiece coordinate system) is:
0: Placed in the clear state.
1: Not laced in the clear state.

- 1936 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

13- --·.·- --.- -- - - -

;:""",f:ii m iii
Operation with the - Make a selection using bit 4 (G52) of - Bit 4 (G52) of parameter No . 1202 is
local coordinate parameter No. 1202. not ava ilab le.
system setting (G52 ) The too l always behaves as when G52
Bit 4 (G52) of parameter No . 1202 is set to 1.
1) If there are two or more blocks that are
not moved before G52 is specified
during cutter compensation, or if G52 is
specified after the cutter compensation
mode is turned off, with the offset vector
ma intained, the local coo rdinate system
setting is performed:
0: W ithout considering the cutter
compensation vector.
1: Considering the cutte r
compensation vector.
2) When G52 is specified , the local
coord inate system setting is performed
for :
0: All axes.
1: Only those axes whose command
add resses are found in the
G52-specified block.

8.4.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.4.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1937 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.5 AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL

8.5.1 Differences in Specifications

Function name Quick s nchronous control - Axis s nchronous control

Setting to perform Not available. Depends on bit 5 (SCA) of parameter
synchronous No. 8304 for the slave axis. When 0 is
operation all the time set, the processing is the same as
Series Oi-C.

Bit 5 (SeA) of parameter No. 8304

In axis synchronous control:
0: Synchronous operation is performed
when the axis synchronous control
selection signal SYNCx or axis
synchronous control manual feed
selection signal SYNCJx for the slave
axis is set to "1".
1: Synchronous operation is performed all
the time.
Synchronous operation is performed
regardless of the setting of the SYNCx
or SYNCJx si nal.
Setting to move Not available. Available.
multiple slave axes in This is possible by setting the same
synchronism with the master axis number in parameter No.
master axis 8311 for the multi Ie slave axes.
Setting of the same - The same name cannot be set for the The same name can be set for the
name for the master master and slave axes. master and slave axes. In that case,
and slave axes however, automatic operation cannot
be performed in normal operation; only
manual 0 eration is allowed.
Setting of axes for EiI-~-~---_·- The master axis number set in
which to perform quick - The master axis number set in parameter No. 8311 mayor may not be
synchronous control parameter No. 8311 must be smaller smaller than the slave axis number.
(axis synchronous than the slave axis number. The setting method of parameter No.
control) [!J 8311 for the M series of Series Oi-C is
- The setting method of parameter No. always used.
8311 is different from that used for the
M series.

- 1938 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.D1FFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Synchronization error
check based on
positional difference
. ------
The servo positional difference between
the master and slave axes is monitored,
The servo positional difference
between the master and slave axes is
monitored , and alarm DS0001 is issued
and alarm PS0213 is issued if the if the difference exceeds the limit value
difference exceeds the limit value set in set in parameter No. 8323 for the slave
parameter No. 8313 when the number axis. At the same time , the signal for
of synchronized axis pairs is one or the indicating a positional difference error
limit value set in parameter No. 8323 for alarm for axis synchronous control
the master axis when the number of SYNER<F403.0> is output.
synchronized axis pairs is two. Parameter No. 8313 is not available.
Regardless of the number of pairs, set
The data range of parameter No. 8323 the limit value in parameter No. 8323.
is as follows:
[Data range] The data range of parameter No. 8323
o to 32767 is as follows:
L!J [Data range]

Synchronization error
check based on
.-
Not available.

The machine coordinates of the master

o to 999999999
The machine coordinates of the master
and slave axes are compared and , if
machine coordinates and slave axes are compared and , if the difference is greater than the value
the difference is greater than the value set in parameter No. 8314 for the slave
set in parameter No. 8314 for the axis , alarm SV0005 is issued and the
master axis, alarm SV0407 is issued motor is stopped immediately.
and the motor is stopped immediately.
The data range of parameter No. 8314
The data range of parameter No. 8314 is as follows:
is as follows: [Data range]
[Data range] o or positive 9 digits of the minimum

Setting of
synchronization
establishment
.
o to 32767
[TI- --
Not available .
---
Synchronization establishment is
enabled by setting 1 in bit 7 (SOF) of
unit of data. (For IS-B, 0.0 to
+999999.999)

Synchronization establishment is
enabled by setting 1 in bit 7 (SOF) of
parameter No. 8303 for the slave axis .
parameter No. 8301 when the number (Bit 7 (SOF) of parameter No. 8301 is
of synchronized axis pairs is one or by not available. Regardless of the
setting 1 in bit 7 (SOF) of parameter number of pairs, set 1 in bit 7 (SOF) of
No. 8303 for the master axis when the parameter No. 8303.)
number of synchronized axis pairs is
two.
L!J
Synchronization establishment is not
available.

- 1939 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Timing of
a~"·~ __ "m"
Synchronization establishment is
synchronization Synchronization establishment is performed when:
establishment performed when: 1. Power is turned on when the absolute
1. Power is turned on when the absolute position detector is used.
position detector is used. 2. Manual reference position return
2. [!]
Emergency stop. is canceled. operation is performed.
3. The state of servo position control is
Synchronization establishment is not changed from off to on.
available. (This occurs when emergency stop, servo
alarm, servo off, etc. is canceled. Note,
however, that synchronization
establishment is not performed at the time
of axis removal cancellation.
Maximum a·~-~·····"·· Set the value in parameter No. 8325 for
compensation for Set the value in parameter No. 8315 the slave axis.
synchronization when the number of synchronized axis If the compensation amount exceeds
pairs is one or in parameter No. 8325 the values set in this parameter, alarm
for the master axis when the number of SV0001 occurs.
synchronized axis pairs is two. (Parameter No. 8315 is not available.
If the compensation amount exceeds Regardless of the number of pairs, set
the values set in the relevant the value in parameter No. 8325.)
parameter, alarm SV0410 occurs.
The data unit and data range of
The data unit and data range of parameter No. 8325 are as follows:
parameter Nos. 8315 and 8325 are as [Data unit]
follows: Machine unit
[Data unit] [Data range]
Detection unit o or positive 9 digits of the minimum
[Data range] unit of data. (For IS-B, 0.0 to
o to 32767 ..
[!] ~._ ~.
+999999.999)

Synchronization establishment is not

available.
a ··~-·········
Automatic setting for Set 1 in bit 0 (ATE) of parameter No.
grid position matching Enable automatic setting for grid 8303 for the slave axis to enable
position matching by setting 1 in bit 0 automatic setting for grid position
(ATE) of parameter No. 8302 when the matching.
number of synchronized axis pairs is (Bit 0 (ATE) of parameter No. 8302 is
one or in bit 0 (ATE) of parameter No. not available. Regardless of the
8303 when the number of synchronized number of pairs, set the value in bit 0
axis pairs is two. (ATE) of parameter No. 8303.)

Start automatic setting for grid position Set 1 in bit 1 (ATS) of parameter No.
matching by setting 1 in bit 1 (ATS) of 8303 for the slave axis to start
parameter No. 8302 when the number automatic setting for grid position
of synchronized axis pairs is one or in matching.
bit 1 (ATS) of parameter No. 8303 when (Bit 1 (ATS) of parameter No. 8302 is
the number of synchronized axis pairs not available. Regardless of the
is two. number of pairs, set the value in bit 1
[!] (ATS) of parameter No. 8303.)
Automatic setting for grid position
matchin is not available.

- 1940-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Difference between 13··- ···_····· · ···· Set the value in parameter No. 8326 for
the master axis Set the value in parameter No. 8316 the slave axis.
reference counter and when the number of synchronized axis (Parameter No. 8316 is not available.
slave axis reference pairs is one or in parameter No. 8326 Regardless of the number of pairs, set
counter obtained for the master axis. the value in parameter No. 8326 .)
through automatic [!J -- - - -
setting for grid Automatic setting for grid position
ositionin matchin is not available.
Time from the servo 13'-'-- -- Set the value in parameter No. 8327 for
preparation Set the value in parameter No. 8317 the slave axis.
completion signal SA when the number of synchronized axis (Parameter No. 8317 is not available.
<FOOO.6> being set to pairs is one or in parameter No. 8327 Regardless of the number of pairs, set
1 until torque for the master axis when the number of the value in parameter No. 8327.)
difference alarm synchronized axis pairs is two.
detection is started [!J
Torque difference alarm detection is not
available.
Setting to use the 13 Bit 3 (SSE) of parameter No. 8302 is
external machine When 1 is set in bit 3 (SSE) of not available .
coordinate system parameter No. 8302 , setting an external By setting 1 in bit 7 (SYE) of parameter
shift function for the machine coordinate system shift for the No. 8304 for the slave axis, the slave
slave axis master axis causes the slave axis to axis is shifted as well when an external
shift as well. mach ine coordinate system shift is set
This parameter is used for all the pairs. for the corresponding master axis.
C!T- - - - This parameter is used individually for
Not available. each slave axis.
Setting to prevent 13'- '- - Bit 7 (SMF) of parameter No. 3105 is
slave axis movement Setting 1 in bit 7 (SMF) of parameter not available.
from being added to No. 3105 prevents slave axis Setting 0 in bit 2 (SAF) of parameter
the actual feed rate movement from being added to the No. 8303 prevents slave axis
display actual feedrate display. movement from being added to the
This parameter
[!J_ ..__.. .__.- is used for all the pairs. actual feed rate display. (Note that the
meaning of the value is the opposite
Not available . Slave axis movement is from bit 7 (SMF) of parameter No.
always added to the actual feedrate 3105 .)
display. This parameter is used individually for
each slave axis.

- 1941 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Change of the Specify an M code that is not to be Specify an M code that changes the
synchronization state buffered. synchronization state (parameter No.
during a program Using this M code , change the input 8337 or 8338) .
command signal - SYNCx<G138> or By chang ing the input signal -
SYNCJx<G140> - from the PMC side. SYNCx<G138> or SYNCJx<G140>-
from the PMC side using this M code , it
is possible to change the
synchronization state during a program
command .

Parameter No. 8337

Specify an M code that changes
synchronous operation to normal
operation .

Parameter No. 8338

Specify an M code that changes normal
o eration to s nchronous 0 eration.
Automatic slave axis 13- - - - Bit 4 (TRP) of parameter No. 12762 is
parameter setting This function is enabled by setting 1 in not available.
bit 4 (SYP) of parameter No. 8303 for This function is enabled by setting 1 in
the master axis. bit 4 (SYP) of parameter No. 8303 for
LiJ the master and slave axes.
This function is enabled by setting 1 in
bit 4 (TRP) of parameter No. 12762 for
the master axis.

Two pairs (also two pairs for the M

series)

Synchronous operation is not available Setting axis synchronous control

in jog , handle , or manual incremental manual feed select ion signal SYNCJx
feed . to 1 enables synchronous operation
even in jog , handle , or manual
incremental feed.

Mirror image for the A mirror image cannot be applied to a By setting parameter No. 8312 for the
slave axis slave axis during quick synchronous slave axis, a mirror image can be
contro l. It can be applied only to the T applied to a slave axis during quick
series. s nchronous control.

- 1942 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Setting to cancel the Depends on bit 5 (SYE) of parameter Not available.

check of positional No. 8301. Therefore, bit 5 (SYE) of parameter No.
difference between 8301 is not available.
the master and slave Bit 5 (SYE) of parameter No. 8301 Since the positional difference is
axes during During synchronization establishment , the always checked , parameter No. 8318 is
synchronization positional difference limit is: not available, either.
establishment 0: Checked.
1: Not checked. Parameter No. 8318
Set the time from the synchronization
establishment function outputting a
compensation pulse to the slave axis until
the check of the positional difference limit
between the master and slave axes starts .

8.5.2 Differences in Signals

Torque difference Not available . - Available (NSYNCA<Gn059.7» .

alarm detection Setting this signal to 1 disables torque
disable si nal difference alarm detection .
Axis synchronous Not available. - Available (SYN01 <Fn532.0 to
control signal Fn532.4> to SYN05 <Fn532.0 to
Fn532.4».
This signal is output to the slave axis
subiect to axis s nchronous control.

8.5.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

Positional difference This item is displayed in diagnosis No. - This item is displayed in diagnosis No.
between the master 540 for the master axis when the 3500 for the slave axis.
and slave axes number of synchronized axis pairs is (Regardless of the number of pairs, the
one or in diagnosis No. 541 for the item is displayed in diagnosis No.
master axis when the number of 3500 .)
s nchronized axis airs is two.

- 1943 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

8.6 ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL

B.6.1 Differences in Specifications

~
_ '.w;,,' w'!ilrc'
~ I ~
Angular and
perpendicular axes Series Oi-C Series Oi-O
when an invalid value Angular Perpendicular
is set in parameter Angular axis Perpendicular axis
axis axis
No. 8211 or 8212 Z-axis of the basic
Y-axis of the basic
M Yaxis Z axis (3rd three axes (axis with three axes (axis with
series (2nd axis) axis) 2 set in parameter 3 set in parameter
No . 1022) No. 1022)
X-axis of the basic Z-axis of the basic
T X axis (1st Z axis (2nd three axes (axis with three axes (axis with
series axis) axis) 1 set in parameter 3 set in parameter
No. 1022) No. 1022)

Reference position - Select the signal using bit 3 (AZP) of - Bit 3 (AZP) of parameter No. 8200 is
return completion parameter No . 8200. not available.
signal ZP for the When the bit is set to 0, ZP is not set to ZP is always set to "0". (The signal is
perpendicular axis "0". (The signal is not cleared .) cleared.)
moved with the When the bit is set to 1, ZP is set to "0".
angular axis (The signal is cleared .)
<Fn094, Fn096,
Fn098, Fn100>
When an angular axis - Select the perpendicular axis operation - Bit 6 (A53) of parameter No. 8201 is
is specified using bit 6 (A53) of parameter No. not available.
individually in machine 8201. Only the angular axis is always moved .
coordinate system When the bit is set to 0, the
selection (G53) during perpendicular axis is also moved.
arbitrary angular axis When the bit is set to 1, only the
control annular axis is moved .
G30 command during - Select the operation using bit 0 (A30) of - Bit 0 (A30) of parameter No. 8202 is
arbitrary angular axis parameter No. 8202 . not available.
control When the bit is set to 0, the operation is The operation is always for the angular
for the perpendicular coord inate coordinate system.
system.
When the bit is set to 1, the operation is
for the anqular coordinate system.

- 1944-
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.6.2 Differences in Signals

Reference position See the "Differences in Specifications" section .

return completion
signal ZP
<Fn094 , Fn096,
Fn098, Fn100>

8.6.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1945 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

B.7 STORED STROKE CHECK

8.7.1 Differences in Specifications

Stored stroke check This function is always enab led for all It is possible to select whether to
immediately follow ing axes. enable or disable the function on an
powering on axis-by-ax is basis using bit 0 (DOT) of
parameter No. 1311.

Bit 0 (DOT) of parameter No. 1311

The stored stroke limit check immediately
following powering on is:
0: Disabled .
1: Enabled.
NOTE
This function stores machine coordinates
using software and therefore imposes a
burden on the system. Disable the
function for those axes that do not require
it. Movements made while the power is
off are not reflected on the machine
coordinate system immediately after
owerin on.
Machine coordinates are set upon Machine coordinates are set upon
powering on. powering on.
Abso lute and relative coordinates are not Absolute and relative coordinates are
set. set based on these machine
(They are set when the absolute position coordinates.
detector is rovided.
Y and J address
C!T..... ~~ ~~

- Available for both the T series and M

specification using Not available. series.
.-~ ..••.....••_....
G22
Not available.
Overtravel alarm Stored stoke check 2 does not support Stored stoke check 2 also supports bit
bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300. 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300.
Therefore, if an interference alarm Setting 1 in BFA allows the tool to stop
occurs , the tool stops after entering the before entering the prohibited area ,
prohibited area. thus eliminating the need to make the
This makes it necessary to make the prohibited area slightly larger than
prohibited area slightly larger than actually necessary.
actually necessary.
Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300
If a stored stoke check 1, 2, or 3 alarm
occurs , if an interference alarm occurs with
the inter-path interference check function
(T series) , or if an alarm occurs with
chuck/tail stock barrier (T series), the tool
stops:
0: After entering the prohibited area.
1: Before enterin the rohibited area .

- 1946-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Operation When the operation is resumed , the tool - When the operation is resumed, the
continuation after moves the remaining travel distance of tool moves toward the end point of the
automatic alarm the block that caused the soft OT. block that caused the soft OT, causing
cancellation when a Therefore, the program can be another soft OT and making it
soft OT1 alarm is continued if the tool is moved through impossible to continue the program.
issued during the manual intervention beyond the For details, refer to "STORED
execution of an remaining travel distance . STROKE CHECK 1" in "CONNECTION
absolute command in MANUAL (FUNCTION)" (B-64303EN).
automatic 0 eration

Block that judges the - A selection can be made using bit 5 Bit 5 (ODA) of parameter No. 7055 is
distance to the stored (ODA) of parameter No. 7055. not available.
stroke limit in AI The distance is always judged with respect
advanced preview Bit 5 (ODA) of parameter No. 7055 to the axes specified in the current block .
control or AI contour The distance to the stored stroke limit in AI
control mode advanced preview control or AI contour
control mode is judged with respect to:
0: Axes specified in the current and next
blocks.
1: Axes s ecified in the current block.

8.7.2 Differences in Signals

Stroke check 1
release signal
m '"
Not available.
Available for both the T series and M
series .
EiI~--
RLSOT<Gn007 .7>
Available .
Overtravel alarm m- Available for both the T series and M
signal Not available. series .
+OT1 to +OT5 EiI
<Fn124.0 to Fn124.4> Available .
-OT1 to -OT5
<Fn126.0 to Fn126.4>

8.7.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1947 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

8.8 CHUCK/TAIL STOCK BARRIER (T SERIES)

~---_..

8.8. 1 Differences in Specifications

Overtravel alarm - Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300 is - Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300 is
not supported. supported.
Therefore, if an interference alarm Setting 1 in BFA allows the tool to stop
occurs , the tool stops after entering the before entering the prohibited area,
prohibited area. thus eliminating the need to make the
This makes it necessary to make the prohibited area slightly larger than
prohibited area slightly larger than actually necessary.
actually necessary.
Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300
If a stored stoke check 1, 2, or 3 occurs, if
an interference alarm occurs with the
inter-path interference check function (T
series), or if an alarm occurs with chuck/tail
stock barrier (T series) , the tool stops:
0: After entering the prohibited area.
1: Before enterin the rohibited area.

8.8.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.8.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1948 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.9 MACHINING CONDITION SELECTION FUNCTION

8.9.1 Differences in Specifications

Differences common to advanced preview control, AI advanced preview

control, and AI contour control

Parameters set by The following parameters are set The following parameters are set
"acceleration/deceleration according to the precision level : according to the precision level :
before interpolation" [Parameter No. 1770] [Parameter No. 1660]
(machining parameter Maximum cutting feed rate in linear Maximum permissible cutting feed rate
adjustment screen) acceleration/deceleration before in acceleration/deceleration before
interpolation interpolation on each axis
[Parameter No. 1771] (Series Oi-O does not have parameter
Time before the maximum cutting Nos. 1770 and 1771 .)
feed rate in linear
acceleration/deceleration before
interpolation (parameter No. 1770) is
reached
Parameter 1 set by The following parameters are set The following parameters are set
"permissible acceleration" according to the precision level : according to the precision level :
(machining parameter [Parameter No. 1730] [Parameter No. 1735]
adjustment screen) Upper limit of the feed rate by arc Permissible acceleration in speed
radius-based feed rate clamp control with acceleration in circular
[Parameter No. 1731] interpolation
Arc radius corresponding to the upper (Series Oi-O does not have parameter
limit of the feedrate by arc Nos. 1730 and 1731 . Also , "arc
radius-based feedrate clamp radius-based feed rate clamp" has
(parameter No. 1730) been renamed "speed control with
acceleration in circular inter olat ion".

- 1949 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B·64303EN·1/01

If- -------- - - -
Differences regarding AI advanced preview control and AI contour control

Parameter 2 set by - The following parameters are set - The following parameters are set
"permissible according to the precis ion level : according to the precision level:
acceleration" [Parameter No. 1432] [Parameter No. 1737]
(machining parameter Maximum cutting feed rate Permissible acceleration for speed
adjustment screen) [Parameter No. 1785] control with the acceleration on each
Time before the maximum cutting axis
feedrate (parameter No. 1432) is (Series Oi-O does not have parameter
reached No. 1785. Also, "acceleration-based
(Set this to determine the permissible feed rate clamp" has been renamed
acceleration for acceleration-based "speed control with the acceleration on
feed rate clam . each axis".

8.9.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.9.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1950 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.10 MANUAL HANDLE FEED

8.10.1 Differences in Specifications

Handle pulses If manual handle feed exceeding the rapid traverse rate is specified , whether to ignore or
exceeding the rapid accumulate handle ulses exceedin the ra id traverse feed rate can be set as follows.
traverse rate Depends on bit 4 (HPF) of parameter Bit 4 (HPF) of parameter No. 7100 is
No. 7100. The amount of pulses to be not available. Whether to ignore or
accumulated is set in parameter No. accumulate excess handle pulses is
7117. determined by the amount to be
accumulated that is set in parameter
NO.7117.
[When parameter No. 7117 = 0]
Ignored.
[When parameter No. 7117 > 0]
Accumulated in the CNC without being
i nored .
Permissible amount of - The value range of parameter No. 7117 The value range of parameter No. 7117
pulses for manua l is 0 to 99999999 (8 digits). is 0 to 999999999 (9 digits).
handle feed

H&~~REofiation.
Number of manual - Set the value in parameter No. 7110. - Parameter No. 7110 is not available .
pulse generators used Up to two generators can be used
without settin the arameter.

- 1951 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Value range of the For parameter Nos. 7113, 7131, and For parameter Nos. 7113, 7114, 7131,
magnification 12350, magnification ranges from 1 to 7132, 12350, and 12351 , magnification
parameter for manual 127. ranges from 1 to 2000.
handle feed For parameter Nos. 7114, 7132, and
12351, magnification ranges from 1 to
1000.
Parameter No. 7113 Parameter No . 7114
Magnification when manual handle feed Magnification when manual handle feed
=
amount selection signals MP1 0 and MP2 amount selection signals MP1 1 and =
= 1 = MP2 1
[When bit 5 (MPX) of parameter No. 7100 = 0]
Magnification common to all the generators in the path
[When bit 5 (MPX) of parameter No. 7100 = 1]
_______ ~~gElif!..~~!!~Q _!:!~~~J?y _!n_~_!J!.!?_tg_~Q~~~!~ir) the _R~!b _
Parameter No. 7131 Parameter No. 7132
Magnification when manual handle feed Magnification when manual handle feed
amount selection signals MP21 0 and = =
amount selection signals MP21 1 and
MP22 = 1 MP22 = 1
When bit 5 (MPX) of parameter No. 7100 is set to 1, the magnification used by the
__
_~~~~Q~_g~~~~1~~_!!1_!.~~_.P_<:'l_~~ ~RP.l~~!?_~ _
Parameter No. 12350 Parameter No . 12351
Magnification when per-axis manual handle Magnification when per-axis manual handle
feed amount selection signals MP1 0 and = feed amount selection signals MP1 1 and =
MP2 = 1 MP2 = 1

- 1952 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Number of manual Set the value in parameter No. 7110. Parameter No. 7110 is not available .
pulse generators used Up to three generators can be used
without settin the arameter .
Value range of the For parameter Nos. 7113, 7131, 7133, For parameter No. 7113, 7114, 7131 ,
magnification and 12350, magnification ranges from 1 7132,7133,7134,12350, and 12351,
parameter for manual to 127. magnification ranges from 1 to 2000.
handle feed For parameter Nos. 7114, 7132, 7134,
and 12351, magnification ranges from 1
to 1000.
Parameter No. 7133 Parameter No. 7134
Magnification when manual handle feed Magnification when manual handle feed
amount selection signals MP31 = 0 and amount selection signals MP31 = 1 and
MP32 = 1 MP32 = 1
When bit 5 (MPX) of parameter No. 7100 is set to 1, the magnification used by the third
_g~~~J:~_~Q~_ !~U_~_P_~_~~_9J~e~~~~_· . .._.... .. . . _
* For parameter Nos. 7113, 7114,7131 ,7132,12350, and 12351, see the section
ex lainin the similar function for the T series.

8.10.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.10.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1953 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.11 MANUAL REFERENCE POSITION RETURN

8.11.1 Differences in Specifications

Conditions for Manual reference position return is performed when automatic operation is halted (feed
performing manual hold) and when any of the following conditions is met:
reference position <Conditions>
return during feed (1) Travel distance is remaining.
hold (2) An auxiliary function (M, S, T, or B function) is being executed .
3 A dwell, canned c cle, or other c cle is in ro ress.
Depends on bit 2 (OZR) of parameter Bit 2 (OZR) of parameter No. 1800 is
No. 1800. not available.
[When OZR = 0] Alarm PS0091 occurs, and manual
Alarm PS0091 occurs, and manual reference position return is not
reference position return is not performed.
performed.
[When OZR = 1]
Manual reference position return is
erformed without issuin an alarm.
When inch/metric The reference position is lost. - The reference position is not lost.
switch is done (The reference position is not (The reference position remains
established. established.
Reference position Set 1 in bit 1 (DLZ) of parameter No. Bit 1 (DLZ) of parameter No. 1002 is
setting without dogs 1002. not available.
for all axes Reference position setting without dogs
(bit 1 (DLZx) of parameter NO.1005) is
set for all axes.
Function that Not available. Depends on bit 4 (GRD) of parameter
performs reference No. 1007.
position setting
without dogs two or Bit 4 (GRD) of parameter No. 1007
more times when the For the axis on which absolute values are
reference position is detected, when correspondence between
not established in the machine position and the position by
absolute position the absolute position detector is not
detection completed, the reference position setting
without dogs is:
0: Not performed two or more times.
1: Performed two or more times.

- 1954 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

[!] ,',._-_ __-_ .

Behavior when [Rotation axis type = A and bit 0 (RTLx)
manual reference [When bit 0 (RTLx) of parameter No. of parameter No. 1007 = 0]
position return is 1007 = 0] Movement is made at the reference
started on a rotation Movement is made at the rapid traverse position return feedrate FL even if the
axis with the feed rate until the grid is established. grid is not established.
deceleration dog If the deceleration dog is released Releasing the deceleration dog before
pressed before a before the grid is established, one the grid is established causes alarm
reference position is revolution is made at the rapid traverse PS0090.
established feed rate, thus establishing the grid . =
[Rotation axis type A and bit 0 (RTLx)
Pressing the deceleration dog again of parameter No. 1007 = 1]
establishes the reference position. Movement is made at the rapid
[When bit 0 (RTLx) of parameter No. traverse feed rate until the grid is
1007 = 1] established.
Movement is made at the reference If the deceleration dog is released
position return feedrate FL even if the before the grid is established , one
grid is not established. revolution is made at the rapid traverse
Releasing the deceleration dog before feed rate, thus establishing the grid.
the grid is established causes alarm Pressing the deceleration dog again

••
PS0090 .

Does not depend on bit 0 (RTLx) of

parameter No. 1007.
establishes the reference position.
=
[Rotation axis type B]
Does not depend on bit 0 (RTLx) of
parameter No, 1007.
Movement is made at the reference Movement is made at the reference
position return feedrate FL even if the position return feedrate FL even if the
grid is not established. grid is not established.
Releasing the deceleration dog before Releasing the deceleration dog before
the grid is established causes alarm the grid is established causes alarm
PS0090 . PS0090 .
Reference position Available only for the M series in Series Available for all series in Series Oi-D.
shift function Oi-C and earlier.
Reference position The function is enabled for all axes by Bit 2 (SFD) of parameter No. 1002 is
shift function setting setting 1 in bit 2 (SFD) of parameter No. not available.
1002. Set bit 4 (SFDx) of parameter No.1 008
for each axis .
Setting of whether to Not available. Depends on bit 1 (HZP) of parameter
preset the coordinate The coordinate system is not preset. No. 1206.
system upon
high-speed manual Bit 1 (HZP) of parameter No.1206
reference position Upon high-speed manual reference
return position retum, the coord inate system is:
0: Preset.
1: Not preset (FSOi-C compatible
s ecification .

- 1955 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

II
G28/G30 command in Not available. The command can be executed only
the coordinate system Cancel the mode before executing the when all of the conditions described
rotation , scaling, or command . below are met.
programmable mirror Otherwise, alarm PS0412 occurs.
image mode
<Conditions>
[Conditions required before specifying the
command]
(1) An absolute command is specified for
the target axis of coordinate system
rotation , scaling, or programmable
mirror image.
(2) Tool length compensation has not been
performed for the target axis of
coordinate system rotation , scaling, or
programmable mirror image when it is
moved by reference position return.
(3) Tool length compensation has been
canceled.
[Conditions required when specifying the
command]
(4) In an incremental command, the travel
distance of the middle point is O.
[Conditions required after specifying the
command]
(5) The first move command specified for
the target axis of coordinate system
rotation, scaling, or programmable
mirror ima e is an absolute command.

8.11.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.11.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1956 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.12 RESET AND REWIND

8.12.1 Differences in Specifications

Modal data when If reset occurs during the execution of a block, the states of the modal G codes and
reset during the modal addresses N, F, S, T, M, etc. s ecified in that block are handled as follows.
execution of a block Maintained. Not maintained. The states return to
those of the modal data specified in the
preceding blocks.
(The modal data is updated after the
specified block is fully executed .)

Example) If reset occurs before

positioning is completed in the N2 block in
the program shown below, the T code and
offset return to the data of the preceding
tool (T0101) data.

N1 GOO X120. ZOo T0101 ;

N2 GOO X180. Z20. T0202 ;

Information in a block - The information in the block mayor may - The information in the block is not held
that is pre-read when not be held depend ing on whether MDI regardless whether MDI mode is in
a reset is made during mode is in progress . progress.
an automatic In MOl mode
operation (contents of The information in the block is held.
the buffer) In modes other than MOl mode
The information in the block is not
held.

8.12.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.12.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1957 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B.13 SINGLE DIRECTION POSITIONING (M SERIES)

cr-- >
-
B. 13.1 Differences in Specifications

Behavior when linear If positioning of linear interpolation type is used (1 is set in bit 1 (LRP) of parameter No.
interpolation type 1401), and if the state of mirror image when a single direction positioning block is looked
positioning is used ahead differs from the state of mirror image when the execution of the block is started,
with mirror image the followin alarms are issued , res ectivel .
- Alarm PS5254 - Alarm 080025

B.13.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.13.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1958 -
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.14 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF

B.14.1 Differences in Specifications

Absolute coordinates - If tool compensation is automatically changed when the manual absolute signal
during automatic tool *ABSM Gn006.2 is set to 1, absolute coordinates are handled as follows.
compensation change Absolute coordinates are not changed. Absolute coordinates are changed
according to the amount of tool
compensation resulting from the coordinate
shift.

B. 14.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B. 14.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1959 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.15 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION

8.15.1 Differences in Specifications

Interpolation method If the difference between the radius values of the start point and end point of an arc is
when the arc end greater than the value set in parameter No. 3410, alarm PS0020 is issued. If the
point is not on the arc difference is smaller (the end point is not on the arc), circular interpolation is performed
as follows.
- Circular interpolation is performed using Helical interpolation is performed as
the radius value of the start point and, shown in the figure below.
when an axis reaches the end point, it is
moved linearly.
y(t)=y-,,+('Yt'-;S)(J(f)
Start

Parameter No. 3410 pointC---.L~U­

-""-_ _ .1 ,L.'
In a circular interpolation command, set the Radius

limit allowed for the difference between the Start point

radius values of the start point and end __________ End point

point.
Center IJ

In other words, the radius of the arc moves

linearly according to the center angle 8(t).
Specifying an arc where the arc radius of
the start point differs from that of the end
point enables helical interpolation. When
performing helical interpolation, set a large
value in parameter No. 3410 that specifies
the limit for the arc radius difference.

8.15.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.15.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1960 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.16 THREADING CYCLE RETRACT (CANNED CUTTING

CYCLE/MULTIPLE REPETITIVE CANNED CUTTING
CYCLE) (T SERIES)
[!]- - - -- -_.
B. 16. 1 Differences in Specifications

Return position after - The tool returns to the start point of the - The tool returns to the start point of the
chamfering in multiple current cycle. For example, if it is the threading cycle . This means that the
repetitive thread ing nth cycle, the tool returns to the position tool returns to the position where it was
cycle (G76) where the nth cut has been made. before cutting , no matter how many
c c1es it has under one.
Retraction after - The specifications are as follows . - Depends on bit a (CFR) of parameter
chamfering No. 1611. When a is set, the
[Acceleration/deceleration type] processing is the same as Series ai-C.
Acceleration/deceleration after
interpolation for threading is used. Bit 0 (CFR) of parameter No. 1611
[Time constant] In thread ing cycle G92 or G76, retraction
The time constant for threading after threading uses:
(parameter No. 1626) is used. 0: Type of acceleration/deceleration after
[Feedrate] interpolation for threading, together with
The feedrate set in parameter No. 1466 the threading time constant (parameter
is used. No.1626) and the feedrate set in
parameter No.1466.
1: Type of acceleration/deceleration after
interpolation for rapid traverse , together
with the rapid traverse time constant
and the ra id traverse rate.

B.16.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.16.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1961 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

8.17 HELICAL INTERPOLATION

8.17.1 Differences in Specifications

Specification of the Specify the feed rate along a circular Make a selection using bit 5 (HTG) of
feed rate arc . Therefore, the feedrate of the parameter No. 1403.
linear axis is as follows : 0: Same as left.
1: Spec ify a feed rate along the tool path
Length of linear axis including the linear axis . Therefore, the
F x-------- tangential velocity of the arc is expressed
Length of circular arc as follows :

Length of arc
Fx ;:::::=====================-
/(Length of arc)2+(Length of linear axis)"

The velocity along the linear axis is expressed

as follows:

Length of linear axis

Fx ;:::::====================-
!(Length of arc)2+(Length of linear axis)"

For details, refer to "HELICAL

INTERPOLATION" in "CONNECTION
MANUAL FUNCTION" B-64303EN .
Helical cutting - Make a selection using bit 0 (HFC) - Bit 0 (HFC) of parameter No. 1404 is not
feed rate clamp of parameter No. 1404. available.
0: The feedrate of the arc and The feed rate of the arc and linear axes is
linear axes is clamped by clamped by parameter No. 1430.
parameter No. 1422 or NO.1430.
1: The combined feed rate along
the tool path including the linear
axis is clamped by parameter
No. 1422.

8.17.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.17.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1962 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.18 POLAR COORDINATE INTERPOLATION (T SERIES)

~ -------'--

B.18.1 Differences in Specifications

Coordinate system - Not available. - Enable or disable the function using bit
shift during polar 2 (PLS) of parameter No. 5450.
coordinate
interpolation (polar Bit 2 (PLS) of parameter No. 5450
coordinate The polar coordinate interpolation shift
interpolation shift function is:
function) 0: Not used .
1: Used .
This enables machining using the
workpiece coordinate system with a
desired point which is not the center of the
rotation axis set as the origin of the
coordinate system in polar coordinate
interpolation.

For details, refer to "POLAR

COORDINATE INTERPOLATION" in
"USER'S MANUAL (LATHE SYSTEM)"
B-64304EN-1 .

- 1963 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Hypothetical axis Ifthe first axis of the plane is in a hypothetical axis direction relative to the center of
direction the rotation axis, i.e. the center of the rotation axis is not on the X axis, the
compensation during hypothetical axis direction compensation function in polar coordinate interpolation
polar coordinate mode performs polar coordinate interpolation while taking the error into consideration.
interpolation Set the error value in arameter No. 5464.
Hypothetical axis (C axis)

X axis

- --I>-

(X,C) X-C plane point (The center of the rotation axis is the origin 0
the X-C plane.)
X X axis coordinate value in the X-C plane
C Hypothetical axis coordinate value in the X-C plane
P Hypothetical axis direction error
(Set the value in parameter No. 5464.)

This function is not available. This function is available.

Maximum cutting Set the value in parameter No. 5462. Parameter No. 5462 is not available .
feed rate and feed rate When the value is 0, the feed rate is Set the value in parameter No. 1430.
clamp during polar clamped by parameter No. 1422.
coordinate
inte olation
Automatic override Enable or disable the function using bit Bit 1 (AFC) of parameter No. 5450 is
and automatic 1 (AFC) of parameter No. 5450. not available.
feedrate clamp during Automatic override and automatic
polar coordinate Bit 1 (AFC) of parameter No. 5450 feedrate clamp are always performed .
interpolation In the polar coordinate interpolation mode,
automatic override and automatic feed rate
clamp are:
0: Not performed .
1: Performed .

8.18.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.18.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1964 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.19 ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (T SERIES)/AI

ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (M SERIES)/AI
CONTOUR CONTROL (M SERIES)

8.19.1 Differences in Specifications

Differences common to advanced preview control, AI advanced preview

control, and AI contour control

Some function names have been chan ed as follows .

Automatic corner deceleration Speed control based on the feedrate
difference on each axis
- Arc radius-based feed rate clamp Speed control with acceleration in
circular inter alation
Setting to enable Setting 1 in bit 6 (RBL) of parameter Bit 6 (RBL) of parameter No. 1603 is
bell-shaped No. 1603 enables bell-shaped not available.
acceleration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration in rapid Bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration
in rapid traverse traverse. in rapid traverse is enabled by setting
the time constant of bell-shaped
acceleration/deceleration after
interpolation in rapid traverse in
parameter No. 1621 or the
acceleration change time of
bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration
before interpolat ion in rapid traverse
in parameter No. 1672.

Selection of The combination of bit 1 (AIR) of Bit 1 (AIR) of parameter No. 7054 is
acceleration/deceleration parameter No. 7054 and bit 1 (LRP) of not available.
before interpolation in parameter No. 1401 determines The combination of bit 5 (FRP) of
rapid traverse or acceleration/deceleration before parameter No. 19501 and bit 1 (LRP)
acceleration/deceleration interpolation or of parameter No. 1401 determines
after interpolation in acceleration/dece leration after acceleration/deceleration before
rapid traverse interpolation. interpolation or
acceleration/deceleration after
interpolation. For deta ils, refer to
"PARAMETER MANUAL"
B-64310EN .
Setting of acceleration Set acceleration by specifying the Parameter Nos. 1770 and 1771 are
for look-ahead linear maximum cutting feed rate for linear not available .
acceleration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration before In parameter No. 1660 , set the
before interpolation interpolation in parameter No. 1770 maximum permissible cutting feedrate
and the time to elapse before reaching for acceleration/deceleration before
the maximum cutting feed rate for interpolation for each axis.
linear acceleration/deceleration before
inter alation in arameter No. 1771.

- 1965 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Time constant setting of Set the value in parameter No. 1768. Parameter No. 1768 is not available .
linear/bell-shaped Set the time constant for each axis in
acceleration/deceleration parameter No. 1769.
after interpolation in
cutting feed common to
all axes
Time constant setting of Set the value in parameter No. 1762. Parameter No. 1762 is not available.
exponential (T 0 set the value for linear or Set the value in parameter No. 1769.
acceleration/deceleration bell-shaped acceleration/deceleration , (Use parameter No. 1769 for any
after interpolation in use parameter No. 1769.) acceleration/deceleration type - linear,
cuttin feed for each axis bell-sha ed, or ex onential.
Automatic corner Setting 0 in bit 4 (CSD) of parameter Automatic corner deceleration based
deceleration based on No. 1602 enables the function . on angle difference is not available .
angle difference Set the lower limit speed in parameter Therefore, bit 4 (CSD) of parameter
No. 1777 and the critical angle No. 1602 and parameter Nos. 1777
between the two blocks in parameter and 1779 are not available .
No. 1779.
Permissible speed Set the value in parameter No. 1780. Parameter No. 1780 is not available.
difference common to all Set the permissible speed difference
axes for automatic for each axis in parameter No. 1783.
corner deceleration
based on angle
difference (speed control
based on the feed rate
difference on each axis
Setting of arc Set the upper limit of the feed rate and Parameter Nos. 1730 and 1731 are
radius-based feedrate the corresponding arc radius value i n not available.
clamp (speed control parameter Nos. 1730 and 1731, Set the permissible acceleration for
with acceleration in respectively. each axis in parameter No. 1735.
circular inter olat ion
Setting of the maximum Set the value in parameter No. 1431. Parameter No. 1431 is not available.
cutting feed rate common Set the maximum cutting feed rate for
to all axes each axis in arameter No. 1432.
Rapid traverse block Disabled in the advanced preview Enabled only when
overlap control (T series), AI advanced acceleration/deceleration after
preview control (M series) , or AI interpolation is used in the advanced
contour control (M series) mode . preview control (T series) , AI
advanced preview control (M series) ,
or AI contour control M series mode .

- 1966 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

II
Differences regarding AI advanced preview control and AI contour control

Some function names have been chan ed as follows.

- Acceleration-based feedrate clamp Speed control with the acceleration on
each axis
Setting of Set the permissible acceleration by Parameter No. 1785 is not available.
acceleration-based specify ing the time to elapse before Set the permissible acceleration for
feed rate clamp (speed reaching the maximum cutting feedrate each axis in parameter No. 1737.
control with the in parameter No. 1785.
acceleration on each The maximum cutting feed rate set in
axis arameter No. 1432 is used.

Differences regarding AI contour control

Time constant of Set parameter Nos. 1773 and 1774. Parameter Nos. 1773 and 1774 are
acceleration/deceleration If these parameters are not set, not available.
in rapid traverse in the AI parameter Nos. 1620 and 1621 are In the case of
contour control mode used. acceleration/deceleration before
interpolation in rapid traverse, set
parameter Nos. 1660 and 1672.
In the case of
acceleration/deceleration after
interpolation in rapid traverse, set
arameter Nos. 1620 and 1621.
Setting to enable Setting 1 in bit 7 (BEL) of parameter Bit 7 (BEL) of parameter No. 1603 is
look-ahead bell-shaped No. 1603 enables bell-shaped not available .
acce leration/deceleration acceleration/deceleration before Setting the acceleration change time
before interpolation interpolation. of bell-shaped
acceleration/deceleration before
interpolation in parameter No. 1772
enables bell-shaped
acceleration/deceleration before
inter olation.

8.19.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.19.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1967 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.20 WAITING M CODES (T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL»

[!J- _.'
B.20.1 Differences in Specifications

None.

B.20. 2 Differences in Signals

No-wait signal The signals are common to all paths. - By using bit 0 (MWT) of parameter No.
8103, it is possible to select the path
No-wait signal individual signal interface or path
NOWT<G063.1 > common signal interface .
Waiting signal
WATO<F063 .6> Bit 0 (MWT) of parameter No. 8103
As the waiting M code interface:
0: The path individual signal interface is
used.
In this case , the signals are set as
follows.
No-wait signal
NMWT <Gn063.7>
Waiting signal
WATO<F063.6>

1: The path common signal interface is

Waiting signal used.
In this case , the signals are set as
follows.
No-wait signal
NMWT <Gn063.1 >
Waiting signal
WATO<F063.6>

When 1 is set in bit 0 (MWT) of parameter

No. 8103, the same specifications as
Series Oi-TIC apply. For details, refer to
Chapter 8, "WAITING M CODES" , in
"CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION)"
B-64303EN-1 .

B.20.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1968 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.21 PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK (T SERIES (2-PATH

CONTROL))

[!]
8.21.1 Differences in Specifications

Interference alarm - Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300 is - Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300 is
not supported. supported.
Therefore , if an interference alarm Setting 1 in BFA allows the tool to stop
occurs, the tool stops after entering the before entering the prohibited area,
prohibited area. thus eliminating the need to make the
This makes it necessary to make the prohibited area slightly larger than
prohibited area slightly larger than actually necessary.
actually necessary.
Bit 7 (BFA) of parameter No. 1300
If a stored stoke check 1, 2, or 3 alarm
occurs, if an interference alarm occurs with
the inter-path interference check function
(T series), or if an alarm occurs with
chuck/tail stock barrier (T series) , the tool
stops:
0: After entering the prohibited area.
1: Before enterin the rohibited area .

8.21.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.21.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1969 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B.22 SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AND COMPOSITE CONTROL

(T SERIES (2-PATH CONTROL»

~
8.22.1 Differences in Specifications

Axis synchronous Adding synchronous or composite - Adding synchronous or composite

control control disables quick synchronous control does not disable quick
(Series Oi-C: Quick control. synchronous control.
synchronous control) - The master and slave axes used for
axis synchronous control cannot be
used for synchronous control.
Composite control is available for the
master axis used for axis synchronous
control , while it is not available for the
slave axis.
Feed forward function Make a selection using bit 1 (SVF) of Bit 1 (SVF) of parameter No. 8165 is
and cutting/rapid parameter No. 8165 . not available.
traverse change The tool always behaves as when SVF
function for Bit 1 (SVF) of parameter No. 8165 is set to 1.
synchronous and In synchronous or composite control , the (The feed forward function and
composite axes of feed forward function and cutting/rapid cutting/rapid traverse change funct ion
another path traverse change function for synchronous are enabled for synchronous and
and composite axes of another path are: composite axes of another path .)
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled .
Move command when Not prohibited. Make a selection using bit 7 (NUMx) of
neither synchronous parameter No. 8163.
nor composite control
is in effect Bit 7 (NUMx) of parameter No. 8163
When neither synchronous nor composite
control is in effect , specify ing the move
command for an axis that is set with this
parameter is:
0: Not prohibited.
1: Prohibited. Alarm PS0353 is issued.

- 1970 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Behavior when an Both paths are placed in the feed hold Make a selection using bit 0 (MPA) of
alarm is issued in state. parameter No. 8168.
relation to Bit 0 (MPA) of parameter No. 8168
synchronous or If an alarm is issued in relation to
composite control synchronous , composite, or superposition
control :
0: Both paths are placed in the feed hold
state.
1: Only the path including axes related to
synchronous , composite , or
superposition control is placed in the
feed hold state.
For example, when synchronous
control is exerted in one path, only the
path that caused the alarm is placed in
the feed hold state. The handling of
the other path depends on the setting
of bit 1 IAL of arameter No. 8100.
Behavior when The synchronous or composite control Make a selection using bit 5 (NCS) of
overtravel occurs for mode is canceled . parameter No. 8160.
an axis under Bit 5 (NCSx) of parameter No. 8160
synchronous or If overtravel occurs for an axis under
composite control synchronous , composite , or superposition
control , the synchronous , composite , or
superposition control mode is:
0: Canceled .
1: Not canceled.
Switch between The signals can be switched at any Use an M code command . Specify a
synchronous control time. waiting M code (M code without
axis selection signal buffering) before and after the M code.
and composite control When synchronous or composite
axis selection signal control is exerted in one path, specify
during automatic an M or other code without buffering
operation before and after the M code that starts
or cancels the control so as to prohibit
the look-ahead 0 eration.

Synchronous control

828 when the master When the reference position of the slave When the reference position of the
axis is parking axis is not established, the machine slave axis is not established, alarm
coordinates are moved to the PS0354 occurs.
coordinates set in parameter No. 1240,
com letin the reference osition return.
Update of the Make a selection using bit 4 (SPN) of Bit 4 (SPN) of parameter No. 8164 is
workpiece coordinates parameter No. 8164. not available.
and relative Bit 4 (SPN) of parameter No. 8164 The tool always behaves as when
coordinates of the The workpiece coordinates and relative SPNx is set to 0 (coordinates are
slave axis under coordinates of the slave axis under updated) .
synchronous control synchronous control are:
0: Updated.
1: Not u dated.

- 1971 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

Out-of-synchronizatio Out-of-synchronization detection is not Out-of-synchronization detection is

n detection when performed. performed .
synchronous control is
exerted in one path (1
is set in bit 1 (SER) of
arameter No. 8162
Manual handle Always reflected on the slave axis . Select whether to reflect the amount or
interruption amount or mode on the slave axis, using bit 5
mirror image mode for (SMlx) of parameter No. 8163.
the master axis Bit 5 (SMlx) of parameter No. 8163
During synchronous control, the manual
handle interruption amount or mirror
image mode for the master axis is:
0: Reflected on the slave axis.
1: Not reflected on the slave axis.
Automatic setting of a A workpiece coordinate system is not Make a selection using bit 6 (SPVx) of
workpiece coordinate automatically set for the slave axis . parameter No. 8167.
system for the slave Bit 6 (SPVx) of parameter No. 8167
axis at the end of At the end of synchronous control , a
synchronous control workpiece coordinate system for the slave
axis is:
0: Not automatically set.
1: Automatically set.
The workpiece coordinate system to
be set is determined by the machine
coordinate values and the workpiece
coordinate values of the reference
points of the individual axes defined by
arameter No. 1250.

Composite control

G28 during composite When the reference position of the When the reference position of the
control composite axis of the other path is not composite axis of the other path is not
established, the machine coordinates established , alarm PS0359 occurs.
are moved to the coordinates set in
parameter No. 1240, completing the
reference osition return .
Composite control for Select whether to use the composite Bit 1 (CZMx) of parameter No. 8161 is
the Cs contour axis function of the Cs contour axis not available.
reference position reference position retum command , by The tool always behaves as when
return command when using bit 1 (CZMx) of parameter No. CZMx is set to 1 (composite control is
composite control is 8161 . used).
exerted for Cs contour Bit 1 (CZMx) of parameter No. 8161
axes When composite control is exerted for Cs
contour axes, the compos ite control
function for the Cs contour axis reference
position return command is:
0: Not used.
1: Used.

- 1972 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Manual handle Disabled. Enable or disable the interruption using

interruption for bit 6 (MMlx) of parameter No . 8163.
composite axes Bit 6 (MMlx) of parameter No. 8163
During composite control, manual handle
interruption for composite axes is:
0: Enabled.
1: Disabled.
Current position Make a selection using bit 0 (MDXx) of Bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163 is
display during parameter No . 8163. not available.
composite control Bit 0 (MDXx) of parameter No. 8163. The coordinate values of the local path
(absolute/relative During composite control, the current are always displayed.
coordinates) position display (absolute/relative
coordinates) shows :
0: Coordinate values of the local path .
1: Coordinate values of the mate ath.
G53 during composite Make a selection using bit 2 (CPMx) of Bit 2 (CPMx) of parameter No. 8165 is
control parameter No. 8165. not ava ilable.
Bit 2 (CPMx) of parameter No. 8165. The tool always behaves as when
During composite control, machine CPMx is set to 1.
coordinate system selection (G53) is: (G53 is enabled .)
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled .
(The travel distance is calculated so that
the machine moves according to the
machine coordinate system selection
si nal of the mate ath.
Constant Make a selection using bit 0 (NLSx) of Bit 0 (NLSx) of parameter No. 8167 is
acceleration/decelerati parameter No. 8167. not available.
on of acceleration Bit 0 (NLSx) of parameter No. 8167 The tool always behaves as when
time for Constant acceleration/deceleration of NLSx is set to 1.
acceleration/decelerati acceleration time for (Constant acceleration/deceleration of
on in rapid traverse for acceleration/deceleration in rapid traverse acceleration time is enabled.)
an axis subject to for an axis subject to composite control (bit
composite control (bit 4 (RPT) of parameter No . 1603) is:
4 (RPT) of parameter 0: Enabled.
No . 1603 1: Disabled.
Machine coordinates The coordinate values of the local path Make a selection using bit 0 (MDMx) of
during composite are displayed. parameter No. 8169.
control Bit 0 (MDMx) of parameter No. 8169
The machine coordinates displayed during
composite control are :
0: Coordinate values of the local path .
1: Machine coordinate values of the mate
ath.
Reading of machine The coordinate values of the local path Make a selection using bit 1 (MVMx) of
coordinates (#5021 are read . parameter No. 8169.
and later) during Bit 1 (MVMx) of parameter No . 8169
composite control The machine coordinates (#5021 and
later) that are read during composite
control are:
0 : Machine coordinate values of the local
path.
1: Machine coordinate values of the mate
ath.

- 1973 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Rapid traverse - The rapid traverse feed rate of the Make a selection us ing bit 2 (MRFx) of
feed rate during specified axis is used . parameter No. 8169 .
composite control Bit 2 (MRFx) of parameter No. 8169
The rapid traverse feed rate used during
composite control is :
0: Rap id traverse feed rate of the
specified axis.
1: Rapid traverse feed rate of the moving
axis.

8.22.2 Differences in Signals

Synchronous or PIS alarm No. 225 is issued. No alarm is issued.

composite control 01 signal-based control is also possible.
initiated by the 01
signal for an axis
under synchronous or
composite control
based on a program
command

8.22.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

Synchronization error Displayed in parameter No . 8182. Displayed in diagnosis No . 3502.

value display for each
axis

- 1974-
B-64303EN·1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.23 SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL (T SERIES (2-PATH

CONTROL»
~- -­

8.23.1 Differences in Specifications

Axis synchronous - Adding superimposed control disables Adding super imposed control does not
control quick synchronous control. disable quick synchronous control.
(Series OJ: Quick The same axis can be used as the
synchronous control) master axis for axis synchronous
control and the master axis for
su erim osed control.
Feed hold when an Both paths are placed in the feed hold Make a select ion using bit 0 (MPA) of
alarm occurs with state. parameter No. 8168 .
respect to Bit 0 (MPA) of parameter No. 8168
superimposed control The axis movement in-progress signal
<Fn102> or axis movement direction signal
<Fn106> for the slave axis during
superimposed control :
0: Places both paths in the feed hold
state.
1: Places only the path including axes
related to superpos ition control in the
feed hold state. (For example , when
superposition control is exerted in one
path , only the path that caused the
alarm is laced in the feed hold state.
Reference position Not available. Not available.
return of the slave Alarm PS0363 occurs .
axis during
su erim osed control
Multiple slave axes Super imposed control cannot be Superimposed control can be exerted
exerted when there are multiple slave when there are multiple slave axes and
axes and one master axis . one master axis.
Axis movement State output is performed according to Make a selection using bit 4 (AXS) of
in-progress signal and the result of adding superimposed parameter No. 8160.
axis movement move pulses. Bit 4 (AXS) of parameter No. 8160
direction signal for the The axis movement in-progress signal
slave axis during <Fn102> or axis movement direction signal
superimposed control <Fn106> for the slave axis during
superimposed control:
0: Performs state output according to the
result of adding superimposed move
pulses.
1: Performs state output according to the
result of moving the individual axes ,
regardless of superimposed move
ulses.

- 1975 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Axis overtravel during The superimposed control mode is Make a selection using bit 5 (NCS) of
superimposed control canceled. parameter No. 8160.
Bit 5 (NeS) of parameter No. 8160
If overtravel occurs for an axis under
synchronous, composite , or superposition
control, the synchronous, composite, or
superposition control mode is:
0: Canceled.
1: Not canceled .
Switch between The signals can be switched at any Use an M code command. Specify a
superimposed control time. Note that both the master and waiting M code (M code without
axis selection signals slave axes must be stopped. buffering) before and after the M code .
during automatic When superimposed control is exerted
operation in one path, specify an M or other code
without buffering before and after the M
code that starts or cancels the control
so as to prohibit the look-ahead
o eration.

8.23.2 Differences in Signals

Superimposed PIS alarm No. 225 is issued. No alarm is issued.

control initiated by the 01 signal-based control is also possible.
01 signal for an axis
under superimposed
control based on a
ro ram command

8.23.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1976 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.24 AUXILIARY FUNCTION/2ND AUXILIARY FUNCTION

B.24.1 Differences in Specifications

None .

B. 24.2 Differences in Signals

2nd auxiliary function - The signal address for T series is - The following signal address is used for
completion signal different from that for M series. both T series and M series:
BFIN L!J BFIN<Gn005.7>
BFIN<Gn005.4>

£1- ---
BFIN<Gn005.7>
2nd auxiliary function - The signal address for T series is - The following signal address is used for
strobe signal SF ~. __
different
."-,,.from
_-_ .....that for M series. both T series and M series :
BF<Fn007.7>
BF<Fn007.4>

a-'-- - '
BF<Fn007.7>

B.24.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1977 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/0 1

8.25 SERIAL/ANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL

B. 25. 1 Differences in Specifications

Spindle number of the - When one serial spindle and one analog spindle are simultaneously controlled in one
analog spindle path (serial/analog spindle control), the spindle number of the analog spindle is as
follows .
Third spindle Second spindle
For details about the parameters and other
settings , refer to "SERIAL/ANALOG
SPINDLE CNOTROL" in "CONNECT ION
MANUAL FUNCTION" B-64303EN-1 .

B.25.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.25.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1978 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.26 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTROL

8.26.1 Differences in Specifications

Constant surface - This is an optional function for the T - This is a basic function for both M
speed control with no series. series and T series .
position coder It is not available with the M series . It can be used by enabling constant
surface speed control (setting 1 in bit 0
(SSC) of parameter No. 8133) and
setting 1 in bit 2 (PCl) of parameter
No. 1405.
- Using bit 0 (PSSCl) of parameter No. - Bit 0 (PSSCl) of parameter No. 1407 is
1407, select whether to enable or not available.
disable the axis feed rate clamp in feed The axis feedrate is always clamped.
per revolution when the spind le speed Using the position coder selection
is clamped by the maximum spindle signal, select the spindle to be used for
speed set in parameter No. 3772 . feed per revolution. (To use the
posit ion coder selection signal requires
Bit 0 IPSSCL) of parameter No. 1407 enabling multi-spindle control.)
In constant surface speed control with no EI
position coder , when the spindle speed is The M series does not support the
clamped by the maximum spindle speed multi-spindle control function. Therefore,
parameter , the axis feedrate in feed per the second spindle cannot be used for feed
revolution is: per revolution .
0: Not clamped.
1: Clamped .
When 1 is set in this parameter, select the
spindle to be used for feed per revolution
by using the position coder selection signal.
(To use the position coder selection signal
re uires enablin multi-s indle control.

8.26.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.26.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1979 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1 /01

B.27 SPINDLE POSITIONING (T SERIES)

~._---_.... _......._ - --_........._---

8.27.1 Differences in Specifications

Display unit of Pulses Make a selection using bit 0 (DMD) of

machine coordinates parameter No. 4959 .
on the spindle
positioning axis Bit 0 (DMD) of parameter No. 4959
A machine coordinate on the spind le
position ing axis is displayed in:
0: Degrees .
1: Pulses.
Spindle posit ioning Not available. Spindle positioning using the second
using the second spindle is possible when multi-spindle
s indle control is enabled.
Number of M codes Make a selection using bit 6 (ESI) of Regardless of the setting of bit 6 (ESI)
for specifying the parameter No. 4950. of parameter No. 4950 , the setting of
spindle positioning parameter No. 4964 takes effect.
angle Bit 6 (ES!) of parameter No. 4950
Select the specification of spindle
positioning .
(Bit)
0: Standard specification .
1: Extended specification.
When the extended specification is
selected , the number of M codes for
specifying the spindle positioning angle can
be changed from 6 to any number in the
range of 1 to 255, depending on the setting
of arameter No . 4964.
Rapid traverse rate Selecting the extended specification by Make a selection using bit 6 (ESI) of
unit for spindle setting 1 in bit 6 (ESI) of parameter No. parameter No . 4950 .
positioning 4950 extends the upper limit of the
rapid traverse rate for spindle Bit 6 (ES!) of parameter No. 4950
position ing from 240000 to 269000 Select the rapid traverse rate unit for
(unit: 10 degrees/min). spindle positioning (bit spindle).
0: Not increased by a factor of 10. (Unit:
degrees/min)
1: Increased by a factor of 10. (Unit: 10
de rees/min
Rapid traverse rate for - The feed rate set in parameter No. 1420 The feedrate set in parameter No . 1428
spindle orientation in takes effect. takes effect.
the case of an analog When 0 is set in parameter No. 1428 ,
spindle the value set in parameter No. 1420
takes effect.

8.27.2 Differences in Signals

None .

- 1980 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.27.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

Diagnosis data - None. - Diagnosis NO.1544

indicating the spindle
positioning sequence
status s indle
Diagnosis data - None. - Diagnosis NO.5207
indicating the
clamp/unclamp
sequence status
servo

- 1981 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.28 CsCONTOURCONTROL
8.28.1 Differences in Specifications

In-position check - The in-position check is not made. - Make a selection using bit 2 (CSNs) of
when the Cs contour parameter No. 3729.
control mode is off
Bit 2 (CSNs) of parameter No. 3729
When the Cs contour control mode is off,
the in-position check is:
0: Made.
1: Not made.
When 1 is set in this parameter, the
rocessin is the same as Series Oi-C.

8.28.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.28.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

Position error display For the first spindle, diagnosis display No. For both the first and second spindles ,
for Cs contour control 418 is used. diagnos is display No. 418 (spindle) is used.
For the second spindle, diagnosis display
No. 420 is used.

- 1982 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.29 MULTI-SPINDLE CONTROL

~- ' ---'---'--"---

8.29.1 Differences in Specifications

Number of gear - The first spindle has four stages. Set - Both the first and second spindles each
stages for each the maximum spindle speeds for the have four stages. Set the maximum
spindle individual gears in parameter Nos. 3741 spindle speeds for the individual gears
to 3744, respectively. in parameter Nos . 3741 to 3744,
- The second spindle has two stages. respectively .
Set the maximum spindle speeds for (The data type of parameter Nos. 3741
the individual gears in parameter No. to 3744 is spindle .)
3811 and 3812.
Spindle override when When the override function is used for each axis in multi-spindle control type C, the
the override function following spindle override specifications apply during the tapping cycle mode (G84 or
is used for each axis G88 or threadin mode G32, G92, or G76 .
in multi-spindle control - No function is available to clamp spindle - Depends on bit 6 (TSO) of parameter
type C override to 100%. (It does not depend No. 3708.
on bit 6 (TSO) of parameter No. 3708.)
Modify the ladder code as necessary. Bit 6 (TSO) of parameter No. 3708
During the threading or tapping cycle,
spindle override is:
0: Disabled (clamped to 100%).
1: Enabled.

8.29.2 Differences in Signals

Spindle command - The spindle command path - [When SPSP<G536.7> = 0]

path specification specification signal SPSP<G536.7> is When selecting a spindle using address
signal not available. P, it is possible to specify the spindle
When selecting a spindle using address from either path.
P, it is possible to specify the spindle [When SPSP<G536.7> = 1]
from either path. When selecting a spindle using address
P, it is possible to set the path that can
be s ecified for each s indle.

8.29.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1983 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.30 TOOL FUNCTIONS

8.30.1 Differences in Specifications

Specification of a G Not allowed . Not allowed.

code of the 00 group Specifying a G code in this way causes
other than G50 (T alarm PS0245.
series) and a T code
in the same block

Number of digits of an Set the value in bit 0 (LO1) of Bit 0 (L01) of parameter No. 5002 is
offset number in a T parameter No. 5002. not available .
code command Use arameter No. 5028.
Method of wear - When 1 is set in bit 2 (LWT) and bit 4 (LGT) of parameter No. 5002, the method of
compensation wear com ensation is as follows.
Com ensation with tool movement Com ensation with coordinate shift
Offset cancellation by Select the cancellation operation using bit 3 (LVC) of parameter No. 5006 and bit 7
reset TGC of arameter No. 5003.
Parameter
Compensation method LVC= "O" LVC= "1" LVC="O" LVC="1 "
TGC="O" TGC ="O" TGC="1" TGC="1"
Wea r
Tool compensation
o o
x (When axis is x (When axis
movement Geometry
moved) is moved)
com ensat ion
Wear
Coordinate compensation
x o x o
shift Geometry
compensation
x x o
0 : Canceled x: Not canceled

The operation marked by "*" differs between Series Oi-C and Series Oi-O.
Series Oi-C: x (Not canceled)
Series Oi-O: 0 (Canceled)

- 1984-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.D1FFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Make a selection using bit 6 (GCS) of Bit 6 (GCS) of parameter No. 5008 is
parameter No. 5008. not available .
The tool always behaves as when 1 is
Bit 6 (GCS) of parameter No. 5008 set in bit 6 (GCS) of parameter No.
When G49 (tool length compensation 5008 .
cancellat ion) and G40 (cutter compensation
cancellation) are specified in the same
block:
0: Tool length compensation is canceled
in the next block.
1: Tool length compensation is canceled
in the block in which the command is
s ecified.
Specification of the Depends on whether the order of Not dependent on the conditions
tool length compensation amount numbers described at left.
compensation amount specified by the H code is that of tool In Series Oi-D, the H code is used to
length compensation types A, B, and C, specify the compensation amount number
whether the cutter compensation mode (select the compensation amount) , and
is on or off, and the setting of bit 2 G43 , G44, and G49 are used to select
(OFH) of parameter No. 5001. For whether to enable or disable tool length
details, refer to Section 14.1, "TOOL compensation. For details , refer to
LENGTH COMPENSATION", in Section 6.1, "TOOL LENGTH
"OPERATOR'S MANUAL" COMPENSATION", in "USER'S MANUAL
B-64124EN . MACHINING CENTER" B-64304EN-2 .
Restoration of the tool The restoration conditions differ Not dependent on the setting of bit 2
length compensation depending on the setting of bit 2 (OFH) (OFH) of parameter No. 5001 or the
vector canceled by of parameter No. 5001, as well as on cutter compensation mode.
specifying G53, G28, whether the cutter compensation mode Depends only on the setting of bit 6
or G30 during tool is on or off. For details, refer to (EVO) of parameter No. 5001.
length compensation Section 14.1, "TOOL LENGTH
COMPENSATION", in "OPERATOR'S Bit 6 (EVa) of parameter No. 5001
MANUAL" (B-64124EN). For tool length compensation type A or B, if
the tool compensation amount is changed
during the offset mode (G43 or G44) , the
vector is restored in:
0: Subsequent block contain ing a G43 or
G44 command or a H code.
1: Block buffered next.

8.30.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.30.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1985 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.31 TOOL COMPENSATION MEMORY

8.31.1 Differences in Specifications

. "'oT1~iiom : ;lI~_
Unit and range of tool
compensation values
- The unit and range of tool
compensation values are
determined by the setting unit.
- -= ~
Set the unit and range using bit 0 (OFA) and
bit 1 (OFC) of parameter No. 5042.

Bit 0 (OFA) and bit 1 (OFC) of parameter No.

5042
Select the setting unit and range of tool offset
values.

Metric input
OFC OFA Unit Ranqe
0 1 O.01mm ±9999.99mm
0 0 O.OO1mm ±9999.999mm
1 0 O.OOO1mm ±9999.9999mm

Inch in ut
OFC OFA Unit Range
0 1 O.OO1 inch ±999.999inch
0 0 O.OOO1inch ±999.9999inch
1 0 O.OOOO1 inch ± 999 .99999inch
Automatic conversion - Make a selection using bit 0 (OIM) - Bit 0 (OIM) of parameter No. 5006 is not
of tool compensation of parameter No. 5006. available .
values upon Tool compensation values are always
inch/metric switch Bit 0 (OIM) of parameter No. 5006 converted automat ically.
Upon inch/metric switch, automatic
conversion of tool compensation
values is:
0: Not performed .
1: Performed.
If the setting of this parameter is
changed , set the tool compensation
data aqain .

- 1986 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Number of tool Up to 64 tool compensation values can Up to 128 tool compensation values
compensation values be used per path. can be used per system. Using
for each axis during parameter No. 5024 whose data type is
2-path control path, set the number of tool
compensation values to be assigned to
each path.
NOTE
It is possible to increase to 200 tool
com ensation values b the a tion.
Tool compensat ion Set this item using bit 5 (COF) of Set this item using parameter No.
memory sharing parameter No. 8100 . All tool 5029.
during 2-path control compensation memories can be shared The number of tool compensation
by the paths. Note that it is not memories to be shared can be set
allowed to share only part of the arbitrarily .
memories .

Bit 5 (COF) of parameter No. 8100

Paths 1 and 2:
0: Do not share tool compensation
memories.
1: Share tool com ensation memories.

8.31.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.31.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1987 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.32 Y AXIS OFFSET (T SERIES)

0 --- -'- ------ - "-- -'-- -

8.32.1 Differences in Specifications

Number of the axis for - Make a selection using bit 7 (Y03) of - Make a selection using parameter No.
which the Y axis offset parameter No. 5004. 5043.
is used When 0 or a value outside the data range
Bit 7 (Y03) of parameter No. 5004 is set, the Y axis offset is used for the Y
The Y axis offset is used for: axes of the basic three axes (X, Y, and Z).
0: 4th axis.
1: 3rd axis.

8.32.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.32.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 1988 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.33 CUTTER COMPENSATION/TOOL NOSE RADIUS

COMPENSATION

8.33.1 Differences in Specifications

Cutter In Series Oi-O, the cutter compensation C (M series ) and tool-nose radius
compensation/tool compensation (T series) funct ions of Series Oi-C are collectively referred to as cutter
nose radius compensation/tool nose radius compensation .
com ensation
Corner circular
113···-- ",,·······_·- Available.
interpolation (G39) Enabled by setting 1 in bit 2 (G39) of It is included in cutter
parameter No. 5008. compensation/tool nose radius
L!J ' compensation.
Not available. Since comer circular interpolation
(G39 ) is always enabled , bit 2 (G39) of
arameter No. 5008 is not available .
Cutter Neither cutter compensation C nor tool Cutter compensation/tool nose radius
compensation/tool nose radius compensation is available compensation is also available in MOl
nose radius in MOl operation. ope ration.
compensation in MOl
o eration
Single block stop - The single block stop position differs as shown below.
position during the
Y">
cutter /
compensation/tool LI /
nose radius /
compensation mode

Proqrammed path
r Cutter/tool nose radius

jj L

L ~:~i-D ~n~I::~~::---------e
Series Oi-C single block stop
center path

Function to change Not available. At the start of or during the cutter

the compensation compensation/tool nose radius
direction intentionally compensation mode, specify I, J, or K
(IJ type vector, KI type in a GOO or G01 block. This makes
vector, and JK type the compensation vector at the end
vector) point of the block perpendicular to the
direct ion specified by I, J, or K. This
way , you can change the compensation
direction intentionall .

- 1989 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Stop position upon an If the specified radius value for circular interpolation is smaller than that for cutter
overcutting alarm compensation/tool nose radius compensation, as in the example below, performing
compensation inwardly through cutter compensat ion/tool nose radius compensation
causes overcutting. generating an alarm and stopping the tool. The stop position
differs.

Cutter/tool nose radius__ - . _

center path
Proqrarnmed path

Cutting as
proqrarnmed causes

[When single block stop occurs in the preceding block in Series Oi-C]
Since the tool moves until it reaches the end point of the block (P3 in the figure) .
overcutting may result.
[When single block stop does not occur in the preceding block in Series Oi-C]
The tool stops immediately after executing the block (P z in the figure) .
[In the case of Series Oi-D]
Since the tool stops at the start point of the block (PI in the figure) . regardless of the
sin Ie block state, overcuttin can be revented.
Single block stop in a Not available. Depends on bit a (SBK) of parameter
block created No. 5000.
internally for cutter
compensation/tool Bit 0 (SBK) of parameter No. 5000
nose radius In a block created internally for cutter
compensation compensation/tool nose radius
compensation , single block stop is:
0: Not performed.
1: Performed.
This parameter is used to check a program
including cutter compensation/tool nose
radius com ensation.

- 1990-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Setting to disable Set 1 in bit 0 (CNI) of parameter No. Not available.

interference checking 5008 . (Bit 0 (CNI) of parameter No. 5008 is
and to delete In the example below, an interference not available .)
interfering vectors check is made on the vectors inside V1 To prevent overcutting, the interference
and V4 , and the interfering vectors are check avoidance function (bit 5 (CAV)
deleted. As a result , the tool center of parameter No. 19607) is used .
path is from V 1 to V4 . In the example below, interference
occurs between V 1 and V4 and between
V 2 and V3 . Therefore , vectors VA and
VB are created. The tool center path
is fromV to VB.
[In the case of Series Oi-C

Tool center path /

Programmed path

[In the case of Series Oi-D]

Tool center path

- 1991 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Number of blocks to - Always 3 blocks The number can be set in parameter

be read in the cutter No. 19625. The specifiable range is 3
compensation/tool to 8 blocks.
nose radius If the parameter is not set (0 is set) , the
compensation mode same number as Series Oi-C (3 blocks)
is assumed .
When circular - Alarm PS0038 is issued, and the tool Alarm PS0041 is issued, and the tool
interpolation is stops at the end point of the block stops at the start point of the block
specified that causes preceding the circular interpolation preceding the circular interpolation
the center to coincide block . block .
with the start or end
point during the cutter
compensation/tool
nose radius
com ensation mode

- 1992 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Behavior when Depends on bit 2 (CCN) of parameter Bit 2 (CCN) of parameter No. 5003 is
automatic reference No. 5003. not available . The tool always
position return is behaves as when CCN is set to 1.
specified during the [When CCN = 0]
cutter The offset vector is canceled when the tool moves to the middle point.
compensation/tool Also , the start-up operation is performed from the reference position .
nose radius
Intermediate
compensation mode point
s G28 S S G01

/
/
/
----- ..
/
/
/ S
/
/ Reference position
(G42 G01)

[When CCN = 1 or for Series Oi-D]

The offset vector is not canceled when the tool moves to the middle point; it is
canceled when the tool moves to the reference position.
Also, the tool moves from the reference position to the next intersection point.
Intermediate
point
S G28 S S G01

---~
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/ Reference position
(G42 G01)

- 1993 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Travel distance Depends on bit 5 (OCR) of parameter Bit 5 (OCR) of parameter No. 5008 is
judgment method for No. 5008 . not available. The tool always
behaves as when OCR is set to 1.
circular interpolation in I----------------L..---==.:..:=..:..;:::..:::..c=-=-.:.:.:..:.=o.:......=..::..:....:....:..=....::=.:..-=--=---t
cutter [When OCR = 0] [When OCR = 1 or for Series Oi-D]
compensation/tool
~--r---:, B L
nose radius
compensation
o •
End End A
point oint
Center Center

If the end point is on side A when viewed If the end point is on side A of line L
from the start point, the travel distance is connecting the start point and center, the
small. If it is on side B, C, or D, the tool travel distance is small. If it is on side B,
has traveled almost one round . the tool has traveled almost one round .
Compensation vector Connected by linear interpolation . Depends on bit 2 (CCG) of parameter
connection method No. 19607 .
when the tool travels [When CCC = 0 or for Series Oi-C] [When CCC = 1]
around an external Connect vectors by linear Connect vectors by circular
corner during the interpolation interpolation
cutter
compensation/tool A--,\
nose radius
I
I \
\ I
/ \
\
/
".
~- ........
"- ,
compensation mode I / \ k-
I \ I \
I \ I \
I \ I \
I \ I \
I \ I \
I \ I \
I \ I \

I
I
I
I \
\
\
\ I
I
I
I \
\
,
\

- 1994-
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Virtual tool tip Virtual tool tip directions 1 to 8 can be - All virtual tool tip directions can be used
direction and plane used only for the G18 (Z-X) plane. for the G17, G18, and G19 planes.
selection When the virtual tool tip direction is a or
9, compensation can be performed for
the G17 and G19 lanes as well.
Tool nose radius [Outer surface turning/boring cycle [Outer surface turning/boring cycle
center path for tool (G90)] (G90)]
nose radius 001 nose radius center ath
compensation in a
Tool nose radius
canned cycle (G90 or
center path
a
G94)
All tool noses ~ _4
...-::_-""-.:~~a?rtr~ 7
;;;;;,;;t---..jJ
- -... ii!;f!'iO~~iA--"

Proarammed oath Programmed path

[Edge cutting cycle (G94)] [Edge cutting cycle (G94)]

001 nose radius center ath 001 nose radius center ath

Proorarnrned path Programmed path

* Numbers 0 to 8 in the fi ure are virtual tool ti numbers.

Start-up/cancellation The start-up/cancellation type cannot Depends on bit a (SUP) and bit 1
type of tool nose be set. (8UV) of parameter No. 5003 .
radius compensation When SUV and SUP are respectively
set to 0 and 1 (type B), the processing
is the same as Series ai-C .

- 1995 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B. 33.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.33.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 1996 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.34 CUSTOM MACRO

8.34.1 Differences in Specifications

Keep-type common - The default value is <null>. - The default value is O.

variable
The Series Oi-D function (described at The range specified by parameter Nos.
(#500 to #999)
right) is not available . 6031 and 6032 can be made
write- rotected read-onl .
System variable to Machine coordinates are always read Machine coordinates are always read
read machine in machine units (output units). in input units.
coordinates Example) When the setting unit is
#502 1 to #5025 IS-B , the input unit is the inch, the
machine unit is the millimeter, and the
coordinate value of the X axis (first
axis) is as follows:
Machine coordinate = 30.000 (mm)
Since the value of #5021 is read in
in ut units inches , #5021 is 1.1811.
Logical operations in Logical operat ions can be used by Bit 0 (MLG) of parameter No. 6006 is
an if statement setting 1 in bit 0 (MLG) of parameter not available.
No. 6006 . Logical operations can always be used.

Bit 0 (MLG) of parameter No. 6006

In an if statement in a custom macro,
logical operations:
0: Cannot be used. (PIS alarm No. 114
is issued .)
1: Can be used.
Behavior of the GOTO The command after the sequence If a move command is specified before
statement when a number of the block (to the right of the the sequence number (left side) , alarm
sequence number is sequence number) is executed . PS0128 is issued.
not found at the start of If no move command is specified
the block before the sequence number (left side) ,
a block containing a sequence number
is executed from the be innin .
* Use a se uence number at the start of a block.
Behavior of "GOTO 0" The program jumps to the block No jump occurs.
when there is a containin the se uence number. Alarm PS1128 is issued.
sequence number * Do not use a se uence number.
When another NC In a program like the one shown in the - A program like the one shown in the
command is found in a example, G01 changes the G code example cannot be executed . Alarm
G65 block or in an M group to 01, while the move command PS0127 is issued.
code block where a X100. is not executed. X100. is A G65 code or an M code that calls a
macro is called by an regarded as an argument of G65. macro must be specified at the
M code beginning of a block (before all other
Example) G01 X100. arguments).
G65 P9001 ;

- 1997 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Behavior when - When the machine is run under the conditions and program described below:
subprogram call using [Conditions]
an M code and Subprogram call by T code is enabled (bit 5 (TCS) of parameter No. 6001 is set
subprogram call using to 1).
an T code are done The M code that calls subprogram No. 9001 is M06 (parameter No. 6071 is set to
6).
[Program]
00001 ;
T100; (1 )
M06 T200; (2)
T300 M06; (3)
M30;
%
In FSOi-C, blocks (1) to (3) of the program In FSOi-D, blocks (1) to (3) of the program
causes the machine to behave as follows : causes the machine to behave as follows :
1) Calls and executes 09000. 1) Calls and executes 09000.
2) Outputs T200 and waits for FIN. 2) Issues alarm PS1091 .
Upon receipt of the FIN signal , the 3) Issues alarm PS1091 (when the
mach ine calls and executes 09001 . program is run with block (2) deleted) .
3) Outputs T300 and waits for FIN.
Upon receipt of the FIN signal, the
machine calls and executes 09001.
Block containing "M98
Pxxxx" or "M99"
m
Using bit 4 (NPS) of parameter No.
Bit 4 (NPS) of parameter No. 3450 is
not available. The block is always
without any addresses 3450 , it is possible to select whether treated as a macro statement. (Single
other than 0 , N, P, and the block is treated as an NC . block stop is not performed.)
L statement or a macro statement.

Bit 4 (NPS) of parameter No. 3450

0: Treated as a single-block NC
statement without movement. (Single
block stop is performed.)
1: Treated as a macro statement.
(Single block stop is not performed.)

Ell
Bit 4 (NPS) of parameter No. 3450 is
not available. The block is always
treated as a macro statement. (Single
block sto is not erformed.
* For details about macro and NC statements, refer to Section 16.4, "MACRO AND NC
STATEMENTS", in "USER'S MANUAL" B-64304EN.
Subprogram and The call nesting level differs as follows.
macro calls
Series Oi-C Series Oi-O
Model Independent
Total Total
Call method nestin level
Macro call
4 in all 5 in all
(G65/G66/M98) (G65/G66/M98)
Subprogram 8 in all 15 in all
4 10
call M98

- 1998 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

local variable clear - Make a selection using bit 7 (ClV) of - Bit 7 (ClV) of parameter No. 6001 is
operation by reset parameter No. 6001. not available.
local variables are always cleared to
Bit 7 (elV) of parameter No. 6001 <null> when reset.
When reset, the local variables in the
custom macro are:
0: Cleared to <null>.
1: Not cleared.

8.34.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.34.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

8.34.4 Miscellaneous

Series Oi-D allows you to customize the specifications related to the

maximum and minimum variable values and accuracy by using bit 0
(FOC) of parameter No. 6008. When 1 is set in bit 0 (FOC) of
parameter No. 6008, the specifications are the same as Series Oi-C.
For details, refer to Section 16, "CUSTOM MACRO" , in "USER'S
MANUAL" (B-64304EN).

- 1999 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.35 INTERRUPTION TYPE CUSTOM MACRO

8.35.1 Differences in Specifications

Interruption type - Not available. - Available.

custom macro in ONe
o eration
Program restart - When an interruption type custom macro is executed during return operation in dry
run after search 0 eration invoked b ro ram restart:
The interruption type custom macro is Alarm 050024 is issued.
executed after all axes have restarted.

8.35.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.35.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2000-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.36 CANNED CYCLE FOR DRILLING

8.36.1 Differences in Specifications

M05 output in a Make a selection using bit 6 (M5T) of Make a selection using bit 3 (M5T) of
tapping cycle parameter No. 5101. parameter No. 5105.

Bit 6 eM5T) of parameter No. 5101 Bit 3 eM5T) of parameter No. 5105
When the rotation direction of the spindle is When the rotation direction of the spindle is
changed from forward rotation to reverse changed from forward rotation to reverse
rotation or from reserve rotation to forward rotation or from reserve rotation to forward
rotation in a tapping cycle (G84/G74 with rotation in a tapping cycle (G84/G74 with
the M series, or G84/G88 with the T the M series , or G84/G88 with the T
series) : series) :
L!J 0: M05 is output before output of M04 or
0: M05 is not output before output of M04 M03.
or M03. 1: M05 is not output before output of M04
1: M05 is output before output of M04 or or M03.
M03. NOTE
13- - This parameter corresponds to bit 6 (M5T)
0: M05 is output before output of M04 or of parameter No. 5101 of Series Oi-C.
M03. With the T series, the logic of the values 0
1: M05 is not output before output of M04 and 1 is oppos ite from that of Series Oi-C.
or M03.
Behavior when KO is L!J Make a selection using bit 4 (KOD) of
specified for the Make a selection using bit 5 (KOE) of parameter No. 5105 for both T series
number of repetitions parameter No. 5102. and M series.
K
Bit 5 eKOE) of parameter No. 5102 Bit 4 eKOD) of parameter No. 5105
When KO is specified in a drilling canned When KO is specified in a drilling canned
cycle (G80 to G89) : cycle (G80 to G89):
0: One drilling operation is performed. 0: Drilling operation is not performed, and
1: Drilling operation is not performed, and only drilling data is stored.
only drilling data is stored. 1: One drilling operation is performed.
NOTE
aDrilling operation is not performed , and
With the T series, the logic of the values 0
and 1 is opposite from that of bit 5 (KOE) of
only drilling data is stored. parameter No. 5102 of Series Oi-C.

Behavior of the first The behavior can be selected using bit - While bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No.
pos itioning command 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700 . 3700 exists , the normal position ing
(GOO) for a Cs contour operation is performed in a canned
control axis in a Bit 1 eNRF) of parameter No. 3700 cycle, regardless of the setting of this
canned cycle After a serial spindle is changed to a Cs parameter bit.
contour control axis , the first move
command :
0: Performs the normal positioning
operat ion after executing the reference
position return operation .
1: Performs the normal positioning
o eration.

- 200 1 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Retraction in a boring Select the retraction operation using bit Bit 1 (BCR) of parameter No. 5104 is
cycle (G85, G89) 1 (BCR) of parameter No. 5104. not available.
The retraction operation is always
Bit 1 lBeR) of parameter No. 5104 performed at the cutting feed rate.
The retraction operation in a boring cycle is In this case , the cutting feed rate of the
performed: at retraction operation can be multiplied
0: Cutting feed rate by the override value set in parameter
In this case, the cutting feedrate of the No. 5149. The override value range is
retraction operation can be multiplied by 1% to 2000%.
the override value set in parameter No.
5121 . The override value range is
100% to 2000% .
1: Rapid traverse rate
In this case, rapid traverse override is
also enabled .
Set the value in parameter No. 5114. Set the value in parameter No. 5115.

- Y axis cannot be used as a drilling axis. Y axis can be used as a drilling axis .
PIS alarm No. 028 is issued.

II
Forward/retraction When the I command (forward/retraction feedrate) is omitted and 0 is set in parameter
feed rate for the Nos . 5172 and 5173, the forward/retraction feed rate is as follows.
small-hole peck o Same feedrate as that specified by the F
drilling cycle (G83) command
Tool retraction Set the direction using bit 5 (RD2) and Bit 5 (RD2) and bit 4 (RD1) of
direction in a fine bit 4 (RD1) of parameter No. 5101 in parameter No. 5101 is not available.
boring cycle (G76) or combination. Set the direction in axis-type parameter
back boring cycle No. 5148.
G87
Address Q command In a high-speed peck drilling cycle (G73), peck drilling cycle (G83), and small-hole
in a high-speed peck peck drilling cycle (G83), when the address Q (amount of each-time cutting)
drilling cycle (G73) , command is not s ecified or QO is s ecified:
peck drilling cycle Select the operation using bit 1 (QZA) of Bit 1 (QZA) of parameter No. 5103 is not
(G83), or small-hole parameter No. 5103. available.
peck drilling cycle The tool always behaves as when 1 is set
(G83) Bit 1 lQZA) of parameter No. 5103 in bit 1 (QZA) of parameter No. 5103 .
0: The tool repeats the upward and (Alarm PS0045 is issued.)
downward movement at the same
position without cutting.
1: PIS alarm No. 045 is issued.

- 2002 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Tool length - Select the axis for which to enable tool - Bit 4 (TCE) of parameter No. 5006 is
compensation (G43 or length compensation, by using bit 4 not available.
G44) in a canned (TCE) of parameter No . 5006. The tool always behaves as when 1 is
cycle when tool length set in bit 4 (TCE) of parameter No.
compensation type C Bit 4 (TeE) of parameter No. 5006 5006 .
is selected (1 is set in When tool length compensation (G43 or
bit 0 (TLC) of G44) is specified in a canned cycle, tool
parameter No. 5001) length compensation is enabled for :
0: Axis selected according to tool length
compensation type C.
1: Drillin axis.

8.36.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.36.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2003 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

B.37 CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES)/MULTIPLE REPETITIVE

CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES)

~
8.37.1 Differences in Specifications

Machining plane - The plane on which the canned cycle is - The plane on which the canned cycle
performed is always the ZX plane. ca be selected arbitrarily (including a
parallel axis) .
Note that, with G code system A, an
axis whose name is U, V, or W cannot
be set as a arallel axis.
Address R setting unit - The setting unit common to all axes is - The setting unit applies to a different
(Address I, J, or K for used. axis depending on the machining plane
the Series 10/11 and the command .
format) Second axis of the axes comprising
the machining plane for G90 and G92
First axis of the axes comprising the
machinin lane for G94
Application of tool - Refer to Section 4.1.5, "CANNED CYCLE AND TOOL NOSE RADIUS
nose radius COMPENSATION" in "USER'S MANUAL (T SERIES)" (B-64304EN-1). The
com ensation differences in s ecifications are detailed.
Inch threading by - Threading is performed as the lead Inch threading is performed.
address E (Series threading command of address F.
10/11 format
Behavior of the first - The behavior can be selected using bit - While bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No.
positioning command 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700. 3700 exists, the normal positioning
(GOO) for a Cs contour operation is performed in a canned
control axis in a Bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700 cycle, regardless of the setting of this
canned cycle After a serial spindle is changed to a Cs parameter bit.
contour control axis, the first move
command:
0: Performs the normal positioning
operation after executing the reference
position return operation.
1: Performs the normal positioning
o eration.

8.37.2 Differences in Signals

While the name has been changed , the meaning is the same. In either case, setting 0
executes chamferin .

8.37.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2004-
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.38 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE

8.38.1 Differences in Specifications

Grinding axis ITJ_ ·········-···- Set the grinding axes for the individual
specification The grinding axis is always the Z axis. canned grinding cycles in parameter
Nos. 5176 to 5179.
g -- --- If the same axis number as the cutting
The grinding axis is the X or Z axis. axis is specified in any of these
parameters, or if a canned grinding
cycle is executed when 0 is set, alarm
PS0456 is issued .
Behavior of the first The behavior can be selected using bit While bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No.
positioning command 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700 . 3700 exists , the normal positioning
(GOO) for a Cs contour operation is performed in a canned
control axis in a Bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700 cycle , regardless of the setting of this
canned cycle After a serial spindle is changed to a Cs parameter bit.
contour control axis, the first move
command:
0: Performs the normal positioning
operation after executing the reference
position return operation .
1: Performs the normal positioning
o eration.

Exclusive control When the grinding canned cycle option When the grinding canned cycle option
against the multiple is specified, the multiple respective is specified, select whether to use the
respective canned canned cycle (standard function) cannot multiple respective canned cycle
cycle (standard be used. (standard function) or grinding canned
function) cycle, by using bit 0 (GFX) of
parameter No. 5106 .

Bit 0 (GFX) of parameter No. 5106

When the grinding canned cycle option is
specified , the G71 , G72 , G73, and G74
commands are intended for:
0: Multiple respective canned cycle.
1: Grindin canned c c1e.

- 2005 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Dressing axis - The dressing axis is always the fourth - Set the dressing axes for the individual
specification axis . canned grinding cycles in parameter
Nos. 5180 to 5183.
If the same axis number as the cutting
axis or grinding axis is specified in any
of these parameters, or if a canned
grind ing cycle is executed when 0 is
set, alarm PS0456 is issued.

8.38.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.38.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2006-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.39 MULTIPLE RESPECTIVE CANNED CYCLE FOR TURNING

(T SERIES)

[!T
8.39.1 Differences in Specifications

Differences common to the Series 0 standard format and Series 10/11 format

Specifiable plane - The cycle can be spec ified for a Z-X - The cycle can be specified for an
plane , with the X axis set as the first arbitrary plane selected with the basic
axis and the Z axis set as the second three axes and their parallel axes .
axis .
Specification for a - Not allowed. For G code system A , the cycle can be
plane including a specified when the name of the parallel
parallel axis axis is other than U, V, or W.
(To use U, V, or Was an axis name is
not allowed for G code s stem A.
Behavior of the first - The behavior can be selected using bit - While bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No .
positioning command 1 (NRF) of parameter No . 3700 . 3700 exists, the normal positioni ng
(GOO) for a Cs contour operation is performed in a canned
control axis in a Bit 1 (NRF) of parameter No. 3700 cycle, regardless of the setting of this
canned cycle After a serial spindle is changed to a Cs parameter bit.
contour control axis, the first move
command :
0: Performs the normal positioning
operation after executing the reference
position return operation .
1: Performs the normal positioning
o erat ion.
Cycle start point - The tool returns directly to the cycle - The tool returns to the cycle start point
return path when the start point. via a point offset by the finishing
finishing allowance is allowance.
specified in G71 or Cycle start point
G72
Finishing Finishing
allowance allowance
The tool retums to
the cycle start point
Return to the via a point offset by
start point the finishing
allowance.

- 2007 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Monotonous Depends on bit 1 (MRC) of parameter Bit 1 (MRC) of parameter No. 5102 is
increase/decrease No. 5102. not available.
check in G71/G72 If monotonous increase or decrease is
type I Bit 1 (MRC) of parameter No. 5102 not specified for the first axis direction
(multiple respective When any target figure other than of the plane, alarm PS0064 is issued .
canned cycle for monotonous increase or decrease is If monotonous increase or decrease is
turning) specified in a multiple respective canned not specified for the second axis
cycle for tuming (G71 or G72): direction of the plane , alarm PS0329 is
0: An alarm is not issued . issued .
1: Alarm PS0064 is issued. Note that, by setting a permissible
amount in parameter Nos. 5145 and
5146 , it is possible to prevent the alarm
from occurring, even if the monotonous
increase/decrease condition is not met,
as long as the permiss ible amount is
not exceeded.
Monotonous Not checked . Always checked.
increase/decrease Bit 1 (MRC) of parameter No. 5102 If monotonous increase or decrease is
check in G71/G72 does not take effect for multiple not specified for the first axis direction
type II respective canned cycle for turning II of the plane, alarm PS0064 is issued .
(multiple respective (type II). Note that, by setting a permissible
canned cycle for amount in parameter No. 5145, it is
turning II) possible to prevent the alarm from
occurr ing, even if the monotonous
increase/decrease condition is not met,
as long as the permissible amount is
not exceeded.
Roughing after start Not performed. [Multiple respective canned cycle for
point return by G71 or turning I (type I)]
G72 Depends on bit 1 (RF1) of parameter
No. 5105.
[Multiple respective canned cycle for
turning II (type II)]
Depends on bit 2 (RF2) of parameter
No. 5105.
Bit 1 (RF1) of parameter No. 5105 Bit 2 (RF2) of parameter No. 5105
In the multiple repetitive canned cycle (T In the multiple repetitive canned cycle (T
series) (G71/G72) of type I, roughing is: series) (G71/G72) of type II, roughing is:
0: Performed. 0: Performed.
1: Not erformed . 1: Not erformed .
Retraction operation The tool retracts in the X axis direct ion After chamfering , the tool first retracts
at the bottom of a hole after chamfering. in the 45-degree direction and then in
in G71/G72 type II the second axis direction of the plane .
(multiple respective
canned cycle for
turn ing II)
/..,,:~__ 45-degree
direction

- 2008 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

G70 to G76 [G70 command] Bit 4 (RFC) of parameter No. 5102 is

commands during the Tool nose radius compensation is not available.
tool nose radius performed . [G70 to G73 commands]
compensation mode [G71 to G73 commands] Tool nose radius compensation is
While tool nose radius compensation is performed.
not performed , it is possible to app ly [G74 to G76 commands]
tool nose radius compensation partially Tool nose radius compensation is not
by setting bit 4 (RFC) of parameter No. performed.
5102 .

Bit 4 (RFC) of parameter No. 5102

For a G71 or G72 semi-finished shape or a
G73 cutting pattern, tool nose radius
compensation is:
0: Not performed .
1: Performed.

[G74 to G76 commands]

Tool nose radius compensation is not
erformed.
Positioning in G70 to Non-linear type positioning is always [Start point return by G70]
G76 cycle operations used , regardless of the setting of bit 1 Non-linear type positioning is always
(LRP) of parameter No. 1401. used .
[Other positioning operations]
Depends on bit 1 (LRP) of parameter
No. 1401.
T code specified in Invalid - Va lid
the same block as
G74 or G75
Chamfering and Cannot be specified . Can be specified.
corner R commands Note that the last block of the target
and direct drawing figure program must not be in the
dimension middle of the chamfering , corner R, or
programming direct drawing dimension programming
command for a target command.
fi ure ro ram
Approach to the - Approach by two cycles - Approach by one cycle
thread ing start point in
G76 Threading
Approach by Approach by
two cycles one cycle

- 2009-
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1 /01

Differences regarding the Series 0 standard format

Pocketing path in The tool moves from one pocket to The tool completes one pocketing
G71/G72 type II another for each cut. process before proceeding to cut the
(multiple respective (The numbers in the figure represent next pocket.
canned cycle for the tool path sequence.) (The numbers in the figure represent
turning II) the tool path sequence.)

Limitation on the Up to 10 pockets can be specified . Not limited.

number of pockets in Specifying 11 or more pockets causes
G71/G72 type II alarm PS0068 .
(multiple respective
canned cycle for
turnin II
Number of divisions in The number of divisions is also 2 for the - The number of divisions specified by R
G73 R1 command. For R2 and subsequent applies.
commands , the number of divisions
s ecified bRa lies.

Differences regarding the Series 10/11 format

Pocketing path in Depends on bit 2 (P15) of parameter Bit 2 (P15) of parameter No. 5103 is
G71/G72 type II No. 5103. not available.
(multiple respective [When P15 0]= The tool completes one pocketing
canned cycle for The tool moves from one pocket to process before proceeding to cut the
turning II) another for each cut. next pocket.
(The numbers in the figure represent (The numbers in the figure represent
the tool path sequence .) the tool path sequence.

=
[When P15 1]
The tool completes one pocketing
process before proceeding to cut the
next ocket. See the fi ure at ri ht.
Limitation on the Depends on bit 2 (P15) of parameter Bit 2 (P15) of parameter No. 5103 is
number of pockets in No. 5103. not available.
G71/G72 type II [When P15 = 0] Not limited.
(multiple respective Up to 10 pockets can be specified .
canned cycle for Specifying 11 or more pockets causes
turning II) alarm PS0068 .
[When P15 = 1]
Not limited.

- 2010-
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Specification of - Not allowed. - Allowed.

finishing allowance in The finishing allowance is ignored if
G71/G72 s ecified .
Number of divisions in - The number of divisions is also 2 for the - The number of divisions specified by D
G73 D1 command. For D2 and subsequent applies.
commands , the number of divisions
s ecified b D a lies.
Address E command - Threading is performed as the lead Inch threading is performed.
in G76 threadin command of address F.

8.39.2 Differences in Signals

Differences common to the Series 0 standard format and Series 10/11 format

Chamfering signal CDZ - *CDZ

name While the name has been changed, the meaning is the same . In either case, setting 0
executes chamferin .

8.39.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2011 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.40 OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER

ROUNDING (M SERIES)

II
8.40.1 Differences in Specifications

Optional angle Not available. - Available .

chamfering and corner Alarm PS0212 is issued .
rounding commands
for a plane including a
arallel axis
Single block operation - Single block stop is not performed at - Whether to perform single block stop at
the start point of an inserted optional the start point of an inserted block
angle chamfering or comer rounding depends on bit 0 (SSG) of parameter
block. No. 5105 .

Bit 0 (SBe) of parameter No. 5105

In a drilling canned cycle, chamfer
cycle/corner rounding (T series) or optional
angle chamfering/corner rounding cycle (M
series):
0: Single block stop is not performed.
1: Sin Ie block sto is erformed .
Negative value - The value is regarded as positive . - Alarm PS0006 is issued.
specified in a ,C_
or ,R command
Number of dwells to Not limited. - Only one block can be inserted.
be inserted between Inserting more than one block causes
two blocks for which alarm PS0051 .
to perform optional
angle chamfering or
corner roundin
DNC operation - Optional angle chamfering and corner - Optional angle chamfering and corner
rounding are not available in DNC rounding are also available in ONC
o eration . oration.

8.40.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.40.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2012 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.41 CHAMFERING AND CORNER ROUNDING (T SERIES)

[!J" --~-" -"

8.41.1 Differences in Specifications

Chamfering and - Ava ilable.

corner rounding The commands can be specified for
commands for a plane any plane, even one that includes a
other than the Z-X parallel axis.
lane
Single block operat ion - [Chamfering] - [Common to chamfering and corner
Single block stop is not performed at rounding]
the start point of an inserted chamfering Whether to perform single block stop at
block . the start point of an inserted block
[Comer rounding] depends on bit 0 (SSC) of parameter
Single block stop is performed at the No. 5105.
start point of an inserted corner
rounding block. Bit 0 (SBC) of parameter No. 5105
In a drilling canned cycle, chamfer
cycle/corner rounding (T series) or optional
angle chamfering/corner rounding cycle (M
series) :
0: Single block stop is not performed .
1: Sin Ie block sto is erformed.

8.41.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.41.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2013 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.42 DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING (T

SERIES)

[!]
8.42. 1 Differences in Specifications

Specification of the - PIS alarm No. 212 is issued. - No alarm is issued .

direct drawing The command can be specified for a
dimension plane other than the Z-X plane.
programming
command for a plane
other than the Z-X
lane
When two or more - No alarm is issued . - Alarm PS0312 is issued.
blocks not to be
moved exist between
consecutive
commands that
specify direct input of
drawin dimensions

8.42.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.42.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2014-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.43 RUN HOUR AND PARTS COUNT DISPLAY

8.43.1 Differences in Specifications

Data range of the M Parameter No. 6710

code that counts the The data range of the M code that counts the number of machined parts is as follows.
number of machined
parts - 0 to 255 - 0 to 99999999
Data range of the Parameter No. 6713
number of parts The data range of the number of parts required is as follows.
required
- 0 to 9999 - 0 to 999999999 9 di its
Data range of the Parameter No. 6711 Parameter No. 6712
number and total Number of parts machined Total number of parts machined
number of parts
machined The data ran e is as follows.
- 0 to 99999999 8 di its - 0 to 999999999 9 di its
Data range of the Parameter No. 6750 Parameter No. 6752 Parameter No. 6754
power-on period , time Integrated value of Integrated value of time during Integrated value of cutting
during automatic power-on period automatic operation time
operation, cutting Parameter No. 6756 Parameter No. 6758
time , input signal Integrated value of time when input signal TMRON (G053.0) Integrated value of one
TMRON on time, and is on automatic operation time
one automatic
operation time

8.43.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.43.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 20 15 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.44 SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION AND AUTOMATIC

SCREEN ERASURE FUNCTION

8.44.1 Differences in Specifications

- When an alarm is issued (including one - When an alarm is issued (including one
associated with the other path), the associated with the other path), the
manual screen erasure function is manual screen erasure function is
enabled. disabled.
("<CAN> + function key" erases the ("<CAN> + function key" does not
screen. erase the screen.
- When the operation mode is switched while the screen is erased:

The screen is not redisplayed. The screen is redisplayed.

The screen remains erased.
Function key input - Select the behavior using bit 2 (NFU) of Bit 2 (NFU) of parameter No. 3209 is
when the screen is parameter No. 3209. not available.
erased or displayed The tool always behaves as when 1 is
Bit 2 (NFU) of parameter No. 3209 set in bit 2 (NFU) of parameter No.
When a function key is pressed to erase or 3209.
display the screen for the screen erasure or
automatic screen erasure function, the
screen change using a function key is:
0: Performed.
1: Not erformed.
Time before the Set the value in parameter No.3123.
automatic screen
The value range is 1 to 255 (minutes). The value range is 1 to 127 (minutes).
erasure function starts

8.44.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.44.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 2016 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.45 MEMORY PROTECTION SIGNAL FOR CNC PARAMETER

~--- -' - --------_. __ .

8.45. 1 Differences in Specifications

Memory protection - The signal is diffe rent for each path. - The signal is common to all paths .
signal for GNG
parameter
KEYP , KEY1 to KEY4
<G046.0, G046 .3 to
G046 .6>
Parameter to enable - Enable or disable the signal using bit 7 - Enable or disable the signal using bit 0
the KEYP signal (PK5) of parameter No. 3292. This is (PKY ) of parameter No. 3299. This is
a bit ath arameter. a bit s stem common arameter.

8.45.2 Differences in Signals

Memory protect ion See 8.45.1, "Differences in Specifications".

signal for GNG
parameter
KEYP , KEY1 to KEY4
<G046.0, G046.3 to
G046.6>

8.45.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2017 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.46 AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMENT (M

SERIES)/AUTOMATIC TOOL OFFSET (T SERIES)

II
8.46.1 Automatic Tool Length Measurement (M Series)

8.46.1.1 Differences in Specifications

Operation of the - Added to the current offset. - Select whether to add or subtract, by
current offset for the using bit 6 (MOe) of parameter No.
measurement result 6210 .

Bit 6 (MOe) of parameter No. 6210

The measurement result of automatic tool
length measurement (system M) or
automat ic tool compensation (system T) is:
0: Added to the current offset.
1: Subtracted from the current offset.
Setting of the feed rate - Set the value in parameter No. 6241 . - Parameter No. 6241
for measurement This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signals position reached signals (XAE1 and
(XAE, YAE , and ZAE). GAE1).
- Parameter No. 6242
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2) .
- Parameter No. 6243
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE3 and
GAE3) .
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter Nos. 6242 and
6243 , the value in parameter No. 6241
becomes valid.
Setting of the y value - Set the value in parameter No. 6251 . - Parameter No. 6251
This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signals position reached signals (XAE1 and
(XAE, YAE, and ZAE) . GAE1).
- Parameter No. 6252
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2).
- Parameter No. 6253
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE3 and
GAE3).
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter Nos. 6252 and
6253, the value in parameter No. 6251
becomes valid.

- 2018-
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Setting of the E value - Set the value in parameter No. 6254. - Parameter No. 6254
This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signals position reached signals (XAE1 and
(XAE, YAE, and ZAE). GAE1).
- Parameter No. 6255
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2).
- Parameter No. 6256
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE3 and
GAE3).
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter Nos. 6255 and
6256, the value in parameter No. 6254
becomes valid .

8.46.1.2 Differences in Signals

Measuring position XAE, YAE , ZAE XAE1 , XAE2, XAE3

reached si nal name
G address measuring Not available . Available.
position reached
signals
GAE1<Gn517.0,
Gn517.1, Gn517.2> to
GAE3<Gn517.0 ,
Gn517.1, Gn517.2>

8.46. 1.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2019 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/0 1

[!]
8.46.2 Automatic Tool Offset (T Series)

B.46.2.1 Differences in Specifications

Operation of the
x~

current offset for the

measurement result
-
II!
Added to the current offset.
..
- Select whether to add or subtract, by
using bit 6 (MOe) of parameter No .
6210.

Bit 6 (MOe) of parameter No. 6210

The measurement result of automatic tool
length measurement (system M) or
automatic tool compensation (system T) is:
0: Added to the current offset.
1: Subtracted from the current offset.
Sett ing of the feed rate - Set the value in parameter No . 6241 . - Parameter No. 6241
for measurement This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signals position reached signals (XAE 1 and
(XAE and ZAE). GAE1) .
- Parameter No. 6242
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2) .
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter No . 6242 , the
value in parameter No . 6241 becomes
valid.
Setting of the y value - Set the value in parameter No. 6251. - Parameter No. 6251
for the X axis This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signa ls position reached signals (XAE1 and
(XAE and ZAE). GAE1) .
- Parameter No. 6252
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2).
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter No. 6252 , the
value in parameter No . 6251 becomes
valid.
Setting of the E value - Set the value in parameter No. 6254. - Parameter No. 6254
for the X axis This is a parameter common to the This is a parameter for the measuring
measuring position reached signals position reached signals (XAE1 and
(XAE and ZAE) . GAE1) .
- Parameter No. 6255
This is a parameter for the measuring
position reached signals (XAE2 and
GAE2).
NOTE
When 0 is set in parameter No. 6255 , the
value in parameter No. 6254 becomes
valid .

- 2020 -
B-64303EN-1 /01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.46.2.2 Differences in Signals

Measuring position XAE, ZAE XAE1, XAE2

reached si nal name
G address measuring Not available. Available.
position reached
signals GAE1 and
GAE2
<Gn517.0.1>

8.46.2.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 2021 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.47 SKIP FUNCTION

8.47.1 Differences in Specifications

Setting to enable the Set 1 in bit 5 (SLS) of parameter No. Set 1 in bit 4 (HSS) of parameter No.
high-speed skip signal 6200 . 6200 .
for normal skip (G31)
when the multi-stage
Multi-stage
skip function is enabled
skip Command
function
Disabled

Enabled

Target of Compensation is performed for the Compensation is performed for the

acceleration/deceleration skip coordinates obtained when the skip coordinates obtained when the
and servo system delay high-speed skip signal is set to "1". skip or high-speed skip signal is set to
com ensation "1 ".
Method of There are two ways to perform Bit 0 (SEA) of parameter No. 6201 is
acceleration/deceleration compensation , as follows . not available.
and servo system delay [Compensating the value calculated There is only one way to perform
compensation from the cutting constant and servo compensation, as follows.
constant] [Compensating the accumulated
Set 1 in bit 0 (SEA) of parameter No. pulses and positional deviation due to
6201 . acceleration/deceleration]
[Compensating the accumulated Set 1 in bit 1 (SEB) of parameter No.
pulses and positional deviation due to 6201.
acceleration/deceleration]
Set 1 in bit 1 (SEB) of parameter No.
6201.
Skip cutting feed rate Feedrate specified by the F code in Depends on bit 1 (SFP) of parameter
(normal skip) the program No. 6207. When 0 is set, the
processing is the same as Series
Oi-C.

Bit 1 (SFP) of parameter No. 6207

The feedrate during the skip function
(G31) is:
0: Feedrate specified by the F code in
the program .
1: Feedrate specified in parameter No.
6281.

- 2022 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX 8.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Skip cutting feed rate Feedrate specified by the F code in Depends on bit 2 (SFN) of parameter
(skip using the the program . No. 6207 . When 0 is set, the
high-speed skip signal or processing is the same as Series
multi-step skip) Oi-C.

Bit 2 (SFP) of parameter No. 6207

When the skip function using the
high-speed skip signal (1 is set in bit 4
(HSS) of parameter No. 6200) or the
multi-step skip function is executed, the
feed rate is:
0: Feedrate specified by the F code in
the program.
1: Feedrate specified in parameter Nos.
6282 to 6285.
Axis to monitor to check Depends on bit 3 (TSA) of parameter Bit 3 (TSA) of parameter No. 6201 is
whether the torque limit No. 6201. not available .
has been reached Only the axis specified in the same
(torque limit skip) Bit 3 lTSA) of parameter No. 6201 block as G31 P99/98 is monitored.
To check whether the torque limit has
been reached , the torque limit skip
function (G31 P99/98) monitors :
0: All axes.
1: Only the axis specified in the same
block as G31 P99/98 .
High-speed skip signal As the ski si nal for the G31 P99 command , the hi h-s eed ski nal:
input for the G31 P99 Cannot be input. Can be input.
command
tor ue limit ski
Setting of a positional No parameter is available dedicated to The value can be set in parameter No.
deviation limit in the setting a positional deviation limit for 6287 .
torque limit skip the torque limit skip function .
command Parameter No. 6287
(torque limit skip) Set a positional deviation limit in the
tor ue limit ski command for each axis.
- The G31 P99/98 command is Alarm PS0035 is issued.
executed as is.
(No alarm is issued .)

- 2023 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.47.2 Differences in Signals

Signal address of skip - [First path] - Depends on bit 2 (XSG) of parameter

signal SKIP Fixed to <X004 .7>. No. 3008. When 0 is set, the
[~:r--»··»-···-·- ···-···
processing is the same as Series Oi-C.
[Second path]
Fixed to <X013.7>. Bit 2 (XSG) of parameter No. 3008
The signal assigned to the X address:
0: Has a fixed address.
1: Canbe changed to an arbitrary X
address.
Set the address assigned by parameter
No. 3012.

Set 1 in bit 3 (MIT) of parameter No. - Bit 3 (MIT) of parameter No. 6200 is
6200 . not available .
The tool offset value write signals
cannot be used as skip signals.

8.47.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2024 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.48 INPUT OF TOOL OFFSET VALUE MEASURED B (T

SERIES)
~J---"-'---'---'---

8.48.1 Differences in Specifications

Setting of the X and Z It is necessary to set the X axis as the It is necessary to set the X axis as the
axes first axis and the Z axis as the second X axis of the basic three axes (set 1 in
axis. parameter NO.1 022) and the Z axis as
the Z axis of the basic three axes (set 3
in arameter NO.1 022 .
Relationsh ip with By setting 1 in bit 3 (QSA) of parameter Cannot be used together with arbitrary
arbitrary angular axis No. 5009, the function can be used angular axis control.
control together with arbitrary angular axis The correct value cannot be set for an
control. angular axis under arbitrary angular
axis control.
Relationship with By setting bit 0 (MXC), bit 1 (XSI), and Cannot be used together with
composite control bit 2 (ZSI) of parameter No. 8160 as composite control.
appropriate for the machine The correct value cannot be set for a
configuration, the function can be used composite axis under composite
to ether with com osite control. control.

8.48.2 Differences in Signals

Tool offset number [1-path system] [1-path system]

select signal range G39.0 to G39.5 are used. G39.0 to G39.5 and G40.0 are used.
(The maximum tool compensation (The maximum tool compensation
numbe r that can be selected is 64.) number that can be selected is 99.)
[2-path system] [2-path system]
G39.0 to G39.5 (first path) and G1039.0 G39.0 to G39.5 and G40.0 to G40.1
to G1039.5 (second path) are used. are used .
(The maximum tool compensation (The maximum tool compensation
number that can be selected for each number that can be selected is 200.)
ath is 64.
Signal address of tool [First path] Depends on bit 2 (XSG) of parameter
offset value write Fixed to <X004 ,2 to X004 .5>. No. 3008 . When 0 is set, the
signals ±MIT1 and [Second path] processing is the same as Series Oi-C.
±MIT2 Fixed to <X013 .2 to X013.5>.
Bit 2 (XSG) of parameter No. 3008
The signal assigned to the X address :
0: Has a fixed address .
1: Can be changed to an arbitrary X
address.
Set the address assigned by parameter
No. 3019.

- 2025 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

When using tool offset - Set 1 in bit 3 (MIT) of parameter No. - Bit 3 (MIT) of parameter No. 6200 is
value write signals 6200. not available.
±MIT1 and ±MIT2 as The tool offset value write signals
ski si nals cannot be used as ski si nals.

8.48.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2026-
B-64303EN -1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.49 PMC AXIS CONTROL

8.49.1 Differences in Specifications

Differences common to 1-path control and 2-path control

I d>~
!II iii iii ¥i¥ic' "
d811!', .M
tril!i
Names of groups that - Groups A to D - Groups 1 to 4
use the signal addresses Group names A to D are used
of the first path (GOxxx respectively for each path.
and FOxxx)
Relationship with - PMC axis control can be applied for any - PMC axis control cannot be applied
synchronous contro l axis other than a synchronous slave axis. for any axis under synchronous
(synchronous control of control.
synchronous/composite
control)
Relationship with the - Enable or disable the functions by using - Neither the feed -forward nor advanced
feed-forward and bit 7 (NAH) of parameter No. 1819, bit 3 preview feed-forward funct ion is
advanced preview (G8C) of parameter No. 8004 , and bit 4 available for an axis under PMC axis
feed-forward functions (G8R) of parameter No. 8004 in control.
combination. Bit 3 (G8C) and bit 4 (G8R) of
parameter No. 8004 are not ava ilable.
Data range of rapid - The data ranee is as follows . - 1 to 65535
Valid data ranae Unit of
traverse rate for rapid IS·A. 15-8 IlK: data The data unit is as follows.
traverse (OOh) , 1st to 4th Linear axis
I
Millime te r
mach ine
30 10 15000 30 to 1200 0 mmtmi n
_ unit
IS-A t o lS..(;
Unit

u..... Metric: mad'ti ne 1 m",,",o

Inch machine 3 to 6000 30 to 4800 inCl1lmin
reference position return axis Inch machine 0.1 inctVrTi"

(07h to OAh), and

Rotation axis 30 to 15000 30 to 1200 0 de~ /m in
.,.,
Rotlltl on
1 deg!l\"lIn.

machine coordinate
system selection (20h)
Data range of total - The data ranqe is as follows. - The data ranee is as follows.
moving distance for rapid Input increment IS-B IS-C Unit I ISMA I IS-B.IS·C
mm unit input
±99999 .999 ±9999.9999
mm ·9 999 9999 to 99999 999 (8 digits) I · 999999999 to 999999999 (9 digits ) I
traverse (OOh) , cutting dec unit input deq
feed - feed per minute inch unit input ±9999.9999 +999.99999 inch The data unit is the minimum setting unit
(01h), cutting feed - feed for the corresponding axis. (See the
per revolution (02h), and table below.)
I 5:t~~11 I :~~~mu~~ I
skip - feed per minute IS -A 0 .0 1
15 -8 000 1
(03h) IS .C o C00 1

Data range of cutting - 1 to 65535 - 1 to 65535

feed rate for rapid The specified feed rate must be within the
traverse (01h) and skip - ranee shown in the table below.
V,lI d data ran . Unit of
feed per minute (03h) IS.. rs-c d at il

llllear a. ,s I ~~~:r 1 to 100000 I 0.1 to 12000 ,0 mml min

Inehmaehine 0 ,01 104 000 00 00110 480.000 inehl mtn
J-ln131iollui5 1 to 100000 0 ,11012000 0 trni ~

- 2027 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Ser ies Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

Function to increase the Not available. By setting 1 in bit 2 (JFM) of

specification unit by a parameter No. 8004 , it is possible to
factor of 200 for increase the specification unit by a
cont inuous feed (06h) factor of 200 .

Bit 2 (JFM) of parameter No. 8004

Set the spec ificatio n unit of feedrate data
for specifying the continuous feed
command for PMC axis contro l.
Incre ment Bit 2 (JFM)
sysm m of No. 8004

IS · B

IS oC

Maximum feed rate for - Wh en an overnideof 2540/<DIS r d

" aonne When an overr ide of 254 o is applied
15-8 IS""
continuous feed (06h) Metrk: in Inch In Metric inpUt Inch input
15-8
'S""
' time
1664 58
mrn'mi n I 166458
inchlm n
'6645
rrrrVrn in I 16645
inch/mIn
Me". Inp ut I Inc h Input Metri c Input Inc h Input

10 times 1664 589

mm'mm
I 16645 89
inch/min
166458
Omm'm in
I ' 664 58
incMnin
(mm lmin) (M\c:hlmml (fNnIm in ) linc hfmln)

t uree 16 64 58 i 1664 .58 16645 16 6-46

When overr ide is canceled 10tlnw$ 009000 I 1864 5 89 99000 1664.58

IS-B
Metric inp ut Inch Input
IS""
Metrlc lnout Inch In PUt
200 Ilmes
I 999000 I 39330.0 00900 3933 0

65535 655.35 6553 65 53

1 time
mrn'm in I inch/min mmlmin I inct\lmin When overr ide is canceled
655350 6553.50 65535 655.35
10time a
mm'min I inch/mi n mmlmin I inch/ min IS-B IS(;

Metric input Inch lnpoJl Metric input Inc h Input

(nmlmin) (inchlmn) (nmI"n) (inc b/mln)

1""", 65535 655 35 6553 65.53

1Dtlm. 655350 65535 65535 65535

200 • . - 999000 3933(10 9B9JOO 3933 0

Minimum unit of feedrate The value

for the speed command
(10h)

Speed specification in
the speed command
(10h)

Setting range of torque

data for torque control
11h

- 2028 -
B-64303EN-1/0 1 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

Note on executing an [For Series Oi-D]

absolute command from When you switch to PMC axis control to execute a move command during automatic
the program for an axis operation and then switch back to NC axis control to execute an absolute command
subject to PMC axis from the program for the moved axis, that PMC command needs to be executed using
control during automatic a non-buffering M code.
operation
For example , when an absolute command is executed in a N40 block after PMC
control is applied to Y axis, as in the example below, PMC axis control needs to be
executed in a non-buffering M code (N20 block) .

00001 ;
N10 G94 G90 G01 X20. Y30. F3000 ;
N20 M55; -+ Executes PMC axis control for the Y axis.
N30 X70. ;
N40 Y50. ;
N50 M30 ;

Execute PMC axis control as follows.

1. After the output of the auxiliary function strobe signal MF for M55, start PMC axis
control.
2. Upon completion of PMC axis control, input the completion signal FIN for M55.
[For Series Oi-C]
Control does not need to be executed usin a non-bufferin M code.
Acceleration/deceleration Depends on bit 2 (SUE) of parameter Bit 2 (SUE) of parameter No. 8002 is
control for an axis No. 8002. not available .
synchronized with The acceleration/deceleration of the
external pulses using Bit 2 (SUE) of parameter No. 8002 axis synchron ized with external pulses
external pulse With the external pulse synchronization is controlled (exponential
synchronization (OBh, command for PMC axis control, the acceleration/deceleration).
ODh to OFh) acceleration/dece leration of the axis
synchronized with external pulses is:
0: Controlled (exponential
acceleration/deceleration ).
1: Not controlled .
Inch/metric conversion Depends on bit 0 (PIM) of parameter No. Bit 0 (PIM) of parameter No. 8003 is
for a linear axis 8003. not available. Parameter No.1 010 is
controlled only by PMC not available , either.
axis control Bit 0 (PIM) of parameter No. 8003 For a linear axis controlled only by
When the axis controlled only by PMC axis PMC axis control , set rotation axis
control (see parameter No. 1010) is a linear type B (set 1 in both bit 1 and bit 0 of
axis, inch/metric input: parameter No.1 006) to avoid the
0: Influences the axis. influence of inch/metric input.
1: Does not influence the axis.
Setting to change all Depends on bit 1 (PAX) of parameter No. - Bit 1 (PAX) of parameter No. 8003 is
axes to CNC axes or 8003. not available . Parameter No. 1010 is
PMC axes not available , either.
Bit 1 (PAX) of parameter No. 8003 There is no parameter to change all
When 0 is set as the number of CNC control axes to PMC axes.
axes (parameter No. 1010), all axes are
changed to:
0: CNC axes.
1: PMC axes.

- 2029-
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

If the PMC issues an Depends on bit 0 (CMV) of parameter Bit 0 (CMV) of parameter No. 8004 is
axis control command for No. 8004. not available.
an axis when the tool is The axis control command from the
waiting for the auxiliary Bit 0 (CMY) of parameter No. 8004 PMC side is executed.
function completion If the PMC issues an axis control command
signal after moving that for an axis when the tool is waiting for the
axis according to a move auxiliary function completion signal after
command and an moving that axis according to a move
auxiliary function command and an auxiliary function specified
specified from the CNC from the CNC side:
side 0: Alarm PS0130 is issued .
1: The axis control command from the PMC
side is executed.
If the CNC issues a Depends on bit 1 (NMT) of parameter Bit 1 (NMT) of parameter No. 8004 is
command for an axis No. 8004. not available.
when that axis is being A command that does not involve
moved by the axis Bit 1 (NMT) of parameter No . 8004 moving the axis is executed without an
control command from If the CNC issues a command for an axis alarm.
the PMC side when that axis is being moved by the axis (If the command involves moving the
control command from the PMC side: axis, alarm PS0130 is issued.)
0: Alarm PS0130 is issued .
1: A command that does not involve moving
the axis is executed without an alarm.
Setting of This item is determined by using bit 7 Bit 7 (NDI) of parameter No. 8004 is
diameter/radius (NDI) of parameter No. 8004 and bit 1 not available. The item is determined
specification for the (CDI) of parameter No. 8005 in by bit 1 (CDI) of parameter No. 8005.
amount of travel and combination .
feed rate when diameter Bit 1 (COl) of parameter No. 8005
programming is specified In PMC axis control, when diameter
for a PMC-controlled axis programming is specified for a
PMC-controlled axis:
0: The amount of travel and feedrate are
each specified with a radius.
1: The amount of travel is specified with
a diameter while the feedrate is
s ecified with a radius.
Individual output of the Depends on bit 7 (MFD) of parameter Bit 7 (MFD) of parameter No. 8005 is
auxiliary function No. 8005. not available .
The individual output of the auxiliary
Bit 7 (MFO) of parameter No. 8005 function for PMC axis control function
The individual output of the auxiliary function is enabled.
for PMC axis control function is:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Function to exert position - Depends on bit 4 (EVP) of parameter No. - Depends on bit 4 (EVP) of parameter
control for the speed 8005. No. 8005. Note that , for the EVP=1
command (10h) setting to take effect, 1 must be set in
Bit 4 (EYP) of parameter No. 8005 bit 2 (VCP) of parameter No. 8007.
The speed of PMC axis control is specified
by: Bit 2 (YCP) of parameter No. 8007
0: Speed command. The speed command in PMC axis control
1: Position command. is:
0: FS10/11 type.
1: FSO t e.

- 2030 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

In-position check for an Depends on bit 2 (IPA) of parameter No. Bit 2 (IPA) of parameter No. 8006 is
axis controlled only by 8006. not available . Parameter No. 1010 is
PMC axis control not available, either.
Bit 2 (lPA) of parameter No. 8006 The check is performed when no
In the case of an axis controlled only by move command is specified for the
PMC axis control (see parameter No. 1010), PMC axis. Otherwise , the processing
in-position check is: is determined by bit 6 (NCI) of
0: Performed when no move command is parameter No. 8004.
specified for the PMC axis.
1: Always not performed. Bit 6 (NCIl of parameter No. 8004
When the PMC-controlled axis is
decelerated , in-position check is:
0: Performed .
1: Not erformed .
No in-position check Depends on bit 0 (NIS) of parameter No. Bit 0 (NIS) of parameter No. 8007 is
signal for a 8007. not available .
PMC-controlled axis and The no in-position check signal
no in-position check Bit 0 (NIS) of parameter No. 8007 NOINPS<G023.5> and no in-position
signals for individual For in-position check for a PMC axis, the no check signals for individual axes
axes in-position check signal NOINPS<G023.5> NOINP1<G359> to NOINP5<G359>
and no in-position check signals for are disabled for in-position check for a
individual axes NOINP1<G359> to PMC axis.
NOINP5<G359> are:
0: Disabled.
1: Enabled.
Minimum speed for rapid Set the value in parameter No. 8021 . Parameter No. 8021 is not available.
traverse override in PMC The minimum speed for rapid traverse
axis control override cannot be set.

[!r
Differences regarding 2-path control

Relationship with PMC axis control can also be applied to PMC axis control cannot be applied to
com osite control axes subiect to com osite control. axes subiect to com osite contro l.
Setting when groups 1 (group A) to 4 (group D) are set in 5 (group A for the path 2) to 8 (group 0
A to 0 in the path 2 parameter No. 8010 for the path 2. for the path 2) are set in the axis
is used parameter No. 8010 controlled in the
path 2.

Parameter No. 8010

Specify the 01/00 group to be used to
specify a command for each
PMC-controlled axis.

- 2031 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.49.2 Differences in Signals

Feedrate override - *FVQE to *FV5E *EFOVQ to *EFOV5

signal name Name chan e onl . The addresses and functions are the same.
Override cancellation - OVCE EOVC
signal name Name chan e onl . The addresses and functions are the same .
Rapid traverse ROV1 E, ROV2E EROV1 , EROV2
override signal name Name chan e onl . The addresses and functions are the same.
Dry run signal name ORNE EORN
Name chan e onl . The addresses and functions are the same.
Manual rapid traverse RTE ERT
selection signal name Name chan e onl . The addresses and functions are the same.

8.49.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2032 -
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.50 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT

8.50.1 Differences in Specifications

Number of external [Number of messages that can be set at - [Number of messages that can be set
alarm messages and a time] at a time]
message length Up to 4 messages Depends on bit 1 (M16) of parameter
[Length of a message] No. 11931. When 0 is set, the
Up to 32 characters processing is the same as Series Oi-C.

Bit 1 (M16) of parameter No. 11931

The maximum number of external alarm
messages or external operator messages
that can be displayed in connection with
external data input or external messages
is:
0: 4.
1: 16.

[Length of a message]
U to 32 characters
Display format of [Alarm numbers that can be sent] Depends on bit 0 (EXA) of parameter
external alarm o to 999 No. 6301.
messages [How to distinguish these numbers from
general alarm numbers] Bit 0 (EXA) of parameter No. 6301
Add 1000 to the number sent Select the external alarm message
specification.
0: The alarm numbers that can be sent
range from 0 to 999. The CNC
displays an alarm number, with 1000
added to the number following the
character string "EX" .
1: The alarm numbers that can be sent
range from 0 to 4095. The CNC
displays an alarm number, with the
character string "EX" added in front of
it.
Number of external Depends on bit 0 (OM4) of parameter Bit 0 (OM4) of parameter No. 3207 is
operator messages No. 3207 . not available .
and message length [Number of messages that can be set
Bit 0 (OM4) of parameter No. 3207 at a time]
The external operator message screen can Depends on bit 1 (M16) of parameter
display: No. 11931. Select either up to 4 or 16
0: Up to 256 characters in up to 1 messages.
message. [Length of a message]
1: Up to 64 characters in up to 4 256 characters or less
messa es.

- 2033 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

~~. ,~~ ~
Display format of - [Message numbers that can be sent] - Depends on bit 1 (EXM) of parameter
external operator o to 999 No. 6301. When 0 is set, the
messages [How to distinguish these numbers from processing is the same as Series Oi-C.
alarm and other numbers]
Messages from 0 to 99 Bit 1 ceXM) of parameter No. 6301
The message is displayed on the Select the external operator message
screen along with the number. The specification.
CNC adds 2000 to this number for 0: The message numbers that can be
distinction. sent range from 0 to 999.
Messages from 100 to 999 A message from 0 to 99 is displayed on
Only the message is displayed on the the screen along with the number.
screen without the number. The CNC adds 2000 to this number for
distinction.
As for the messages from 100 to 999,
only the message is displayed on the
screen without the number.
1: The message numbers that can be
sent range from 0 to 4095.
A message from 0 to 99 is displayed on
the screen along with the number.
The CNC adds the character string
"EX" in front of the number.
As for the messages from 100 to 4095,
only the message is displayed on the
screen without the number.
Data range of external Parameter No. 6310
operator message The data range of external operator message numbers is as follows.
numbers
o to 1000 - o to 4096
When an external An alarm is not issued; the search is not - Alarm DS0059 is issued .
program number done, either.
search is done with 0
set as the program
number
Input of an external The input is ignored without issuing an - Alarm DS1121 is issued .
tool offset for an alarm.
invalid function
compensation value
Number of history Make a selection using bit 7 (MS1) and - Bit 7 (MS1) and bit 6 (MSO) of
messages for external bit 6 (MSO) of parameter No. 3113 in parameter No. 3113 are not available .
operator messages combination. [Number of history messages]
and message length Up to 32
[History message length of a message]
Up to 256 characters

- 2034-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.50.2 Differences in Signals

Data signals for [Signal address] Depends on bit 3 (EED) of parameter

external data input for ED15 to EDO<G001,GOOO> No. 6301 . When 0 is set, the
external tool offset [Data range] processing is the same as Series Oi-C.
and external o to ±7999
workpiece coordinate Bit 3 tEED) of parameter No. 6301
system shift The data for external tool offset and
external workpiece coord inate system shift
is set using:
0: Signals ED15 to EDO<G001 ,GOOO>.
(The specifiable range of tool offset and
workp iece coordinate system shift
values is 0 to ±7999.)
1: Signals ED31 to
EDO<G211,G210 ,G001 ,GOOO>.
(The specifiable range of tool offset and
workpiece coordinate system shift
values is 0 to ±79999999.

- - -- ---- - - --

Target compensation Only the wear compensation value for Using the external data input address
value for external tool external tool offset can be modified. signal EA2<G002.2,G002.0>,
offset EAO<G002.2,G002 .0>, the following
compensation values can be modified:
[Tool length compensation]
Wear compensation value and
geometric compensation value
[Cutter compensation]
Wear compensation value and
eometric com ensation value

8.50.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2035 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.51 SEQUENCE NUMBER SEARCH

8.51.1 Differences in Specifications

Return from a - The calling program is searched from - The calling program is searched in a
subprogram to the the beginning, and control is returned to forward direction from the block that
calling program's the first block found to have sequence called the subprogram, and control is
block that has a number Nxxxxx. returned to the first block found to have
specified sequence sequence number Nxxxxx.
number If the specified sequence number is not
Sequence number found, the calling program is searched
search when (M99 from the beginning , and control is
Pxxxxx) is executed returned to the first block found to have
se uence number Nxxxxx.
Example) Main program Sub program
00001 ; 09001 ;
N100; (1) M99 P100 ;
N100 ; (2)
M98 P9001 ;
N100;(3)
N100 ; (4)
M30 ;
[For Series Oi-C] - [For Series Oi-D]
Control is returned to block (1). Control is returned to block (3).

Lt WARNING
Be sure to avoid writing two or more identical sequence numbers in a program .
Doin so rna cause the search to find unintended blocks .

8.51.2 Differences in Signals

None.

8.51.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2036-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.52 IN-POSITION CHECK

8.52.1 Differences in Specifications

None .

8.52.2 Differences in Signals

In-position signals - The signal is set to 1 if the servo error - Even if the servo error of the
INP1 to INP5 of the corresponding control axis is corresponding control axis is within the
Condition for setting within the specified limit (in-position specified limit (in-position range), the
<Fn104.0> to range) even when the axis is moving . signal is not set to 1 when the axis is
<Fn104.4> to 1 moving or there is
acceleration/deceleration dela .

8.52.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2037 -
B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN -1/01

8.53 DATA SERVER FUNCTION

8.53.1 Differences in Specifications

Memory operation - The memory operat ion mode is not In the memory operation mode, the
mode supported . following operations can be performed
for a program registered with the data
server:

1. Select the program on the data

server as the main program and run
it in the memory mode.
2. Call a subprogram or custom
macro in the same directory as the
main program on the data server.
3. Edit the program, including
inserting, deleting , and replacing
words.

In a 2-path system , a simultaneous external subprogram call (M198) of a data server

ro ram from both aths is:
- Allowed under the following conditions . Not allowed .
[Storage mode] Use the subprogram/custom macro call
Both paths must use the same work for the memory operation mode
directory. instead .
[FTP mode]
Both paths must use the same
connection host.

8.53.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.53.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 2038-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.54 POWER MATE CNC MANAGER

B.54.1 Differences in Specifications

4-slave display - By setting 1 in bit 0 (SLV) of parameter - Bit 0 (SLV) of parameter No. 0960 is
function No. 0960 , it is possible to split the not available .
screen into four windows , enabling up One slave is always displayed.
to four slaves to be displayed. When there is more than one slave,
you switch the active slave by using the
Bit 0 (SLV) of parameter No. 0960 relevant soft key.
When Power Mate CNC Manager is
selected , the screen :
0: Displays one slave.
1: Is split into four windows , enabling up to
four slaves to be dis la ed.

B. 54.2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.54.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 2039 -
BDIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C APPENDIX B-64303EN-1/01

8.55 PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER INPUT (G10)

B.55.1 Differences in Specifications

B. 55. 2 Differences in Signals

None.

B.55.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None .

- 2040-
B-64303EN-1/01 APPENDIX B.DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C

8.56 EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALL (M198)

8.56.1 Differences in Specifications

Address P format - Depends on bit 2 (SSP) of parameter - To call a subprogram , the program
when calling a No. 3404. number must always be specified in
subprogram on the address P.
memory card (file Bit 2 (SBP) of parameter No. 3404 When calling a subprogram on the
number In the external device subprogram call memory card, the processing is not
specification/program M198, address P is specified using: dependent on the setting of bit 2 (SSP)
number specification) 0: File number. of parameter No. 3404.
1: Pro ram number.
Multiple call alarm If a subprogram called by an external subprogram call specifies a further external
sub ro ram call, the followin alarms are issued, res ectivel :
- Alarm PS0210 - Alarm PS1080
External subprogram - Enabled. - Depends on bit 1 (MOE) of parameter
call in MOl mode No. 11630.

Bit 1 (MOE) of parameter No. 11630

In MOl mode, an external device
subprogram call (M198 command) is:
0: Disabled. (Alarm PS1081 is issued .)
1: Enabled.

8.56.2 Differences in Signals

None .

8.56.3 Differences in Diagnosis Display

None.

- 204 1 -
B-64303EN-1/01 INDEX

NOTE
Volume 1 : Page 1 to 884 / Volume 2 : P. 885 to 1664 / Volume 3 : P. 1665 to 2041

INDEX
Axis Configuratio n for Axis Synchronous Control.; 156
<Number>
AXIS CONTROL I
2ND REFERENCE POSITION RETURN / 3RD,
AXIS SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL. 155,1938
4TH REFERENCE POSITION RETURN 430
Axis Synchrono us Control Torque Difference Alarm... 166
2-PATH CONTROL 723,724
2-path Functions 730 <B>
8-Level Data Protection Function 1511 Backlash Com pensation 40
BALANCE CUTTING 757
<A>
Bell-Shaped Acceleration/Deceleration after Cutti ng
Absolute Position Detection :' 76
Feed Interpolation (M Series) 712
AccelerationlDeceleration after Interpolation 108 1
Bi-directional Pitch Error Compensation 57
ACCELERATION/DECEL ERAT ION CONTROL.. 698
Acceleration-Based Speed Control in Circular <C>
Interpolation 661 CANNE D CYCLE (T SERIES) / MULTI PLE
ACTUAL SPINDLE SPEED OUTPUT (T SERIES) 964 REPETITIVE CANNED CYCLE (T SERIES) . 14 18,2004
Adding workpiece coordinate systems (G54. 1 or G54) CANNE D CYCLE FOR DRILLING 1399,200 1
(M series) 134 CANNED GRINDING CYCLE 2005
ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (T SERIES)/ CANNED GRINDING CYCLE (FOR GRINDING
Al ADVANCED PREVIEW CONTROL (M SERIES)/ MACHINE) 1432
AI CONTOUR CONTROL (M SERIES) 1965 Cautions on 2-path ControL 733
ALARM SIGNALS 279 CHAMFE RING AND CORNER ROUNDING
ARBITRARY ANGULAR AXIS CONTROL 196, 1944 (T SERIES) 1469,20 13
Automatic Acceleration/Deceleration 698 Checking the Stored Stroke Limit during the Time from
Automatic Alteration of Tool Position Compensation Power?on to the Reference Position Establishment. 258
(T Function) 1296 Chuck and Tail Stock Barrier (T Series) 262
Automatic coordinate system setting 136 CHUCKITAlL STOCK BARRIE R (T SERIES) 1948
Automatic Come r Override (M Series) 649 CIRCULAR INTERPOLATION 55 1, 1960
AUTOMATIC OPERATION 495 CNC Data Display, Setup, and InputiOutput. 730
AUTOMATIC REFERENCE POSITION RETURN CNC READY SIGNALS 238
AND RETURN FROM THE REFERENCE CNC Screen Dual Display 1546
POSITION 424 Command Format 1111
Automatic Setting for Grid Posit ion Matching 162 Commands for Feed Per Minute and Feed Per
Automatic Slave Axis Parameter Setting 168 Revolutio n 1080
Automatic Tool Length Measurement (M Series) 20 18 Compact-Type MOl Key Input Function 1571
AUTOMATIC TOOL LENGTH MEASUREMEN T COMPENSATION VALUE INPUT 1642
(M SERIES) / AUTOMATIC TOOL OFFSET Composite Control 770
(T SERIES) 160 1,20 18 Connectio n Among Spindle, Spindle Motor, and
Automatic Tool Offset (T Series) 2020 Position Coder 1073
AUXILIARY FUNCTION 859 CONSTANT SURFACE SPEED CONTRO L 953,1979
AUXILIARY FUNCTION LOCK 876 Continuous Threading (T Series) 573
AUXILIARY FUNCTION /2ND AUXILIARY Controlled Axes Detach 14
FUNCTION 860,1977 CONTROLLED AXIS 2

i-I
INDEX B-64303EN -1/01

NOTE
Volume 1 : Pace 1 to 884 I Volume 2 : P. 885 to 1664 I Volume 3 : P. 1665 to 2041
COORDINATE SYSTEM ROTATION 1465 Electronic Gear Box (M Series) 210
Comer ControL 7 I5 EMBED DED ETHERNET FUNCT ION 1797
CORRESPONDENCE OF ROTARY SCALE EMBEDDE D ETHERNET PORT AND PCMCIA
WITHOUT ROTARY DATA 478 ETHERNET CARD 1798
Cs Contour Control 1008, I982 EMERGENCY STOP 236
Cs Contou r Control Axis Coordinate Establishment .. 1038 ERROR COMPENSATION 31
Cs Contour Control Torque Limit Skip 1034 EXACT STOP / EXACT STOP MODE / TAPPING
Custo m Macro 1373,1997 MODE / CUTTING MODE 525
Cutter Compensation (M Series) and Tool Nose Radiu s Example of setting the FOCAS2/Ethernet function 1804
Compensation (T Series) 13 10 Example of setting the FTP file transfer function 1812
CUTTE R COM PENSATIONITOOL NOSE RADIUS EXTEN DED EXTERNAL MACHINE ZERO POINT
COMPENSATION 1989 SHIFT 1775
Cutting Feedrate Clamp 63 1 EXTENDED FUNCTION OF THE DISTANCE
CYCLE START/FEED HOLD 496 CODED LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE 467
Cylindrical Interpolation 580 EXTERNAL DATA INPUT.. 1759,2033
External Deceleration 655
<D>
EXTERNAL I/O DEVICE CONTROL 1593
DATA SERVER FUNCTION 2038
EXTERNAL KEY INPUT 1782
DECIMAL POINT PROGRAMMINGIPOCKET
EXTERNAL SUBPROGRAM CALL (M I98) 2041
CALCULATOR TYPE DECIMAL POINT
External Touch Panel Interface 1526
PROGRAMMING 1352
EXTERNAL WORKPIECE NUMB ER SEARCH 1779
DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND
NOTE s- I <F>
DESIGNAnON OF SPINDLE AXES 887 Feed Forward in Rapid Traverse 722
Diagnosis Display 1106 Feed Per Minute 632
DIAGN OSIS FUNCTION 1829 Feed per Revolution 1280
Differences between Pitch Error Compensation, Simple Feed Per Revolution/Manual Feed Per Revolution 634
Straig htness Compensation , and Gradient Compensation FEEDRATE CONTROL 628
(Reference) 65 FEEDRATE CONTROL/ACCEL ERATION AND
DIFFERENCES FROM Series Oi-C 1931 DECELERATION CONTROL 627
DIRECT DRAWING DIMENSIONS PROGRAMMING Feedrate override 646
(T SERIES) 1472,20 14 Fo llow-up 23
DIRECT OPERAT ION BY C LANGUAGE FS I011 1 Format Command 1087
EXECUTOR 540 FSSB Setting 84
DISPLAY /SET 1494
<G>
DISPLAY/SETIEDIT 1493
G Code List in the Lathe System 1354
DISTANCE CODED LINEAR SCALE INTERFACE 440
G Code List in the Machining Center System 1357
DNC OPERATION 534
G CODE SySTEM 1354
Dry Run 507
GENERAL PURPOSE RETRACT 621
<E> Gradient Compensation 52
Each axis workpiece coordinate system preset signals . 143
<H>
EDIT 1566
HELICAL INTERPOLATION 574,1962

i-2
B-64303EN-1/01 INDEX

NOTE
Volume 1 : Paqe 1 to 884 / Volume 2 : P. 885 to 1664 / Vol ume 3 : P. 1665 to 2041
High Precision and High Speed Functions (Advanced LIST OF ADDRE SSES 1836
Preview Control (T Seriesj /Al Advanced Preview LIST OF SIGNALS 1873
Contro l (M Series)/AI Contour Control (M Series» 663 List of Signals (In Order of Addr esses) 1913
HIGH-SP EED M/Sn '/B INTERFA CE 881 List of Signals (In Order of Functions) 1873
High-speed Skip Signal 1620 List of Signals (In Order of Symbol s) 1895
Hypothetical Cs Axis Contro l.; 812 Local Coordinate System 149
LOCAL COORDINATE SYST EM 1936
<I>
LOG SCREEN OF THE EMB EDDED ETHERNET
I/O Link (MANUAL HANDLE INTERFACE 358
FUNCT ION 1826
In the Case of a Rotary Axis A Type 49 I
In the Case of a Rotary Axis B Type whose Movabl e <M>
Range is over One Rotation 488 M29 and G84/G74 are specified in the same block 1132
In the Case of a Rotary Axis B Type whose Movab le M29 and G84/G88 are specified in the same block 1142
Range is under One Rotation 480 Machine Coordin ate System 126
INCH/M ETRIC CONV ERSION 1367 Machine Lock 505
Increment System 7 MACHINING CONDITION SELECTION
INDEX TABLE IND EXING (M SERIES) 1442 FUNCTION 309, I949
IN-FEED CONTROL (FOR GRINDING MACHINE) MACRO COMP ILER/MACRO EXECUTER 1467
(M SERIES) 1430 MAINTENANCE SCREEN FOR EMBEDDED
Inner corner automatic override (G62) 649 ETHERNET FUNCT ION 1821
In-position check 7 17 MALFUNCTION PREVENT FUNCTIONS 3 15
IN-POSITION CH ECK 2037 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON AND OFF 1959
In-position check independent ly of feed/rapid traverse 719 MANUAL ABSOLUTE ON/OFF 5 12
In-position check signal 715 MANUAL HANDL E FEED 340, I95 1
Input of tool offs et value measured (T Series) 1642 MANUAL HANDLE INTERRUPT 352
Inpu t of Tool Offset Value Measured B (T Series) MANUAL HANDLE RETRACE 363
........................................................................... 1644,2025 MANUAL INTERVENTION AND RETURN 537
INPUT/OUTPUT OF DATA 1579 MAl'nJAL OPERATION 331
INTERFACE BETWEEN CNC AND PMC 1835 MANUAL REFER ENCE POSITION RETURN 388, I954
Internal circular cutti ng feedrate change 65 I MOl Key Setting 1570
INTERPOLATION FUNCTION 541 MEASUREMENT 1599
Interruption Type Custom Macro 1395,2000 MEMORY COMMON TO PATHS 850
Inverse Time Feed (M Series) 640 Memory Protection Keys 1566
Memory Protection Signal Fo r CNC Parameter 1568,2017
<J>
Method of Using Heidenhain Rotary Scale RCN223, 723
JOG FEED/INCREMENTAL FEED 332
and 220 492
<L> Methods of Alarm Recovery by Synchronization Error
Linear Acceleration/Dece leration after Cutting Feed Check 164
Interpolation 709 Mirror Image 20
LINEAR INTERPOLATION 548 MIRROR IMAGE FOR DOUBLE TURRET
LINEAR INTERPOLATI ON (G28, oso, G53) 619 (T SERIES) 1438
LINEAR SCALE WITH DISTANCE-CODED MIscellaneous 1999
REF ERENCE MARKS (SER IAL) 455 MODE SELECTION 286

i-3
INDEX B-64303EN-1/01

NOTE
Volume 1 : Page 1 to 884 I Volume 2 : P. 885 to 1664 I Volume 3 : P. 1665 to 2041
Multi Spindle Control .; 1089 PATH SINGLE BLOCK CHECK FUNCTION 855
MULTIPLE M COMMANDS IN A SINGLE PATH SPINDLE CONTROL.. 838
BLOCK 878 PATTERN DATA INPUT 1475
MULTIPLE RESPECTIVE CAi'JNED CYCLE FOR PMC Axis Control 1666,2027
TURNING (T SERIES) 2007 PMC CONTROL FUNCTION 1665
MULTI-SPINDLE CONTROL 1047,1983 POLAR COORDIN ATE INTERPOLATION
Mult i-step Skip 1626 (T SERIES) 576,1963
Polygon Turning 584
<N>
POLYGON TURNING (T SERlES ) 583
Name of Axes 4
Polygon Turnin g with Two Spindles 593
NORMAL DIRECTION CONTROL (M SERIES) 6 15
Position Control Loop Gain Parameter Switching 1115
Notes 1105,1175
Position Switch 28
Notes on interface with the PMC 11 24
POSITIONING 542
<0> POWER MATE CNC MANAGER 2039
Offset 1287 PREFACE p-I
ONE TOUCH MACRO CALL 1788 PREPARATIONS FOR OPERATION 235
One-di git F Code Feed (M Series) 636 PROGRAM COMMAND 1351
Operation on the FOCAS2IEthernet setting screen 180 I PROGRAM CONFIGURATION 1362
Operation on the FTP file transfer setting screen 1805 PROGRAM RESTART 518
OPERATOR ERROR PREVENT FUNCT IONS 3 18 PROGRAMMABLE PARAMETER INPUT (G lO) 2040
Optimum Acceleration/Deceleration for Rigid
<R>
Tapping ~ 1096
Rapid Traverse Bell-shaped Acceleration/Decel eratio n 705
OPTIONAL ANGLE CHAMFERING AND CORNER
Rapid traverse block overlap 703
ROUNDING (M SERlES) 1468,2012
Rapid traverse override 641
OPTIONAL BLOCK SKIP/ADDITION OF OPTIONAL
Rapid Traverse Rate 628
BLOCK SKIP 514
READERIPUN CHER INTERFACE 1580
Outpu tting the Movement State of an Axis 19
Reference Pos ition Established by the GOO Command. 468
Override 641,1083
REFERE NCE POSIT ION ESTABLISHM ENT 387
Overrid e cancel 648
Reference Position Establishment by Jog Feed 473
OVERTRAVEL CHECK 239
Reference Posit ion Return 1086
OvertraveI Signals 239
REFERENCE POSITION SETTING WITH
<P> MECHANICAL STOPPER 434
Parameter.......... ........................... ............................ ... 1148 REFERENCE POSITION SETTING WITHOUT
Parameter Check Sum Function 1531 DOG 414
Parameters Related to Servo 68 Related NC parameters 1810, 1818
PART PROGRAM STORAGE SIZE / NUMBER OF RESET AND REWIND 501,1957
REGI STERABLE PROGRAMS 1365 RESTART OF THE EMBEDDED ETHERNET 1820
PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK 745 RETRACTION FOR RIGID TAPPING (M SERIES ).. 527
PATH INTERFERENCE CHECK (T SERIES RIGID TAPPING 1070
(2-PATH CONTROL» 1969 Rigid Tapping Speci fication 1078
PATH SELECTION/DISPLAY OF OPTIONAL PATH Rigid Tapping with Servo Motor 1273
NAM ES 857

i-4
B-64303EN-1/01 . --'-'--::.=~
INDEX

NOTE
Volume 1 : Page 1 to 884 / Volume 2: P. 885 to 1664/ Volume 3: P. 1665 to 2041
Rigid Tapping with Spindle of Another Pat h (T Series Single Block 5 I0
(2-ptah Contro l» 1090 SINGLE DIRE CTION POSITI ONIN G
Rotary Axis Roll Over 152 (M SERIES) 544 ,19 58
Run I-lour and Part s Count Display 1494,2015 Skip Function 161 1,2022
Smooth Backlash 43
<5>
Software Operator's Pan el., 1500
SCALING (M SERIES) 1455
Specifying G84 /G74 for rigid tappin g by parameters . I 136
Screen Erasure Fun ction And Autom atic Screen Era sure
Specifying G84 /G88 for rigid tappin g by parameters . I 144
Function 1559,2016
. . the Rot ation
Specifying . Ax'IS .. 10
Screen Hard Cop y Function 156 1
Speed Command Extension in Least Input Increment
Scree n Switching at Path Switching 1558
C , 694
Screen Switching by Mode 1554
Speed Display Function of a Milling Tool with Servo
SEQUENCE NUM BER COMPAR ISON AND STO P 517
Motor 1549
SEQUENCE NU MBER SEARC H 2036
SPINDLE ANALOG OUTPUT.. 904
SERJALIANALOG SPINDLE CONTROL 908,1978
Spindle Control with Servo Motor 123 6 I239
Series Oi-C-compatible setting 105
. Ie In d exm
Spmd . g F unct'Ion .. 1265
Series Oi-D-dedicated setting 84
SPINDLE OR IENTATION 1204
Servo off/Mechanical Handle Feed 25
SPINDLE OUTP UT CONTROL BY THE PM C 945
SERVO WARNI NG INTERFACE 1830
Spindle Output Control with PM C 1282
SETIING EAC H AX IS 4
SPIND LE OUTP UT SWITCHING 1208
Setting Method by Rotary Axis Type and Mov able
SPIN DLE POSITIONING (T SERIES) 965, I 980
Range 479
SPINDLE SE RJAL OUTPUT 892
Setting of the FOCAS2IEthernet Functio n 1800
SPINDLE SPEED CONTROL. 9 13
Setting of the FTP File Transfer Fun ction 1805
SPINDLE SPEED FLUCTUATION DETECTION
SETTING UNIT 1933
(T SERIES) 1225
Setting up DHCP 1814
SPINDLE SPE ED FUNCTION 885
Settin g up DNS 1813
SPINDLE SP EED FUNCTION (S CODE OUTPUT) .. 886
Setting Up the DNSIDHCP Function 1813
SPIN DLE SYN CHR ONO US CONTROL 1179
SETIING UP THE EMBEDDED ETHE RNET
SPINDL E WARNING INTERFACE 183 I
FUNCTION 1800
START LOCK 1 INTERLOCK 280
SETIINGS RELAT ED TO SER VO-CONTROLLED
STAT US OUTP UT SIGNAL ; 293
AXES 67
Stored Pitch Error Compensation 31
SETIINGS RELATED WITH COORDINATE SYST EMS
STORED PITCH ERROR COMPENSATION 1934
......... ........................................................................ ..... 126
STORED STROKE CHECK 1946
Signal I I 17
Stored Stroke Check I 242
Signals for the rigid tappin g function I I 17
Stored Stroke Check 2, 3 250
Sign als related to gear switching I I 19
Stroke Limit Chec k Before Move 275
Signals related to S code output I I 18
Stroke Limit Externa l Setting (M Series) 261
Signals related to the addition of mult i spindle control I 120
SUPERIMPOSED CONTROL. 817
SIMPLE SPINDLE SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL
SUPERJMPOSED CONTROL (T SERJES (2-PATH
(M SERIES) 1210
CONTROL» 1975
Simpl e Straightness Compensation (M Series) 47
SWITCHING BETWEEN THE EMBEDDED
Simultaneous Two Path Program Editing 1576
ETHE RNET DEVI CES 1819

i-5
INDEX B-64303 EN-1/0 1

NOTE
Volume 1 : Paqe 1 to 884 J Volume 2 : P. 885 to 1664 J Volume 3 : P. 1665 to 204 1
Synchronization Erro r Check : 163 <U>
Synchronization Establishment... 159 UNEXPECTED DISTURBANCE TO RQUE
Synchronous Control 763 DETECTION FUNCTION 297
SYNCHRONOUS CONTROL AND COMPOSITE
<V>
CONTROL 760
Variable Lead Threading (T Series) 572
SYNCH RONOUS CONTROL AND COM POSITE
VRDY OFF ALARM IGNORE SIGNAL 295
CONTROL (T SER IES (2-PATH CONT ROL)) ........ 1970
SYNCHRONOUS, COMPOSITE, AND <!IV>
SUPE RIMPOSED CONTROL BY PROGRAM WAITING M CODES 74 1
COMMAND 835 WAITING M CODES (T SERI ES (2-PATH
CONTROL)) 1968
<T>
When M29 is specified before G84/G74 1128
TANDEM CONTROL 186
When M29 is specified before G84/G88 1140
Temporary Abso lute Coordinate Setting 123
Workpiece Coordina te System 129,1935
TESTING A PROGRAM 505
Workp iece coordinate system preset. 132
Threading 556
Workpiece coordinate system shift (T series) 137
THREADING CYCLE RETRACT (CAl\TNED
Workpiece Coordinate System/ Addition of Workpiece
CUITING CYCL EIMULTIPLE REPETITIVE
Coordinate System Pair 129
CANNED CUTIlNG CYCLE) (T SERIES) 1961
Workpiece Origin Offset Measurement Value Direct
Threading Cycle Retract (Canned Cycle) (T Series) 562
Input. , 1662
Threading Cycle Retract (Multip le Repetitive Canned
Cycle) (T Series) 567 <Y>
Timing Charts for Rigid Tapp ing Speci fication 1127 Y AXIS OFFSET (T SERIE S) 1988
Timing of the M code for unclamp ing (T series) 1146
Timing to cancel rigid tapping mode 1146
TOOL COMPENSATION 1310
Tool Compensation Memory 1302,1986
TOOL FUNC TIONS 1283, 1984
TOOL FUNCTIONS OF M SERIES 130 1
TOOL FUNC TIONS OF T SERIES 1284
Tool Geometry Offset and Tool Wear Offset.. 1286
Tool Length Compensatio n 1321
Tool Lengt h Compensation Shift Types 1324
TOOL LENGT H MEASUREMENT (M SERIES) 1600
TOOL LIFE MANAGEMENT 1330
Too l Offset. 1285
Torque Limit Skip Function 1635
Touch Panel Check Signal., 1543
To uch Panel Control... 1520
Two Path Display 1573
TWO PATH DISPL AY AND EDIT 1573

i-6
 Revision Record
FANUC Series ai-MODEL D/Series ai Mate-MODEL D CONNECTION MANUAL (FUNCTION) (B-643a3EN-1)

01 May, 2008

Edition Date Contents Edition Date Contents

 B-64303EN-1/01

1II1II111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111
• B- 64303EN- 1/ 01V3'